TW201529754A - Colored composition, cured film using colored composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device - Google Patents

Colored composition, cured film using colored composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201529754A
TW201529754A TW103143188A TW103143188A TW201529754A TW 201529754 A TW201529754 A TW 201529754A TW 103143188 A TW103143188 A TW 103143188A TW 103143188 A TW103143188 A TW 103143188A TW 201529754 A TW201529754 A TW 201529754A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
pigment
compound
dye
colored composition
Prior art date
Application number
TW103143188A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI667296B (en
Inventor
Suguru SAMEJIMA
Hiroaki Idei
Yuushi Kaneko
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW201529754A publication Critical patent/TW201529754A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI667296B publication Critical patent/TWI667296B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F290/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
    • C08F290/08Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups on to polymers modified by introduction of unsaturated side groups
    • C08F290/12Polymers provided for in subclasses C08C or C08F
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/10Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds
    • C09B69/109Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds containing other specific dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F12/00Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring
    • C08F12/02Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical
    • C08F12/04Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring
    • C08F12/14Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring substituted by hetero atoms or groups containing heteroatoms
    • C08F12/16Halogens
    • C08F12/20Fluorine
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F12/00Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring
    • C08F12/02Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical
    • C08F12/04Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring
    • C08F12/14Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring substituted by hetero atoms or groups containing heteroatoms
    • C08F12/26Nitrogen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F12/00Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring
    • C08F12/02Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical
    • C08F12/04Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring
    • C08F12/14Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring substituted by hetero atoms or groups containing heteroatoms
    • C08F12/30Sulfur
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F12/00Homopolymers and copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring
    • C08F12/02Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical
    • C08F12/32Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing two or more rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/04Acids; Metal salts or ammonium salts thereof
    • C08F220/06Acrylic acid; Methacrylic acid; Metal salts or ammonium salts thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0071Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dehydrating agents; Dispersing agents; Dustfree compositions
    • C09B67/0084Dispersions of dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/10Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds
    • C09B69/103Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds containing a diaryl- or triarylmethane dye
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/10Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds
    • C09B69/105Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds containing a methine or polymethine dye
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/10Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds
    • C09B69/106Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds containing an azo dye
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/133509Filters, e.g. light shielding masks
    • G02F1/133514Colour filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/033Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • C08F220/26Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen
    • C08F220/28Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen containing no aromatic rings in the alcohol moiety
    • C08F220/283Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen containing no aromatic rings in the alcohol moiety and containing one or more carboxylic moiety in the chain, e.g. acetoacetoxyethyl(meth)acrylate
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • C08F220/38Esters containing sulfur
    • C08F220/382Esters containing sulfur and containing oxygen, e.g. 2-sulfoethyl (meth)acrylate
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
    • H01L27/144Devices controlled by radiation
    • H01L27/146Imager structures
    • H01L27/14601Structural or functional details thereof
    • H01L27/1462Coatings
    • H01L27/14621Colour filter arrangements

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
  • Graft Or Block Polymers (AREA)
  • Paints Or Removers (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)

Abstract

A colored composition, a cured film using the colored composition, a color filter, a method for forming a pattern, a method for manufacturing a color filter, a solid-state image sensing device and an image display device are provided, wherein the colored composition has an excellent discoloration resistance. The colored composition contains a pigment polymer, and the pigment polymer contains a repeating unit (a) having a pigment structure and a repeating unit (b) having a group obtained by repeating 2 to 20 numbers of unsubstituted alkyleneoxy chains at a side chain.

Description

著色組成物及使用其的硬化膜、彩色濾光片、圖案 形成方法、彩色濾光片的製造方法、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置 Colored composition and cured film, color filter, and pattern using the same Forming method, method of manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensor, and image display device

本發明是有關於一種著色組成物。尤其是有關於一種較佳地用於形成彩色濾光片的著色層的著色組成物。進一步是有關於一種使用著色組成物的硬化膜、彩色濾光片、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置。另外,本發明亦是有關於一種使用著色組成物的圖案形成方法及彩色濾光片的製造方法。 The present invention is directed to a colored composition. More particularly, it relates to a colored composition that is preferably used to form a colored layer of a color filter. Further, there is a cured film, a color filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device using a coloring composition. Further, the present invention relates to a pattern forming method using a coloring composition and a method of producing a color filter.

近年來伴隨個人電腦、尤其是大畫面液晶電視的發展,有液晶顯示器(Liquid Crystal Display,LCD)、特別是彩色液晶顯示器的需求增加的傾向。根據進一步的高畫質化的要求,亦期待有機電致發光(Electroluminescence,EL)顯示器的普及。另一方面,由於數位照相機、帶照相機的行動電話的普及,電荷耦合元件(Charge-coupled Device,CCD)影像感測器等固體攝像元件的 需求亦大幅擴大。 In recent years, with the development of personal computers, especially large-screen liquid crystal televisions, there has been a tendency for the demand for liquid crystal displays (LCDs), particularly color liquid crystal displays, to increase. In view of the demand for further high image quality, the popularity of organic electroluminescence (EL) displays is also expected. On the other hand, due to the spread of digital cameras and mobile phones with cameras, solid-state imaging devices such as charge-coupled devices (CCD) image sensors Demand has also expanded significantly.

作為該些顯示器或光學元件的關鍵元件(key device),使用彩色濾光片,進一步高畫質化的要求與對降低成本(cost down)的要求不斷提高。此種彩色濾光片通常具備紅色(R)、綠色(G)及藍色(B)三原色的著色層(圖案),在顯示元件或攝像元件中,發揮將所通過的光分成3原色的作用。 As key elements of such displays or optical components, the use of color filters further increases the requirements for higher image quality and cost down. Such a color filter usually has a coloring layer (pattern) of three primary colors of red (R), green (G), and blue (B), and functions to divide the passed light into three primary colors in a display element or an imaging element. .

此處,近年來作為形成著色層的著色劑,正在研究色素多聚物。 Here, in recent years, a dye polymer has been studied as a coloring agent for forming a coloring layer.

具體而言,於專利文獻1中揭示了一種含有色素多聚物作為著色劑的樹脂組成物,所述色素多聚物的重量平均分子量(Mw)為5000~20000,分散度為1.00~2.50且具有鹼可溶性基。 Specifically, Patent Document 1 discloses a resin composition containing a dye polymer having a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 5,000 to 20,000 and a dispersion degree of 1.00 to 2.50, and a resin composition containing a dye polymer as a colorant. It has an alkali soluble group.

於專利文獻2中揭示了一種含有具有聚合性基的色素多聚物、顏料、聚合性化合物及光聚合起始劑的著色硬化性組成物。 Patent Document 2 discloses a color-curable composition containing a dye-polymerizable polymer, a pigment, a polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator.

於專利文獻3中揭示了一種含有包括氧雜蒽(xanthene)骨架作為色素部位的部分結構的色素多聚物、聚合性化合物、光聚合起始劑及有機溶劑的著色硬化性組成物。 Patent Document 3 discloses a coloring curable composition containing a dye polymer including a xanthene skeleton as a partial structure of a dye site, a polymerizable compound, a photopolymerization initiator, and an organic solvent.

於專利文獻4中揭示了一種包括色素聚合物與溶劑的著色感放射線組成物,所述色素聚合物包括使用LogP值為5以下的鏈轉移劑聚合而成的且具有色素結構的結構單元。 Patent Document 4 discloses a colored radiation composition comprising a dye polymer and a solvent, which comprises a structural unit obtained by polymerizing a chain transfer agent having a LogP value of 5 or less and having a dye structure.

[現有技術文獻] [Prior Art Literature]

[專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特開2011-213925號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2011-213925

[專利文獻2]日本專利特開2013-28764號公報 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2013-28764

[專利文獻3]日本專利特開2012-32754號公報 [Patent Document 3] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2012-32754

[專利文獻4]日本專利特開2012-215806號公報 [Patent Document 4] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2012-215806

如上所述包含色素多聚物的著色組成物的需求不斷提高,且藉由近年來的技術革新,要求一種可形成更高精度的圖案的著色組成物。尤其是於包含色素多聚物的著色硬化性組成物中,要求一種具有更優異的耐褪色性的著色組成物。本發明鑒於所述情况,其目的在於提供一種使用新穎的色素多聚物而耐褪色性優異的著色組成物。 The demand for a coloring composition containing a dye multimer as described above is increasing, and a coloring composition capable of forming a pattern with higher precision is required by recent technological innovation. In particular, in a color hardening composition containing a dye polymer, a coloring composition having more excellent fading resistance is required. The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide a coloring composition which is excellent in fading resistance by using a novel dye polymer.

本申請案發明者基於所述課題進行了研究,結果發現,藉由使用包含重複單元的色素多聚物而可提供一種耐褪色性優異的著色組成物,所述重複單元具有重複2個~20個未經取代的伸烷氧基鏈而成的基團,從而完成本發明。 The inventors of the present invention conducted research based on the above problems, and as a result, found that a coloring composition excellent in fading resistance can be provided by using a dye polymer containing a repeating unit, and the repeating unit has two to 20 repeats. The group of the unsubstituted alkylene oxide chain is completed to complete the present invention.

具體而言,藉由以下手段解決了所述課題。 Specifically, the problem is solved by the following means.

<1>一種著色組成物,含有色素多聚物,所述色素多聚物包含:(a)具有色素結構的重複單元、(b)於側鏈具有重複2個~20個未經取代的伸烷氧基鏈而成的基團的重複單元。 <1> A coloring composition comprising a dye multimer comprising: (a) a repeating unit having a dye structure; (b) having 2 to 20 unsubstituted stretches in a side chain a repeating unit of a group formed by an alkoxy group.

<2>如<1>所記載的著色組成物,其中色素結構源自選自二吡咯亞甲基(dipyrromethane)色素、三芳基甲烷(triarylmethane) 色素、氧雜蒽(xanthene)色素、花青色素及方酸內鎓(squarylium)色素中的色素。 <2> The colored composition according to <1>, wherein the dye structure is derived from a dipyrromethane dye, triarylmethane, or a triarylmethane. Pigments in pigments, xanthene pigments, cyanine pigments, and squarylium pigments.

<3>如<1>或<2>所記載的著色組成物,其中色素多聚物更具有酸基。 <3> The colored composition according to <1> or <2>, wherein the dye polymer further has an acid group.

<4>如<1>至<3>中任一項所記載的著色組成物,其中著色組成物更包含顏料及顏料分散劑。 The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <3> wherein the colored composition further comprises a pigment and a pigment dispersant.

<5>如<1>至<4>中任一項所記載的著色組成物,其中著色組成物更包含聚合性化合物及光聚合起始劑。 The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <4> wherein the colored composition further comprises a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator.

<6>如<1>至<5>中任一項所記載的著色組成物,其中色素多聚物為(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂。 The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <5> wherein the dye polymer is a (meth)acrylic resin.

<7>如<1>至<6>中任一項所記載的著色組成物,其中(a)具有色素結構的重複單元的比例為構成色素多聚物的所有重複單元的10莫耳%~35莫耳%。 The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <6> wherein (a) the ratio of the repeating unit having a dye structure is 10 mol% of all repeating units constituting the dye polymer. 35 moles %.

<8>如<1>至<7>中任一項所記載的著色組成物,其中(b)於側鏈具有重複2個~20個未經取代的伸烷氧基鏈而成的基團的重複單元的比例為構成色素多聚物的所有重複單元的2莫耳%~20莫耳%。 The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <7> wherein (b) has a group in which 2 to 20 unsubstituted alkylene oxide chains are repeated in the side chain. The ratio of the repeating units is from 2 mol% to 20 mol% of all the repeating units constituting the dye polymer.

<9>如<1>至<8>中任一項所記載的著色組成物,其中色素多聚物包括聚合性基。 The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <8> wherein the dye multipolymer comprises a polymerizable group.

<10>如<1>至<9>中任一項所記載的著色組成物,其用於形成彩色濾光片的著色層。 <10> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <9> which is used for forming a coloring layer of a color filter.

<11>一種硬化膜,其是使如<1>至<10>中任一項所記 載的著色組成物硬化而成。 <11> A cured film which is recorded in any one of <1> to <10> The colored composition of the load is hardened.

<12>一種彩色濾光片,其具有如<11>所記載的硬化膜。 <12> A color filter comprising the cured film according to <11>.

<13>一種圖案形成方法,其包括以下步驟:將如<1>至<10>中任一項所記載的著色組成物應用於支撐體上而形成著色組成物層的步驟;將著色組成物層以圖案狀進行曝光的步驟;將未曝光部顯影去除而形成著色圖案的步驟。 <13> A pattern forming method comprising the steps of: applying the coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <10> to a support to form a colored composition layer; and coloring the composition The step of exposing the layer in a pattern; and developing the unexposed portion to form a colored pattern.

<14>一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,其包括如<13>所記載的圖案形成方法。 <14> A method of producing a color filter, comprising the pattern forming method according to <13>.

<15>一種固體攝像元件,其包括如<12>所記載的彩色濾光片或藉由如<14>所記載的彩色濾光片的製造方法所得的彩色濾光片。 <15> A solid-state imaging device comprising the color filter according to <12> or a color filter obtained by the method for producing a color filter according to <14>.

<16>一種圖像顯示裝置,其包括如<12>所記載的彩色濾光片或藉由如<14>所記載的彩色濾光片的製造方法所得的彩色濾光片。 <16> An image display device comprising the color filter according to <12> or a color filter obtained by the method for producing a color filter according to <14>.

根據本發明,可提供一種耐褪色性優異的著色組成物。進一步可提供一種使用著色組成物的硬化膜、彩色濾光片、圖案形成方法、彩色濾光片的製造方法、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置。 According to the present invention, a coloring composition excellent in fading resistance can be provided. Further, a cured film using a colored composition, a color filter, a pattern forming method, a method of producing a color filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device can be provided.

以下,對本發明的內容加以詳細說明。另外,本申請案說明書中,「~」是以包含其前後所記載的數值作為下限值及上限值的含意而使用。另外,本發明中所謂有機EL元件,是指有機電致發光元件。 Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail. In the specification of the present application, "~" is used in the sense that the numerical values described before and after are included as the lower limit and the upper limit. Further, the term "organic EL element" as used in the present invention means an organic electroluminescence element.

本說明書中,所謂總固體成分,是指自著色組成物的總組成中去掉溶劑所得的成分的總質量。而且是指25℃下的固體成分。 In the present specification, the term "total solid content" means the total mass of the components obtained by removing the solvent from the total composition of the coloring composition. Moreover, it means a solid component at 25 °C.

於本說明書中的基團(原子團)的表述中,未記載經取代及未經取代的表述包含不具有取代基的基團(原子團),並且亦包含具有取代基的基團(原子團)。例如所謂「烷基」,不僅包含不具有取代基的烷基(未經取代的烷基),並且亦包含具有取代基的烷基(經取代的烷基)。 In the expression of the group (atomic group) in the present specification, the substituted and unsubstituted expressions are not described as including a group having no substituent (atomic group), and also a group having a substituent (atomic group). For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).

另外,本說明書中所謂「放射線」,例如是指水銀燈的明線光譜、準分子雷射所代表的遠紫外線、極紫外線((Extreme Uitraviolet,EUV)光)、X射線、電子束等。另外,本發明中所謂光,是指光化射線或放射線。本說明書中所謂「曝光」,只要無特別說明,則不僅是指利用水銀燈、準分子雷射所代表的遠紫外線、X射線、EUV光等的曝光,利用電子束、離子束等粒子束的描畫亦包括在曝光中。 In addition, the term "radiation" in the present specification means, for example, a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, a far ultraviolet ray represented by an excimer laser, an extreme ultraviolet ray (Extreme Uitraviolet (EUV) light), an X-ray, an electron beam, or the like. Further, the term "light" as used in the present invention means actinic ray or radiation. In the present specification, the term "exposure" is used to describe not only the ultraviolet light, the X-ray, the EUV light, etc., which are represented by mercury lamps or excimer lasers, but also the use of particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. Also included in the exposure.

另外,於本說明書中,「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯兩者或任一者,「(甲基)丙烯酸」表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸兩者或任一者,「(甲基)丙烯醯基」表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基兩者或任一者。 In the present specification, "(meth)acrylate" means either or both of acrylate and methacrylate, and "(meth)acrylic acid" means either or both of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. The "(meth)acryloyl group" means either or both of an acryloyl group and a methacryloyl group.

另外,於本說明書中,「單體」與「單體(monomer)」為相同含意。本說明書中的單體是指與寡聚物及聚合物相區分、重量平均分子量為2,000以下的化合物。於本說明書中,所謂聚合性化合物,是指具有聚合性官能基的化合物,可為單體亦可為聚合物。所謂聚合性官能基,是指參與聚合反應的基團。 In addition, in this specification, "monomer" and "monomer" have the same meaning. The monomer in the present specification means a compound which is distinguished from an oligomer and a polymer and has a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 or less. In the present specification, the polymerizable compound means a compound having a polymerizable functional group, and may be a monomer or a polymer. The polymerizable functional group refers to a group that participates in a polymerization reaction.

於本說明書中,化學式中的Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基,Pr表示丙基,Bu表示丁基,Ph表示苯基。 In the present specification, Me in the chemical formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Pr represents a propyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.

本說明書中,「步驟」一詞不僅是指獨立的步驟,即便於無法與其他步驟明確區分的情形時,只要可達成該步驟的預期作用,則亦包括在該用語中。 In the present specification, the term "step" is not only an independent step, but is also included in the term as long as the intended effect of the step can be achieved even if it cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps.

本發明是鑒於所述狀況而成,其目的在於提供一種顏色特性優異的著色組成物。 The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide a coloring composition excellent in color characteristics.

於本說明書中,重量平均分子量及數量平均分子量是以由GPC測定所得的聚苯乙烯換算值來定義。本說明書中,重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)例如可藉由以下方式求出:使用HLC-8220(東曹(股)製造),使用TSKgel Super AWM-H(東曹(股)製造,6.0mm ID×15.0cm)作為管柱,使用10mmol/L的溴化鋰N-甲基吡咯啶酮(N-Methyl Pyrrolidinone,NMP)溶液作為溶離液。 In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are defined by polystyrene-converted values obtained by GPC measurement. In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) can be obtained, for example, by using HLC-8220 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) and using TSKgel Super AWM-H (Dongcao) Manufactured, 6.0 mm ID × 15.0 cm) As a column, a solution of 10 mmol/L of lithium bromide N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) was used as a solution.

本發明的著色組成物含有色素多聚物,所述色素多聚物包含:(a)具有色素結構的重複單元、(b)於側鏈具有重複2個~20個未經取代的伸烷氧基鏈而成的基團的重複單元。 The colored composition of the present invention contains a dye multimer comprising: (a) a repeating unit having a dye structure, and (b) having 2 to 20 unsubstituted alkylene oxides in the side chain. A repeating unit of a group formed by a base chain.

藉由調配此種重複伸烷氧基鏈而成的基團,可提高耐褪色性。所述理由為推測,認為若伸烷氧基鏈的數量超過20個,則親水性過高,於進行圖案顯影時,反而容易產生褪色。本發明中,藉由調整伸烷氧基鏈的數量,可成功地達成適當的耐褪色性。 The fading resistance can be improved by blending such a group of a repeating alkoxy chain. The reason is presumed to be that if the number of alkoxy chains exceeds 20, the hydrophilicity is too high, and when pattern development is performed, fading is likely to occur. In the present invention, appropriate fading resistance can be successfully achieved by adjusting the number of alkylene oxide chains.

進而,與色素多聚物不同地,藉由調配顏料及顏料分散劑,耐褪色性顯著提高。所述理由雖為推測,但推測其原因在於顏料分散劑與重複伸烷氧基鏈而成的基團相互作用。 Further, unlike the dye polymer, the fading resistance is remarkably improved by blending the pigment and the pigment dispersant. Although the reason is presumed, it is presumed that the reason is that the pigment dispersant interacts with a group obtained by repeating an alkoxy chain.

以下,對本發明的詳細情况進行說明。 Hereinafter, the details of the present invention will be described.

<色素多聚物> <Pigment Polymer>

本發明中使用的色素多聚物包括(a)具有色素結構的重複單元(以下有時稱為「(a)重複單元」)及(b)於側鏈具有重複2個~20個未經取代的伸烷氧基鏈而成的基團的重複單元(以下有時稱為「(b)重複單元」)。(a)重複單元及(b)重複單元可分別僅含有一種,亦可含有兩種以上。 The dye multimer used in the present invention includes (a) a repeating unit having a dye structure (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "(a) repeating unit") and (b) having 2 to 20 unsubstituted in the side chain. A repeating unit of a group derived from an alkoxy group (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "(b) repeating unit"). (a) the repeating unit and (b) the repeating unit may be contained alone or in combination of two or more.

色素多聚物若含有色素結構則並無特別限定,較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂。 The dye polymer is not particularly limited as long as it contains a dye structure, and is preferably a (meth)acrylic resin.

以下對成為色素多聚物的骨架的結構、色素結構、視需要而含有的色素結構的抗衡陰離子進行說明。 Hereinafter, the structure of the skeleton of the dye polymer, the dye structure, and the counter anion of the dye structure contained as needed will be described.

<<(a)重複單元的骨架結構>> <<(a) Skeleton structure of repeating unit >>

作為(a)重複單元的骨架結構並無特別限定,較佳為將示於日本專利特開2013-28764號的段落編號0276~段落編號0304中的通式(A)、通式(B)及通式(C)所表示的構成單元的至少一 個作為骨架,且較佳為通式(D)所表示的色素多聚物。將日本專利特開2013-28764號的段落編號0276~段落編號0304的記載併入至本申請案說明書中。 The skeleton structure of the (a) repeating unit is not particularly limited, and the general formula (A) and the general formula (B) which are shown in Paragraph No. 0276 to Paragraph No. 0304 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-28764 and At least one of the constituent units represented by the general formula (C) Each of them is a skeleton, and is preferably a dye polymer represented by the formula (D). The description of Paragraph No. 0276 to Paragraph No. 0304 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-28764 is incorporated into the specification of the present application.

本發明中較佳為包括下述通式(A)所表示的色素多聚物。 In the present invention, it is preferred to include a dye polymer represented by the following formula (A).

(a)具有色素結構的重複單元的比例較佳為構成色素多聚物的所有重複單元的10莫耳%~35莫耳%,更佳為15莫耳%~30莫耳%。 (a) The proportion of the repeating unit having a dye structure is preferably from 10 mol% to 35 mol%, more preferably from 15 mol% to 30 mol%, of all the repeating units constituting the dye polymer.

<<<通式(A)所表示的構成單元>>> <<<Composition unit represented by the general formula (A)>>>

(通式(A)中,X1表示藉由聚合而形成的連結基,L1表示單鍵或二價連結基。Dyel表示色素結構) (In the formula (A), X 1 represents a linking group formed by polymerization, and L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Dyel represents a dye structure)

以下對通式(A)進行詳細說明。 The general formula (A) will be described in detail below.

通式(A)中,X1表示藉由聚合而形成的連結基。即,是指形成相當於藉由聚合反應所形成的主鏈的重複單元的部分。再者,2個*所表示的部位成為重複單元。作為X1,若為由公知的可聚合的單體而形成的連結基,則並無特別限制,尤其是較佳為 下述(XX-1)~(X-24)所表示的連結基,更佳為選自(XX-1)及(XX-2)所表示的(甲基)丙烯酸系連結鏈、(XX-10)~(XX-17)所表示的苯乙烯系連結鏈、(XX-18)及(XX-19)以及(XX-24)所表示的乙烯系連結鏈,進一步更佳為選自(XX-1)及(XX-2)所表示的(甲基)丙烯酸系連結鏈、(XX-10)~(XX-17)所表示的苯乙烯系連結鏈、(XX-24)所表示的乙烯系連結鏈,尤其佳為(XX-1)及(XX-2)所表示的(甲基)丙烯酸系連結鏈以及(XX-11)所表示的苯乙烯系連結鏈。 In the formula (A), X 1 represents a linking group formed by polymerization. That is, it means a part which forms a repeating unit corresponding to the main chain formed by the polymerization reaction. Furthermore, the part indicated by two * is a repeating unit. X 1 is a linking group formed of a known polymerizable monomer, and is not particularly limited, and particularly preferably a linking group represented by the following (XX-1) to (X-24). More preferably, it is selected from the (meth)acrylic connecting chain represented by (XX-1) and (XX-2), and the styrene-based connecting chain represented by (XX-10) to (XX-17), (XX) Further, the ethylene-based linking chain represented by -18) and (XX-19) and (XX-24) is more preferably selected from (meth)acrylic linkages represented by (XX-1) and (XX-2). The chain, the styrene-based linking chain represented by (XX-10) to (XX-17), and the ethylene-based linking chain represented by (XX-24) are particularly preferably (XX-1) and (XX-2). The (meth)acrylic linking chain represented by the above and the styrene-based linking chain represented by (XX-11).

(XX-1)~(X-24)中,表示於*所表示的部位與L1連結。Me表示甲基。另外,(XX-18)及(XX-19)中的R表示氫原子、碳數1~5的烷基或苯基。 In (XX-1) to (X-24), the portion indicated by * is connected to L 1 . Me represents a methyl group. Further, R in (XX-18) and (XX-19) represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a phenyl group.

[化2] [Chemical 2]

[化3] [Chemical 3]

通式(A)中,L1表示單鍵或二價連結基。作為L1表示2價連結基時的2價連結基,表示碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的伸烷基(例如亞甲基、伸乙基、三亞甲基、伸丙基、伸丁基等)、碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的伸芳基(例如伸苯基、伸萘基等)、經取代或未經取代的雜環連結基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-CO2-、-NR-、-CONR-、-O2C-、-SO-、-SO2-及將該些的兩個以上連結而形成的連結基。另外,L1亦較佳為包括陰離子的構成。L1更佳為單鍵或伸烷基,進一步更佳為單鍵或-(CH2)n-(n為1~5的整數)。此處,R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基。關於L1包括陰離子時的例子,將於後述。 In the formula (A), L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group in the case where L 1 represents a divalent linking group, and represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (for example, a methylene group, an exoethyl group, a trimethylene group, a propyl group, a butyl group or the like, a substituted or unsubstituted extended aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, etc.), a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic linker, -CH=CH -, -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -CO 2 -, -NR-, -CONR-, -O 2 C-, -SO-, -SO 2 - and these Two or more linking groups formed by joining. Further, L 1 is also preferably a structure including an anion. L 1 is more preferably a single bond or an alkyl group, and further preferably a single bond or -(CH 2 )n- (n is an integer of 1 to 5). Here, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. An example in which L 1 includes an anion will be described later.

通式(A)中,Dyel表示源自後述的色素化合物的色素結構。 In the general formula (A), Dyel represents a dye structure derived from a dye compound described later.

具有通式(A)所表示的構成單元的色素多聚物可藉由以下方法合成:(1)藉由使具有色素殘基的單體進行加成聚合來合成的方法;(2)藉由使具有異氰酸酯基、酸酐基或環氧基等高反應性官能基的聚合物,與具有可與高反應性基反應的官能基(羥基、一級胺基或二級胺基、羧基等)的色素反應的方法。 The dye multipolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (A) can be synthesized by the following method: (1) a method of synthesizing a monomer having a dye residue by addition polymerization; (2) by a method of (2) A polymer having a highly reactive functional group such as an isocyanate group, an acid anhydride group or an epoxy group, and a dye having a functional group (hydroxyl group, primary amino group or secondary amine group, carboxyl group, etc.) capable of reacting with a highly reactive group The method of reaction.

加成聚合中可應用公知的加成聚合(自由基聚合、陰離子聚合、陽離子聚合),其中,尤其是藉由自由基聚合來合成的情况下,可使反應條件平穩而不使色素結構分解,故較佳。於自由基聚合中可應用公知的反應條件。即,本發明中使用的色素多聚物較佳為加成聚合物。 A well-known addition polymerization (radical polymerization, anionic polymerization, cationic polymerization) can be applied to the addition polymerization, and in particular, in the case of synthesis by radical polymerization, the reaction conditions can be made stable without decomposing the dye structure. Therefore, it is better. Well-known reaction conditions can be applied to the radical polymerization. That is, the dye polymer used in the present invention is preferably an addition polymer.

其中,就耐熱性的觀點而言,本發明中具有通式(A)所表示的構成單元的色素多聚物較佳為使用具有乙烯性不飽和鍵的色素單體而進行自由基聚合所獲得的自由基聚合物。 In the present invention, the dye polymer having the constituent unit represented by the formula (A) in the present invention is preferably obtained by radical polymerization using a dye monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Free radical polymer.

<<色素結構>> <<Pigment structure>>

本發明中使用的色素結構並無特別限定,可採用公知的色素結構。本發明中使用的色素結構較佳為通常於分子內含有陽離子部位的色素結構。 The dye structure used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and a known dye structure can be employed. The dye structure used in the present invention is preferably a dye structure which usually contains a cationic moiety in the molecule.

具體可列舉源自以下色素的色素結構等:選自二吡咯亞甲基色素、碳鎓色素(二苯基甲烷色素、三芳基甲烷色素、氧雜蒽色素、吖啶色素等)、聚次甲基色素(氧喏色素、部花青色素、亞芳 基色素、苯乙烯基色素、花青色素、方酸內鎓色素、克酮鎓色素等)、亞酞菁色素及該等的金屬錯合物色素中的色素。 Specific examples thereof include a dye structure derived from a dye selected from the group consisting of dipyrromethene dye, carbonium dye (diphenylmethane dye, triarylmethane dye, xanthene dye, acridine dye, etc.), polymethine Base pigment (oxyquinone pigment, merocyanine pigment, Avon) a pigment in a base dye, a styrene-based dye, a cyanine dye, a squaraine sputum dye, a ketoxime dye, or the like, a phthalocyanine dye, and a metal complex dye.

本發明中的(a)重複單元的較佳一例為所述色素結構導入至所述(a)重複單元的聚合物骨架中而成者。 A preferred example of the (a) repeating unit in the present invention is that the dye structure is introduced into the polymer skeleton of the (a) repeating unit.

該些色素結構中,就顏色特性的觀點而言,較佳為源自選自二吡咯亞甲基色素、碳鎓色素及聚次甲基色素中的色素的色素結構,更佳為源自選自二吡咯亞甲基色素、三芳基甲烷色素、氧雜蒽色素、花青色素及方酸內鎓色素中的色素的色素結構,進而佳為源自選自二吡咯亞甲基色素及氧雜蒽色素中的色素的色素結構,特佳為源自氧雜蒽色素的色素結構。若使用此種含有色素結構的陽離子,則有耐熱性及耐光性進一步提高的傾向。 Among these dye structures, a dye structure derived from a pigment selected from the group consisting of a dipyrromethene dye, a carbonium dye, and a polymethine dye is preferred from the viewpoint of color characteristics, and more preferably selected from the viewpoint of color characteristics. The pigment structure of the pigment in the dipyrromethene dye, the triarylmethane dye, the xanthene pigment, the cyanine pigment, and the squaraine sputum pigment is preferably derived from a dipyrromethene pigment and an oxygen The pigment structure of the pigment in the anthraquinone pigment is particularly preferably a pigment structure derived from a xanthene pigment. When such a cation having a dye structure is used, heat resistance and light resistance tend to be further improved.

可形成色素結構的具體的色素化合物是記載於「新版染料便覽」(有機合成化學協會編;丸善,1970)、「顏色索引(color index)」(染色工作者及配色師協會(The Society of Dyers and colourists))、「色素手冊」(大河原他編;講談社,1986)等中。 Specific pigment compounds that can form a pigment structure are described in "New Dye Handbook" (Organic Synthetic Chemistry Association; Maruzen, 1970), "Color Index" (The Society of Dyers) And colourists)), "Pigment Handbook" (Dahe Yuan Hebian; Lecture Society, 1986).

對具有色素結構的陽離子中可形成色素結構的特佳色素(色素化合物)進行詳細記載。 A particularly preferred coloring matter (pigment compound) in which a dye structure can be formed in a cation having a dye structure is described in detail.

<<<二吡咯亞甲基色素>>> <<<Dipyrromethene pigment>>>

本發明的色素結構的態樣之一為下述所示的二吡咯亞甲基色素結構。 One of the aspects of the dye structure of the present invention is a dipyrromethene dye structure shown below.

本發明的二吡咯亞甲基色素較佳為二吡咯亞甲基化合物、及由二吡咯亞甲基化合物與金屬或金屬化合物所得的二吡咯亞甲基 金屬錯合物化合物。於該些二吡咯亞甲基色素結構的一個部位與聚合物鍵結。 The dipyrromethene dye of the present invention is preferably a dipyrromethene compound, and a dipyrromethene obtained from a dipyrromethene compound and a metal or metal compound. Metal complex compound. A site of the dipyrromethene dye structure is bonded to the polymer.

再者,本發明中,將含有二吡咯亞甲基結構的化合物稱為二吡咯亞甲基化合物,將含有二吡咯亞甲基結構的化合物配位於金屬或金屬化合物上而成的錯合物稱為二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合物化合物。 Further, in the present invention, a compound containing a dipyrromethene structure is referred to as a dipyrromethene compound, and a compound containing a dipyrromethene structure is compounded on a metal or a metal compound. It is a dipyrromethene metal complex compound.

二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合物化合物較佳為由下述通式(M)所表示的二吡咯亞甲基化合物與金屬或金屬化合物所得的二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合物化合物及其互變異構物,其中,較佳態樣可列舉下述通式(7)所表示的二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合物化合物、或下述通式(8)所表示的二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合物化合物,更佳為通式(8)所表示的二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合物化合物。 The dipyrromethene metal complex compound is preferably a dipyrromethene metal complex compound obtained from a dipyrromethene compound represented by the following formula (M) and a metal or a metal compound, and the mutual In the preferred embodiment, the dipyrromethene metal complex compound represented by the following formula (7) or the dipyrromethene metal represented by the following formula (8) The complex compound is more preferably a dipyrromethene metal complex compound represented by the formula (8).

(由通式(M)所表示的二吡咯亞甲基化合物與金屬或金屬化合物所得的二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合物化合物及其互變異構物) (a dipyrromethene metal complex compound obtained by a dipyrromethene compound represented by the general formula (M) and a metal or a metal compound, and a tautomer thereof)

色素結構的較佳態樣之一為含有下述通式(M)所表示的化合物(二吡咯亞甲基化合物)或其互變異構物配位於金屬或金屬化合物上而成的錯合物(以下適當稱為「特定錯合物」)的色素結構。本發明中,下述化合物形成陽離子結構,例如鍵結於通式(M)的氮原子的鋅等金屬可形成陽離子結構。 One of the preferable aspects of the pigment structure is a complex containing a compound represented by the following formula (M) (dipyrromethene compound) or a tautomer thereof, which is coordinated to a metal or a metal compound ( Hereinafter, the dye structure is appropriately referred to as "specific complex". In the present invention, the following compound forms a cationic structure, and a metal such as zinc bonded to a nitrogen atom of the formula (M) may form a cationic structure.

[化4] [Chemical 4]

(通式(M)中,R4~R10分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價取代基。其中,R4與R9不相互鍵結而形成環) (In the formula (M), R 4 to R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. Among them, R 4 and R 9 are not bonded to each other to form a ring)

將通式(M)所表示的化合物導入至通式(A)所表示的結構單元中的情形時的導入部位並無特別限制,就合成適合性的方面而言,較佳為於R4~R9的任一個部位上導入,更佳為於R4、R6、R7及R9的任一個上導入,進而佳為於R4及R9的任一個上導入。 The introduction site when the compound represented by the formula (M) is introduced into the structural unit represented by the formula (A) is not particularly limited, and in terms of the suitability for synthesis, it is preferably R 4 ~. introducing either a portion of R 9, more preferably in R 4, R 6, R 7 and R 9 according to any one of the introduction, and further is excellent in any one of R 4 and R 9 is introduced into one.

通式(M)中的R4~R9表示一價取代基的情形時的一價取代基可列舉後述取代基組群A的項中列舉的取代基。 In the case where R 4 to R 9 in the formula (M) represent a monovalent substituent, the substituents listed in the item of the substituent group A to be described later may be mentioned.

於通式(M)中的R4~R9所表示的一價取代基為可進一步經取代的基團的情形時,亦可更具有R4~R9中說明的取代基,於具有2個以上的取代基的情形時,該些取代基可相同亦可不同。 A price of the general formula (M) R 4 ~ R 9 substituent represented over time as the case may be further substituted with a group, can have more R ~ R 9 4 described substituent having 2 In the case of more than one substituent, the substituents may be the same or different.

通式(M)中的R4與R5、R5與R6、R7與R8及R8與R9亦可分別獨立地相互鍵結而形成5員、6員或7員的飽和環或不飽和環。其中,R4與R9不相互鍵結而形成環。於所形成的5員、6員及7員的環為可進一步經取代的基團的情形時,亦可經R4~R9中說明的取代基所取代,於經2個以上的取代基取代的情形時, 該些取代基可相同亦可不同。 R 4 and R 5 , R 5 and R 6 , R 7 and R 8 and R 8 and R 9 in the formula (M) may be independently bonded to each other to form a saturation of 5 members, 6 members or 7 members. Ring or unsaturated ring. Wherein R 4 and R 9 are not bonded to each other to form a ring. In the case where the ring of the 5, 6 and 7 members formed is a group which may be further substituted, it may be substituted with a substituent described in R 4 to R 9 , and may have two or more substituents. In the case of substitution, the substituents may be the same or different.

於通式(M)中的R4與R5、R5與R6、R7與R8及R8與R9分別獨立地相互鍵結而形成不具有取代基的5員、6員或7員的飽和環或不飽和環的情形時,不具有取代基的5員、6員或7員的飽和環或不飽和環例如可列舉:吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環、噁唑環、噻唑環、吡咯啶環、哌啶環、環戊烯環、環己烯環、苯環、吡啶環、吡嗪環及噠嗪環,較佳可列舉苯環或吡啶環。 R 4 and R 5 , R 5 and R 6 , R 7 and R 8 and R 8 and R 9 in the formula (M) are each independently bonded to each other to form a 5-member or a 6-member having no substituent or In the case of a saturated or unsaturated ring of 7 members, the saturated or unsaturated ring of 5, 6 or 7 members having no substituent may, for example, be a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring or a pyrazole ring. The imidazole ring, the triazole ring, the oxazole ring, the thiazole ring, the pyrrolidine ring, the piperidine ring, the cyclopentene ring, the cyclohexene ring, the benzene ring, the pyridine ring, the pyrazine ring and the pyridazine ring are preferably exemplified. Benzene ring or pyridine ring.

通式(M)中的R10較佳為表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基。鹵素原子、烷基、芳基及雜環基與後述取代基組群A的鹵素原子、烷基、芳基及雜環基分別為相同含意,其較佳範圍亦相同。 R 10 in the formula (M) preferably represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. The halogen atom, the alkyl group, the aryl group and the heterocyclic group have the same meanings as those of the halogen atom, the alkyl group, the aryl group and the heterocyclic group of the substituent group A described later, and the preferred range thereof is also the same.

於R10表示烷基、芳基或雜環基的情形時的烷基、芳基及雜環基為可進一步經取代的基團的情形時,亦可經後述取代基組群A的項中說明的取代基取代,於經2個以上的取代基取代的情形時,該些取代基可相同亦可不同。 In the case where the alkyl group, the aryl group and the heterocyclic group in the case where R 10 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group is a group which may be further substituted, it may also be in the group of the substituent group A described later. The substituents described are substituted, and when substituted with two or more substituents, the substituents may be the same or different.

~金屬或金屬化合物~ ~Metal or metal compound~

本發明的特定錯合物為上文所述的通式(M)所表示的二吡咯亞甲基化合物或其互變異構物配位於金屬或金屬化合物上而成的錯合物。 The specific complex of the present invention is a complex compound in which the dipyrromethene compound represented by the above formula (M) or a tautomer thereof is coordinated to a metal or a metal compound.

此處,金屬或金屬化合物只要為可形成錯合物的金屬或金屬化合物則可為任一者,包括二價的金屬原子、二價的金屬氧化物、 二價的金屬氫氧化物或二價的金屬氯化物。金屬或金屬化合物例如除了鋅(Zn)、鎂(Mg)、矽(Si)、錫(Sn)、銠(Rh)、鉑(Pt)、鈀(Pd)、鉬(Mo)、錳(Mn)、鉛(Pb)、銅(Cu)、鎳(Ni)、鈷(Co)、鐵(Fe)等金屬以外,亦包括AlCl、InCl、FeCl、TiCl2、SnCl2、SiCl2、GeCl2等金屬氯化物,TiO、VO等金屬氧化物,Si(OH)2等金屬氫氧化物。 Here, the metal or the metal compound may be any one as long as it is a metal or a metal compound capable of forming a complex, including a divalent metal atom, a divalent metal oxide, a divalent metal hydroxide or a divalent. Metal chloride. Metal or metal compounds such as zinc (Zn), magnesium (Mg), bismuth (Si), tin (Sn), rhodium (Rh), platinum (Pt), palladium (Pd), molybdenum (Mo), manganese (Mn) Metals such as lead (Pb), copper (Cu), nickel (Ni), cobalt (Co), and iron (Fe) include metals such as AlCl, InCl, FeCl, TiCl 2 , SnCl 2 , SiCl 2 , and GeCl 2 . Chloride, metal oxide such as TiO or VO, metal hydroxide such as Si(OH) 2 .

該等中,就錯合物的穩定性、分光特性、耐熱、耐光性及製造適性等觀點而言,較佳為Fe、Zn、Mg、Si、Pt、Pd、Mo、Mn、Cu、Ni、Co、TiO或VO,進而佳為Zn、Mg、Si、Pt、Pd、Cu、Ni、Co或VO,特佳為Zn。 Among these, from the viewpoints of stability, spectral characteristics, heat resistance, light resistance, and workability of the complex, Fe, Zn, Mg, Si, Pt, Pd, Mo, Mn, Cu, Ni, and preferably, Co, TiO or VO, and more preferably Zn, Mg, Si, Pt, Pd, Cu, Ni, Co or VO, particularly preferably Zn.

繼而,對通式(M)所表示的化合物的本發明的特定錯合物的更佳範圍加以說明。 Further, a more preferable range of the specific complex of the present invention of the compound represented by the formula (M) will be described.

本發明的特定錯合物的較佳範圍為以下範圍:於通式(M)中,R4及R9分別獨立地為氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、矽烷基、羥基、氰基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜環氧基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、胺基、苯胺基、雜環胺基、碳醯胺基、醯脲基、醯亞胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、磺醯胺基、偶氮基、烷硫基、芳硫基、雜環硫基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基或亞膦醯基胺基(phosphinoyl amino);R5及R8分別獨立地為氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、羥基、氰基、硝基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜環氧基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、醯亞胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、磺醯胺基、偶氮 基、烷硫基、芳硫基、雜環硫基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基或胺磺醯基;R6及R7分別獨立地為氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、矽烷基、羥基、氰基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜環氧基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、苯胺基、碳醯胺基、醯脲基、醯亞胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、磺醯胺基、偶氮基、烷硫基、芳硫基、雜環硫基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、胺磺醯基或亞膦醯基胺基;R10為氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基;金屬或金屬化合物為Zn、Mg、Si、Pt、Pd、Mo、Mn、Cu、Ni、Co、TiO或V=O。 A preferred range of the specific complex of the present invention is in the range wherein, in the formula (M), R 4 and R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group or a decyl group. , hydroxy, cyano, alkoxy, aryloxy, heterocyclic oxy, fluorenyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminecarbamyl, amine, anilino, heterocyclic amine, carboguanamine, guanidine Base, oximine, alkoxycarbonylamino, aryloxycarbonylamino, sulfonylamino, azo, alkylthio, arylthio, heterocyclic thio, alkylsulfonyl, aryl a sulfoyl group or a phosphinoyl amino group; R 5 and R 8 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a nitrate Alkoxy group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group, fluorenyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, amine mercapto group, quinone imine group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, sulfonylamino group, An azo group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a heterocyclic thio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group or an aminesulfonyl group; and R 6 and R 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkane Base, alkenyl, aryl, heterocyclic group , decyl, hydroxy, cyano, alkoxy, aryloxy, heterocyclooxy, decyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amine carbaryl, anilino, carbamide, ureido, ruthenium Alkyloxycarbonylamino, sulfonylamino, azo, alkylthio, arylthio, heterocyclic thio, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, sulfonyl or phosphine a mercaptoamine group; R 10 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group; and the metal or metal compound is Zn, Mg, Si, Pt, Pd, Mo, Mn, Cu, Ni, Co, TiO Or V=O.

本發明的特定錯合物的更佳範圍為以下範圍:於通式(M)中,R4及R9分別獨立地為氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、胺基、雜環胺基、碳醯胺基、醯脲基、醯亞胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、磺醯胺基、偶氮基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基或亞膦醯基胺基;R5及R8分別獨立地為烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、硝基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、醯亞胺基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基或胺磺醯基;R6及R7分別獨立地為氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、碳醯胺基、醯脲基、醯亞胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、磺醯胺基、烷硫基、芳硫基、雜環硫基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基或胺磺醯基;R10為氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基;金屬或金屬化合物為Zn、Mg、Si、Pt、Pd、Cu、Ni、Co或V=O。 A more preferred range of the specific complex of the present invention is the following range: in the formula (M), R 4 and R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group or a cyano group. , mercapto, alkoxycarbonyl, amine carbhydryl, amine, heterocyclic amine, carboguanamine, guanidinosyl, oximine, alkoxycarbonylamino, aryloxycarbonylamino, a sulfonylamino group, an azo group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group or a phosphoniumphosphonium group; and R 5 and R 8 are each independently an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, Cyano, nitro, fluorenyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aminemethanyl, quinone imine, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl or aminesulfonyl; R 6 and R 7 is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a decyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an amine carbaryl group, a carboguanamine group, a guanidino group, a quinone group. , alkoxycarbonylamino, sulfonylamino, alkylthio, arylthio, heterocyclic thio, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl or sulfonyl; R 10 is a hydrogen atom, halogen Atom, alkyl, aryl or heterocyclic group; metal or metal compound The substance is Zn, Mg, Si, Pt, Pd, Cu, Ni, Co or V=O.

本發明的特定錯合物的特佳範圍為以下範圍:於通式(M)中,R4及R9分別獨立地為氫原子、烷基、芳基、雜環基、胺基、雜環胺基、碳醯胺基、醯脲基、醯亞胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、磺醯胺基、偶氮基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基或亞膦醯基胺基;R5及R8分別獨立地為烷基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基;R6及R7分別獨立地為氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基;R10為氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基;金屬或金屬化合物為Zn、Cu、Co、或V=O。 A particularly preferred range of the specific complex of the present invention is the following range: in the formula (M), R 4 and R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an amine group, or a heterocyclic ring. Amino, carboguanamine, guanidinosyl, oxime imido, alkoxycarbonylamino, sulfonylamino, azo, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl or phosphinium decylamine R 5 and R 8 are each independently alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, cyano, fluorenyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminemethanyl, alkylsulfonyl or arylsulfonyl; 6 and R 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group; R 10 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group; and the metal or metal compound is Zn, Cu, Co, or V. =O.

進而,以下將詳述的通式(7)或通式(8)所表示的二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合物化合物亦為二吡咯亞甲基色素的特佳態樣。 Further, the dipyrromethene metal complex compound represented by the general formula (7) or the general formula (8) which will be described in detail below is also a particularly preferable aspect of the dipyrromethene dye.

(通式(7)所表示的二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合物化合物) (dipyrromethene metal complex compound represented by the formula (7))

具有色素結構的陽離子中的色素結構的較佳態樣之一為源自下述通式(7)所表示的二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合物化合物的色素結構。本發明中,下述化合物形成陽離子結構,例如通式(7)的Ma可形成鋅等的金屬陽離子結構。 One of preferable aspects of the dye structure in the cation having a dye structure is a dye structure derived from a dipyrromethene metal complex compound represented by the following formula (7). In the present invention, the following compound forms a cationic structure, and for example, Ma of the general formula (7) forms a metal cation structure such as zinc.

(通式(7)中,R4~R9分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價取代基,R10表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基。Ma表示金屬原子或金屬化合物。X1表示可鍵結於Ma的基團,X2表示將Ma的電荷中和的基團,X1與X2亦可相互鍵結並與Ma一起形成5員、6員或7員的環。其中,R4與R9不相互鍵結而形成環) (In the formula (7), R 4 to R 9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, and R 10 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. Ma represents a metal atom or a metal. a compound. X 1 represents a group which may be bonded to Ma, and X 2 represents a group which neutralizes the charge of Ma, and X 1 and X 2 may be bonded to each other and form a 5 member, 6 member or 7 member with Ma. Ring, wherein R 4 and R 9 are not bonded to each other to form a ring)

再者,通式(7)所表示的二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合物化合物包括互變異構物。 Further, the dipyrromethene metal complex compound represented by the formula (7) includes a tautomer.

將通式(7)所表示的二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合物化合物導入至通式(A)所表示的結構單元中時的情形的導入部位並無特別限制,就合成適合性的方面而言,較佳為於R4~R9的任一個部位上導入,更佳為於R4、R6、R7及R9的任一個上導入,進而佳為於R4及R9的任一個上導入。 When the dipyrromethene metal complex compound represented by the formula (7) is introduced into the structural unit represented by the formula (A), the introduction site is not particularly limited, and the aspect of suitability is synthesized. In particular, it is preferably introduced at any one of R 4 to R 9 , more preferably introduced on any of R 4 , R 6 , R 7 and R 9 , and more preferably any of R 4 and R 9 . Import on one.

於具有色素結構的陽離子具有鹼可溶性基的情形時,導入鹼可溶性基的方法可使用:使通式(7)中的R4~R10、X1及X2的任一個或兩個以上的取代基中具有鹼可溶性基的方法。該些取代基中,較佳為R4~R9及X1的任一個,更佳為R4、R6、R7及R9的任一個,進而佳為R4及R9的任一個。 When the cation having a dye structure has an alkali-soluble group, a method of introducing an alkali-soluble group can be used: one or two or more of R 4 to R 10 , X 1 and X 2 in the formula (7). A method having an alkali-soluble group in a substituent. Among these substituents, any one of R 4 to R 9 and X 1 is preferable, and any one of R 4 , R 6 , R 7 and R 9 is more preferable, and further preferably any of R 4 and R 9 . .

只要不損及本發明的效果,則通式(7)所表示的二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合物化合物亦可具有鹼可溶性基以外的官能基。 The dipyrromethene metal complex compound represented by the formula (7) may have a functional group other than the alkali-soluble group, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.

通式(7)中的R4~R9與通式(M)中的R4~R9為相同含意,較佳態樣亦相同。 Formula (7) R 4 ~ R 9 in the general formula R 4 ~ R 9 are the same meaning (M) of the, preferred aspects are also the same.

通式(7)中,Ma表示金屬原子或金屬化合物。金屬原子或金屬化合物只要為可形成錯合物的金屬原子或金屬化合物,則可為任一者,包括二價的金屬原子、二價的金屬氧化物、二價的金屬氫氧化物或二價的金屬氯化物。 In the formula (7), Ma represents a metal atom or a metal compound. The metal atom or the metal compound may be any one, including a divalent metal atom, a divalent metal oxide, a divalent metal hydroxide or a divalent, as long as it is a metal atom or a metal compound capable of forming a complex. Metal chloride.

例如包括:Zn、Mg、Si、Sn、Rh、Pt、Pd、Mo、Mn、Pb、Cu、Ni、Co、Fe等,及AlCl、InCl、FeCl、TiCl2、SnCl2、SiCl2、GeCl2等金屬氯化物,TiO、V=O等金屬氧化物,Si(OH)2等金屬氫氧化物。 For example, including: Zn, Mg, Si, Sn, Rh, Pt, Pd, Mo, Mn, Pb, Cu, Ni, Co, Fe, etc., and AlCl, InCl, FeCl, TiCl 2 , SnCl 2 , SiCl 2 , GeCl 2 Metal chlorides such as metal chlorides, TiO, V=O, and metal hydroxides such as Si(OH) 2 .

該等中,就錯合物的穩定性、分光特性、耐熱、耐光性及製造適性等觀點而言,金屬原子或金屬化合物較佳為Fe、Zn、Mg、Si、Pt、Pd、Mo、Mn、Cu、Ni、Co、TiO及V=O,更佳為Zn、Mg、Si、Pt、Pd、Cu、Ni、Co及V=O,進而佳為Zn、Co、V=O及Cu,特佳為Zn。 Among these, the metal atom or the metal compound is preferably Fe, Zn, Mg, Si, Pt, Pd, Mo, Mn from the viewpoints of stability, spectral characteristics, heat resistance, light resistance, and workability of the complex. , Cu, Ni, Co, TiO and V=O, more preferably Zn, Mg, Si, Pt, Pd, Cu, Ni, Co and V=O, and further preferably Zn, Co, V=O and Cu, especially Good for Zn.

另外,通式(7)中,R10表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基,較佳為氫原子。 Further, in the formula (7), R 10 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom.

通式(7)中,X1只要為可鍵結於Ma的基團,則可為任一者,具體可列舉:水、醇類(例如甲醇、乙醇、丙醇)等、進而「金屬螯合物」([1]阪口武一、上野景平著(1995年,南江堂)、[2](1996年)、[3](1997年)等)中記載的化合物。其中,就製造的方面而言,較佳為水、羧酸化合物、醇類,更佳為水、羧酸化合物。 In the general formula (7), X 1 may be any one as long as it is a group which can be bonded to Ma, and specific examples thereof include water, alcohol (for example, methanol, ethanol, propanol), and the like. The compound described in [1] Sakaguchi Takeshi, Ueno Jingping (1995, Nanjiangtang), [2] (1996), [3] (1997), etc.). Among them, in terms of production, water, a carboxylic acid compound, and an alcohol are preferable, and water or a carboxylic acid compound is more preferable.

通式(7)中,X2所表示的「將Ma的電荷中和的基團」 例如可列舉:鹵素原子、羥基、羧酸基、磷酸基、磺酸基等,其中,就製造的方面而言,較佳為鹵素原子、羥基、羧酸基、磺酸基,更佳為羥基、羧酸基。 In the general formula (7), the "group neutralizing the charge of Ma" represented by X 2 may, for example, be a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, a phosphoric acid group or a sulfonic acid group. In general, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, or a sulfonic acid group is preferred, and a hydroxyl group or a carboxylic acid group is more preferred.

通式(7)中,X1與X2亦可相互鍵結並與Ma一起形成5員、6員或7員的環。所形成的5員、6員及7員的環可為飽和環亦可為不飽和環。另外,5員、6員及7員的環可僅由碳原子構成,亦可形成含有至少一個選自氮原子、氧原子或/及硫原子中的原子的雜環。 In the formula (7), X 1 and X 2 may be bonded to each other and form a ring of 5 members, 6 members or 7 members together with Ma. The formed ring of 5 members, 6 members and 7 members may be a saturated ring or an unsaturated ring. Further, the rings of 5 members, 6 members, and 7 members may be composed only of carbon atoms, and may form a hetero ring containing at least one atom selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or/and a sulfur atom.

關於通式(7)所表示的化合物的較佳態樣,R4~R9分別獨立地為R4~R9的說明中記載的較佳態樣,R10為R10的說明中記載的較佳態樣,Ma為Zn、Cu、Co或V=O,X1為水或羧酸化合物,X2為羥基或羧酸基,X1與X2亦可相互鍵結而形成5員或6員環。 In a preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the formula (7), R 4 to R 9 are each independently a preferred embodiment described in the description of R 4 to R 9 , and R 10 is as described in the description of R 10 . In a preferred embodiment, Ma is Zn, Cu, Co or V=O, X 1 is water or a carboxylic acid compound, X 2 is a hydroxyl group or a carboxylic acid group, and X 1 and X 2 may be bonded to each other to form a 5-member or 6-member ring.

(通式(8)所表示的二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合物化合物) (dipyrromethene metal complex compound represented by the formula (8))

具有色素結構的陽離子中的色素結構的較佳態樣之一為源自下述通式(8)所表示的二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合物化合物的色素結構。本發明中,下述化合物形成陽離子結構,例如通式(8)的Ma可形成鋅等的金屬陽離子結構。 One of the preferable aspects of the dye structure in the cation having a dye structure is a dye structure derived from a dipyrromethene metal complex compound represented by the following formula (8). In the present invention, the following compound forms a cationic structure, and for example, Ma of the general formula (8) forms a metal cation structure such as zinc.

[化6] [Chemical 6]

(通式(8)中,R11及R16分別獨立地表示烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基、芳氧基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基或雜環胺基。R12~R15分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。R17表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基。Ma表示金屬原子或金屬化合物。X2及X3分別獨立地表示NR(R表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、醯基、烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基)、氮原子、氧原子或硫原子。Y1及Y2分別獨立地表示NRc(Rc表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、醯基、烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基)、氮原子或碳原子。R11與Y1亦可相互鍵結而形成5員、6員或7員的環,R16與Y2亦可相互鍵結而形成5員、6員或7員的環。X1表示可與Ma鍵結的基團,a表示0、1或2) (In the formula (8), R 11 and R 16 each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group or a heterocyclic ring. Amino groups: R 12 to R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. R 17 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. Ma represents a metal atom or a metal compound. X 2 and X 3 Each independently represents NR (R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a fluorenyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group or an arylsulfonyl group), a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. 1 and Y 2 each independently represent NR c (R c represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a fluorenyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group or an arylsulfonyl group), a nitrogen atom or a carbon. Atom. R 11 and Y 1 may also be bonded to each other to form a ring of 5 members, 6 members or 7 members, and R 16 and Y 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring of 5 members, 6 members or 7 members. X 1 Represents a group that can be bonded to Ma, and a represents 0, 1, or 2)

再者,通式(8)所表示的二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合物化合物包括互變異構物。 Further, the dipyrromethene metal complex compound represented by the formula (8) includes a tautomer.

關於將通式(8)所表示的二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合物化合物導入至通式(A)所表示的結構單元中的部位,只要不損及本發明的效果,則並無特別限定,較佳為R11~R17、X1、Y1~Y2的 任一個。該等中,就合成適合性的方面而言,較佳為於R11~R16及X1的任一個上導入,更佳為於R11、R13、R14及R16的任一個上插入的態樣,進而佳為於R11及R16的任一個上插入的態樣。 The site in which the dipyrromethene metal complex compound represented by the formula (8) is introduced into the structural unit represented by the formula (A) is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Preferably, it is any one of R 11 to R 17 , X 1 and Y 1 to Y 2 . In the above, in terms of the suitability for synthesis, it is preferably introduced on any of R 11 to R 16 and X 1 , more preferably on any of R 11 , R 13 , R 14 and R 16 . The inserted aspect is preferably a pattern inserted on either of R 11 and R 16 .

於具有色素結構的陽離子具有鹼可溶性基的情形時,可採用使通式(8)中的R11~R17、X1、Y1~Y2的任一個或兩個以上的取代基中具有鹼可溶性基的方法。該些取代基中,較佳為R11~R16及X1的任一個,更佳為R11、R13、R14及R16的任一個,進而佳為R11及R16的任一個。 When the cation having a dye structure has an alkali-soluble group, one or two or more substituents of R 11 to R 17 , X 1 and Y 1 to Y 2 in the formula (8) may be used. A method of alkali soluble groups. Among these substituents, any one of R 11 to R 16 and X 1 is preferable, and any one of R 11 , R 13 , R 14 and R 16 is more preferable, and further preferably any of R 11 and R 16 . .

只要不損及本發明的效果,則通式(8)所表示的二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合物化合物亦可具有鹼可溶性基以外的官能基。 The dipyrromethene metal complex compound represented by the formula (8) may have a functional group other than the alkali-soluble group, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.

於通式(8)中,R12~R15與通式(M)中的R5~R8為相同含意,較佳態樣亦相同。R17與通式(M)中的R10為相同含意,較佳態樣亦相同。Ma與通式(7)中的Ma為相同含意,較佳範圍亦相同。 In the formula (8), R 12 to R 15 have the same meanings as R 5 to R 8 in the formula (M), and preferred embodiments are also the same. R 17 has the same meaning as R 10 in the formula (M), and the preferred embodiment is also the same. Ma has the same meaning as Ma in the general formula (7), and the preferred range is also the same.

更詳細而言,通式(8)中的R12~R15中,R12及R15較佳為烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、腈基、醯亞胺基或胺甲醯基磺醯基,更佳為烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、烷基磺醯基、腈基、醯亞胺基、胺甲醯基磺醯基,進而佳為烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、腈基、醯亞胺基、胺甲醯基磺醯基,特佳為烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、胺甲醯基。 More specifically, in R 12 to R 15 in the formula (8), R 12 and R 15 are preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an aminomethyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group or an aryl group. Sulfonyl, nitrile, oxime imido or amine carbaryl sulfonyl, more preferably alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, amine carbaryl, alkyl sulfonyl, nitrile, quinone Alkyl sulfonyl sulfhydryl, and more preferably alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aminemethanyl, nitrile, oxime imido, amine carbaryl sulfonyl, especially alkoxy Carbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, amine carbenyl group.

R13及R14較佳為經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取 代的芳基、經取代或未經取代的雜環基,進而佳為經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基。此處,更佳的烷基、芳基及雜環基的具體例可同樣地列舉通式(M)的R6及R7中列舉的具體例。 R 13 and R 14 are preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, and more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkane. A substituted, unsubstituted or unsubstituted aryl group. Here, specific examples of the more preferable alkyl group, aryl group and heterocyclic group are similarly exemplified by R 6 and R 7 of the formula (M).

通式(8)中,R11及R16表示烷基(較佳為碳數1~36、更佳為碳數1~12的直鏈、分支鏈或環狀的烷基,例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、己基、2-乙基己基、十二烷基、環丙基、環戊基、環己基、1-金剛烷基)、烯基(較佳為碳數2~24、更佳為碳數2~12的烯基,例如乙烯基、烯丙基、3-丁烯-1-基)、芳基(較佳為碳數6~36、更佳為碳數6~18的芳基,例如苯基、萘基)、雜環基(較佳為碳數1~24、更佳為碳數1~12的雜環基,例如2-噻吩基、4-吡啶基、2-呋喃基、2-嘧啶基、2-吡啶基、2-苯并噻唑基、1-咪唑基、1-吡唑基、苯并三唑-1-基)、烷氧基(較佳為碳數1~36、更佳為碳數1~18的烷氧基,例如甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、己氧基、2-乙基己氧基、十二烷氧基、環己氧基)、芳氧基(較佳為碳數6~24、更佳為碳數1~18的芳氧基,例如苯氧基、萘氧基)、烷基胺基(較佳為碳數1~36、更佳為碳數1~18的烷基胺基,例如甲基胺基、乙基胺基、丙基胺基、丁基胺基、己基胺基、2-乙基己基胺基、異丙基胺基、第三丁基胺基、第三辛基胺基、環己基胺基、N,N-二乙基胺基、N,N-二丙基胺基、N,N-二丁基胺基、N-甲基-N-乙基胺基)、芳基胺基(較佳為碳數6~36、更佳為碳數6~18的芳基胺基,例如苯 基胺基、萘基胺基、N,N-二苯基胺基、N-乙基-N-苯基胺基)、或雜環胺基(較佳為碳數1~24、更佳為碳數1~12的雜環胺基,例如2-胺基吡咯基、3-胺基吡唑基、2-胺基吡啶基、3-胺基吡啶基)。 In the formula (8), R 11 and R 16 represent an alkyl group (preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 36, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, such as a methyl group, Ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, hexyl, 2-ethylhexyl, dodecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-adamantane a base group, an alkenyl group (preferably a carbon number of 2 to 24, more preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, a 3-buten-1-yl group) or an aryl group. An aryl group having 6 to 36 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, or a heterocyclic group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 24, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12) a cyclic group such as 2-thienyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-furyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 2-pyridyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, 1-imidazolyl, 1-pyrazolyl, benzotrienyl Zin-1-yl), alkoxy (preferably alkoxy having 1 to 36 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 18 carbon atoms, such as methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, a hexyloxy group, a 2-ethylhexyloxy group, a dodecyloxy group, a cyclohexyloxy group, an aryloxy group (preferably an aryloxy group having a carbon number of 6 to 24, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 18). For example, phenoxy, naphthyloxy), alkylamino ( Preferred are alkylamino groups having 1 to 36 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 18 carbon atoms, such as methylamino, ethylamino, propylamino, butylamino, hexylamino, 2-B Hexylamino group, isopropylamino group, tert-butylamino group, third octylamino group, cyclohexylamino group, N,N-diethylamino group, N,N-dipropylamino group, N,N-dibutylamino, N-methyl-N-ethylamino), arylamine (preferably an arylamino group having a carbon number of 6 to 36, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 18) , for example, a phenylamino group, a naphthylamino group, an N,N-diphenylamino group, an N-ethyl-N-phenylamino group, or a heterocyclic amine group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 24, More preferably, it is a heterocyclic amino group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as 2-aminopyrrolyl, 3-aminopyrazolyl, 2-aminopyridyl, or 3-aminopyridyl.

所述中,R11及R16較佳為烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基、雜環胺基,更佳為烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基,進而佳為烷基、烯基、芳基,特佳為烷基。 In the above, R 11 and R 16 are preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group or a heterocyclic amino group, more preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an aromatic group. The group or the heterocyclic group is more preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an aryl group, and particularly preferably an alkyl group.

通式(8)中,於R11及R16所表示的烷基、烯基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基、芳氧基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基或雜環胺基為可進一步經取代的基團的情形時,亦可經後述取代基組群A的項中說明的取代基取代,於經2個以上的取代基取代的情形時,該些取代基可相同亦可不同。 In the formula (8), an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group or a heterocyclic amine represented by R 11 and R 16 When the group is a group which may be further substituted, it may be substituted with a substituent described in the section of the substituent group A to be described later, and when substituted with two or more substituents, the substituents may be the same. It can also be different.

通式(8)中,X2及X3分別獨立地表示NR、氮原子、氧原子或硫原子。此處,R表示氫原子、烷基(較佳為碳數1~36、更佳為碳數1~12的直鏈、分支鏈或環狀的烷基,例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、己基、2-乙基己基、十二烷基、環丙基、環戊基、環己基、1-金剛烷基)、烯基(較佳為碳數2~24、更佳為碳數2~12的烯基,例如乙烯基、烯丙基、3-丁烯-1-基)、芳基(較佳為碳數6~36、更佳為碳數6~18的芳基,例如苯基、萘基)、雜環基(較佳為碳數1~24、更佳為碳數1~12的雜環基,例如2-噻吩基、4-吡啶基、2-呋喃基、2-嘧啶基、1-吡啶基、2-苯并噻唑基、1-咪唑基、1-吡唑基、苯并三唑-1-基)、醯基(較佳為碳數1~24、更佳為碳數2~18的醯基,例如乙醯基、 三甲基乙醯基、2-乙基己基、苯甲醯基、環己醯基)、烷基磺醯基(較佳為碳數1~24、更佳為碳數1~18的烷基磺醯基,例如甲基磺醯基、乙基磺醯基、異丙基磺醯基、環己基磺醯基)、芳基磺醯基(較佳為碳數6~24、更佳為碳數6~18的芳基磺醯基,例如苯基磺醯基、萘基磺醯基)。 In the formula (8), X 2 and X 3 each independently represent an NR, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. Here, R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 36, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 12, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a propyl group. , isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, hexyl, 2-ethylhexyl, dodecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-adamantyl), alkenyl (preferably a carbon number of 2 to 24, more preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, a 3-buten-1-yl group) or an aryl group (preferably a carbon number of 6~) 36. More preferably, it is an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and a heterocyclic group (preferably a heterocyclic group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, for example, 2) -thienyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-furyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 1-pyridyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, 1-imidazolyl, 1-pyrazolyl, benzotriazol-1-yl a sulfhydryl group (preferably a fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 24, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 18, such as an ethyl fluorenyl group, a trimethyl ethane group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, a benzamidine group, or a ring. Alkyl sulfonyl group, preferably an alkylsulfonyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 24, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 18, such as methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, or isopropyl Sulfonyl, cyclohexylsulfonate Anthracenyl) or arylsulfonyl (preferably, an arylsulfonyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 24, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 18, such as a phenylsulfonyl group or a naphthylsulfonyl group).

通式(8)中,Y1及Y2分別獨立地表示NRc、氮原子或碳原子,Rc與X2及X3的R為相同含意,較佳態樣亦相同。 In the formula (8), Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent NR c , a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom, and R c has the same meaning as R 2 and X 3 , and the preferred embodiment is also the same.

通式(8)中,R11與Y1亦可相互鍵結並與碳原子一起形成5員環(例如環戊烷環、吡咯啶環、四氫呋喃環、二氧雜環戊烷環、四氫噻吩環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、吲哚環、苯并呋喃環、苯并噻吩環)、6員環(例如環己烷環、哌啶環、哌嗪環、嗎啉環、四氫吡喃環、二噁烷環、五亞甲基硫醚環、二噻烷環、苯環、哌啶環、哌嗪環、噠嗪環、喹啉環、喹唑啉環)、或7員環(例如環庚烷環、六亞甲基亞胺環)。 In the formula (8), R 11 and Y 1 may be bonded to each other and form a 5-membered ring together with a carbon atom (for example, a cyclopentane ring, a pyrrolidine ring, a tetrahydrofuran ring, a dioxolane ring, or a tetrahydrogen group). Thiophene ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, anthracene ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring), 6-membered ring (eg cyclohexane ring, piperidine ring, piperazine ring, morpholine ring, four) Hydropyran ring, dioxane ring, pentamethylene sulfide ring, dithiane ring, benzene ring, piperidine ring, piperazine ring, pyridazine ring, quinoline ring, quinazoline ring), or 7 Member ring (eg cycloheptane ring, hexamethyleneimine ring).

通式(8)中,R16與Y2亦可相互鍵結並與碳原子一起形成5員環(例如環戊烷環、吡咯啶環、四氫呋喃環、二氧雜環戊烷環、四氫噻吩環、吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、吲哚環、苯并呋喃環、苯并噻吩環)、6員環(例如環己烷環、哌啶環、哌嗪環、嗎啉環、四氫吡喃環、二噁烷環、五亞甲基硫醚環、二噻烷環、苯環、哌啶環、哌嗪環、健嗪環、喹啉環、喹唑啉環)、或7員環(例如環庚烷環、六亞甲基亞胺環)。 In the formula (8), R 16 and Y 2 may be bonded to each other and form a 5-membered ring together with a carbon atom (for example, a cyclopentane ring, a pyrrolidine ring, a tetrahydrofuran ring, a dioxolane ring, or a tetrahydrogen group). Thiophene ring, pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, anthracene ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring), 6-membered ring (eg cyclohexane ring, piperidine ring, piperazine ring, morpholine ring, four) Hydropyran ring, dioxane ring, pentamethylene sulfide ring, dithiane ring, benzene ring, piperidine ring, piperazine ring, azine ring, quinoline ring, quinazoline ring), or 7 Member ring (eg cycloheptane ring, hexamethyleneimine ring).

通式(8)中,於R11與Y1、及R16與Y2鍵結而形成的 5員、6員及7員的環為可經取代的環的情形時,亦可經後述取代基組群A的項中說明的取代基取代,於經2個以上的取代基取代的情形時,該些取代基可相同亦可不同。 In the general formula (8), when the ring of 5 members, 6 members, and 7 members formed by bonding R 11 and Y 1 and R 16 and Y 2 is a ring which may be substituted, it may be substituted as described later. The substituents described in the subgroup A are substituted, and when substituted with two or more substituents, the substituents may be the same or different.

通式(8)中,R11及R16分別獨立地較佳為作為立體參數的-Es'值為1.5以上的一價取代基,更佳為2.0以上,進而佳為3.5以上,特佳為5.0以上。 In the formula (8), R 11 and R 16 are each independently preferably a monovalent substituent having a -Es' value of 1.5 or more as a stereo parameter, more preferably 2.0 or more, still more preferably 3.5 or more, particularly preferably 5.0 or more.

此處,立體參數-Es'值為表示取代基的立體膨大的參數,使用文獻(J.A.邁克菲(J.A.Macphee)等人,「四面體通訊(Tetrahedron)」,Vol.34,pp3553~pp3562,藤田稔夫編,化學增刊107,結構活性相關與藥物設計,1986年2月20日發行(化學同人))中揭示的-Es'值。 Here, the stereo parameter -Es' value is a parameter indicating the stereoscopic expansion of the substituent, and the literature is used (JA Macphee et al., "Tetrahedron", Vol. 34, pp3553 to pp3562, Fujita The -Es' value revealed in the cod, ed., 107, Structural Activity Correlation and Drug Design, issued February 20, 1986 (Chemical Fellow).

通式(8)中,X1表示可與Ma鍵結的基團,具體可列舉與通式(7)中的X1相同的基團,較佳態樣亦相同。 In the formula (8), X 1 represents a group which may be bonded to Ma, and specific examples thereof are the same as those of X 1 in the formula (7), and preferred embodiments are also the same.

a表示0、1或2。 a represents 0, 1, or 2.

關於通式(8)所表示的化合物的較佳態樣,R12~R15分別獨立地為通式(M)中的R5~R8的說明中記載的較佳態樣,R17為通式(M)中的R10的說明中記載的較佳態樣,Ma為Zn、Cu、Co或V=O,X2為NR(R為氫原子、烷基)、氮原子或氧原子,X3為NR(R為氫原子、烷基)、或氧原子,Y1為NRc(Rc為氫原子、烷基)、氮原子或碳原子,Y2為氮原子或碳原子,R11及R16分別獨立地為烷基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基或烷基胺基,X1為經由氧原子而鍵結的基團,a為0或1。R11與Y1亦可相互鍵結 而形成5員或6員環,或者R16與Y2亦可相互鍵結而形成5員、6員環。 In a preferred embodiment of the compound represented by the formula (8), R 12 to R 15 are each independently a preferred embodiment described in the description of R 5 to R 8 in the formula (M), and R 17 is In a preferred embodiment described in the description of R 10 in the formula (M), Ma is Zn, Cu, Co or V=O, X 2 is NR (R is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group), a nitrogen atom or an oxygen atom. X 3 is NR (R is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group) or an oxygen atom, Y 1 is NR c (R c is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group), a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom, and Y 2 is a nitrogen atom or a carbon atom. R 11 and R 16 are each independently an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group or an alkylamino group, and X 1 is a group bonded via an oxygen atom, and a is 0 or 1. R 11 and Y 1 may also be bonded to each other to form a 5- or 6-membered ring, or R 16 and Y 2 may be bonded to each other to form a 5-membered or 6-membered ring.

關於通式(8)所表示的化合物的更佳態樣,R12~R15分別獨立地為通式(M)所表示的化合物中的R5~R8的說明中記載的較佳態樣,R17為通式(M)中的R10的說明中記載的較佳態樣,Ma為Zn,X2及X3為氧原子,Y1為NH,Y2為氮原子,R11及R16分別獨立地為烷基、芳基、雜環基、烷氧基或烷基胺基,X1為經由氧原子而鍵結的基團,a為0或1。R11與Y1亦可相互鍵結而形成5員或6員環,或者R16與Y2亦可相互鍵結而形成5員、6員環。 In a more preferable aspect of the compound represented by the formula (8), R 12 to R 15 are each independently a preferred aspect described in the description of R 5 to R 8 in the compound represented by the formula (M). R 17 is a preferred embodiment described in the description of R 10 in the formula (M), wherein Ma is Zn, X 2 and X 3 are oxygen atoms, Y 1 is NH, Y 2 is a nitrogen atom, and R 11 and R 16 is independently an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group or an alkylamino group, and X 1 is a group bonded via an oxygen atom, and a is 0 or 1. R 11 and Y 1 may also be bonded to each other to form a 5- or 6-membered ring, or R 16 and Y 2 may be bonded to each other to form a 5-membered or 6-membered ring.

就著色力的觀點而言,通式(7)及通式(8)所表示的二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合物化合物的莫耳吸光係數較佳為儘可能高。另外,就顏色純度提高的觀點而言,最大吸收波長λmax較佳為520nm~580nm,進而佳為530nm~570nm。藉由在該範圍內,可使用本發明的著色組成物來製作色彩再現性良好的彩色濾光片。 From the viewpoint of the coloring power, the molar absorption coefficient of the dipyrromethene metal complex compound represented by the general formula (7) and the general formula (8) is preferably as high as possible. Further, from the viewpoint of improvement in color purity, the maximum absorption wavelength λmax is preferably 520 nm to 580 nm, and more preferably 530 nm to 570 nm. Within this range, a color filter having good color reproducibility can be produced using the colored composition of the present invention.

進而,對於450nm的吸光度,具有源自二吡咯亞甲基色素的色素結構的色素較佳為最大吸收波長(λmax)的吸光度為1,000倍以上,更佳為10,000倍以上,進而佳為100,000倍以上。藉由該比率在該範圍內,於使用本發明的著色組成物特別製作藍色彩色濾光片的情形時,可形成透射率更高的彩色濾光片。再者,最大吸收波長及莫耳吸光係數是藉由分光光度計卡里(cary)5(瓦 里安(Varian)公司製造)來測定。 Further, with respect to the absorbance at 450 nm, the dye having a dye structure derived from a dipyrromethene dye preferably has an absorbance at a maximum absorption wavelength (λmax) of 1,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 or more, and still more preferably 100,000 or more. . When the ratio is within this range, when a blue color filter is specifically produced using the colored composition of the present invention, a color filter having a higher transmittance can be formed. Furthermore, the maximum absorption wavelength and the Mohr absorption coefficient are by the spectrophotometer card (Cary) 5 (Watt) It is manufactured by Varian).

就溶解性的觀點而言,通式(7)及通式(8)所表示的二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合物化合物的熔點以不過高為宜。 From the viewpoint of solubility, the melting point of the dipyrromethene metal complex compound represented by the general formula (7) and the general formula (8) is preferably not too high.

通式(7)及通式(8)所表示的二吡咯亞甲基金屬錯合物化合物可利用美國專利第4,774,339號說明書、美國專利第5,433,896號說明書、日本專利特開2001-240761號公報、日本專利特開2002-155052號公報、日本專利第3614586號公報、「澳大利亞化學雜誌(Aust.J.Chem)」(1965,11,1835-1845)、J.H.伯格(J.H.Boger)等人的「雜原子化學(Heteroatom Chemistry)」(Vol.1,No.5,389(1990))等中記載的方法來合成。具體而言,可應用日本專利特開2008-292970號公報的段落0131~段落0157中記載的方法。 The dipyrromethene metal complex compound represented by the formula (7) and the formula (8) can be used in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,774,339, the specification of U.S. Patent No. 5,433,896, and the Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-240761. Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2002-155052, Japanese Patent No. 3614586, "Aust.J. Chem" (1965, 11, 1835-1845), JH Boger, etc. It is synthesized by a method described in Heteroatom Chemistry (Vol. 1, No. 5, 389 (1990)). Specifically, the method described in paragraphs 0131 to 0157 of JP-A-2008-292970 can be applied.

以下示出二吡咯亞甲基色素的具體例,但本發明不限定於此。再者,式中X表示陰離子。本發明中下述色素結構的任一氫原子與聚合物骨架鍵結。 Specific examples of the dipyrromethene dye are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Further, in the formula, X represents an anion. In the present invention, any hydrogen atom of the following dye structure is bonded to the polymer skeleton.

[化7] [Chemistry 7]

所述具體例中,就顏色特性及耐熱性的觀點而言,較佳為(PM-4)、(PM-7)及(PM-8),更佳為(PM-8)。 In the specific examples, from the viewpoints of color characteristics and heat resistance, (PM-4), (PM-7), and (PM-8) are preferable, and (PM-8) is more preferable.

<<<碳鎓色素>>> <<<Carbon pigment>>>

碳鎓色素中,較佳為三芳基甲烷色素、氧雜蒽色素。 Among the carbonium pigments, a triarylmethane dye or a xanthene pigment is preferred.

(三芳基甲烷色素) (triarylmethane pigment)

本發明的具有色素結構的陽離子的態樣之一為具有源自三芳基甲烷色素(三芳基甲烷化合物)的部分結構者。色素具有源自下述通式(TP)所表示的化合物(三芳基甲烷化合物)的部分結構作為色素結構。本發明中所謂三芳基甲烷化合物,是指於分子內具有含三芳基甲烷骨架的色素結構的化合物的總稱。 One of the aspects of the cation having a dye structure of the present invention is a partial structure derived from a triarylmethane pigment (triarylmethane compound). The dye has a partial structure derived from a compound represented by the following formula (TP) (triarylmethane compound) as a dye structure. The triarylmethane compound in the present invention is a generic term for a compound having a dye structure containing a triarylmethane skeleton in a molecule.

通式(TP) General formula (TP)

(通式(TP)中,Rtp1~Rtp4分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基或芳基。Rtp5表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或NRtp9Rtp10(Rtp9及Rtp10表示氫原子、烷基或芳基)。Rtp6、Rtp7及Rtp8表示取代基。a、b及c表示0~4的整數。於a、b及c為2以上的情形時,Rtp6、Rtp7及Rtp8亦可分別連結而形成環。X-表示陰離子結構。於不存在X-時,Rtp1~Rtp8的至少一個包含陰離子) (In the formula (TP), Rtp 1 to Rtp 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. Rtp 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or NRtp 9 Rtp 10 (Rtp 9 and Rtp 10 represent hydrogen) Atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. Rtp 6 , Rtp 7 and Rtp 8 represent a substituent. a, b and c represent an integer of 0 to 4. When a, b and c are 2 or more, Rtp 6 , Rtp 7 and Rtp 8 may also be bonded to each other to form a ring. X - represents an anionic structure. In the absence of X - , at least one of Rtp 1 to Rtp 8 contains an anion)

對於通式(TP)所表示的化合物的較佳範圍及具體例,可參考日本專利特開2013-28764號公報的段落編號0170-段落編號0178的記載,將該些內容併入至本申請案說明書中。 For the preferred range and specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (TP), reference is made to the description of Paragraph No. 0170 - Paragraph No. 0178 of JP-A-2013-28764, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. In the manual.

將通式(TP)所表示的化合物導入至通式(A)所表示的結構單元時的導入部位並無特別限制,較佳為於Rtp1~Rtp10的任一個部位上進行導入。 The introduction site when the compound represented by the formula (TP) is introduced into the structural unit represented by the formula (A) is not particularly limited, and it is preferably introduced at any of Rtp 1 to Rtp 10 .

(氧雜蒽色素) (xanthene pigment)

本發明的具有色素結構的陽離子的較佳態樣為具有源自氧雜蒽色素(氧雜蒽化合物)的部分結構者。色素具有源自下述通式(J)所表示的氧雜蒽化合物的部分結構作為色素結構。 A preferred aspect of the cation having a dye structure of the present invention is a partial structure derived from a xanthene dye (xanthene compound). The dye has a partial structure derived from a xanthene compound represented by the following formula (J) as a dye structure.

(通式(J)中,R81、R82、R83及R84分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價取代基,R85分別獨立地表示一價取代基,m表示0~5的整數。X-表示陰離子結構。於不存在X-時,R81~R85的至少一個包含陰離子) (In the general formula (J), R 81 , R 82 , R 83 and R 84 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, R 85 each independently represents a monovalent substituent, and m represents an integer of 0 to 5. X - represents an anionic structure. In the absence of X - , at least one of R 81 to R 85 contains an anion)

將通式(J)所表示的化合物導入至通式(A)所表示的結構單元時的導入部位並無特別限制,較佳為於R81~R85的任一個部位上進行導入。 The introduction site when the compound represented by the formula (J) is introduced into the structural unit represented by the formula (A) is not particularly limited, and it is preferred to introduce it at any of R 81 to R 85 .

通式(J)中的R81~R84及R85可取的取代基與後述取代基組群A的項中列舉的取代基相同。 The substituents which may be taken from R 81 to R 84 and R 85 in the formula (J) are the same as those exemplified in the item of the substituent group A to be described later.

通式(J)中的R81與R82、R83與R84、及m為2以上的情形的R85彼此亦可分別獨立地相互鍵結而形成5員、6員或7員的飽和環或者5員、6員或7員的不飽和環。於所形成的5員、6員或7員的環為可進一步經取代的基團的情形時,亦可經R81~R85中說明的取代基所取代,於經2個以上的取代基取代的情形時,該些取代基可相同亦可不同。 In the general formula (J), R 81 and R 82 , R 83 and R 84 , and R 85 in the case where m is 2 or more may be independently bonded to each other to form a saturation of 5 members, 6 members or 7 members. Ring or unsaturated ring of 5, 6 or 7 members. In the case where the ring of 5, 6 or 7 members formed is a group which may be further substituted, it may be substituted with a substituent described in R 81 to R 85 , and may have two or more substituents. In the case of substitution, the substituents may be the same or different.

於所述通式(J)中的R81與R82、R83與R84、及m為2以上的情形的R85彼此分別獨立地相互鍵結而形成不具有取代基的5員、6員及7員的飽和環或者5員、6員及7員的不飽和環的情形時,不具有取代基的5員、6員及7員的飽和環或者5員、6員及7員的不飽和環例如可列舉:吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環、噁唑環、噻唑環、吡咯啶環、哌啶環、環戊烯環、環己烯環、苯環、吡啶環、吡嗪環、健嗪環,較佳可列舉苯環、吡啶環。 In the general formula (J), R 81 and R 82 , R 83 and R 84 , and R 85 in the case where m is 2 or more are each independently bonded to each other to form a 5-member, 6 having no substituent. In the case of a saturated ring of 5 or 6 members, or an unsaturated ring of 5 members, 6 members, and 7 members, a saturated ring of 5 members, 6 members, and 7 members without a substituent or 5 members, 6 members, and 7 members. Examples of the unsaturated ring include a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyrrolidine ring, a piperidine ring, a cyclopentene ring, and a cyclohexene. The ring, the benzene ring, the pyridine ring, the pyrazine ring, and the azine ring preferably include a benzene ring and a pyridine ring.

特佳為R82及R83為氫原子或者經取代或未經取代的烷基,R81及R84為經取代或未經取代的烷基或苯基。另外,R85較佳為鹵素原子、碳數1~5的直鏈或分支的烷基、磺基、磺醯胺基、 羧基、醯胺基,更佳為磺基、磺醯胺基、羧基、醯胺基。R85較佳為鍵結於與氧雜蒽環連結的碳的鄰接部。R81及R84的苯基所具有的取代基特佳為氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數1~5的直鏈或分支的烷基、磺基、磺醯胺基、羧基。 Particularly preferably, R 82 and R 83 are a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, and R 81 and R 84 are a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a phenyl group. Further, R 85 is preferably a halogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a sulfo group, a sulfonylamino group, a carboxyl group or a decylamino group, more preferably a sulfo group, a sulfonylamino group or a carboxyl group. , amidino group. R 85 is preferably an abutting portion bonded to carbon bonded to the xanthene ring. The substituent of the phenyl group of R 81 and R 84 is particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a sulfo group, a sulfonylamino group or a carboxyl group.

通式(J)所表示的具有氧雜蒽骨架的化合物可藉由文獻記載的方法來合成。具體可應用「四面體通訊(Tetrahedron Letters)」(2003年,vol.44,No.23,4355頁~4360頁)、「四面體」(2005年,vol.61,No.12,3097頁~3106頁)等中記載的方法。 The compound having a xanthene skeleton represented by the formula (J) can be synthesized by a method described in the literature. Specifically, "Tetrahedron Letters" (2003, vol. 44, No. 23, pages 4355 to 4360) and "tetrahedron" can be applied (2005, vol. 61, No. 12, 3097 pages ~ The method described in 3106).

以下示出氧雜蒽化合物的具體例,但本發明不限定於此。本發明中下述色素結構的任一氫原子與聚合物骨架鍵結。 Specific examples of the xanthene compound are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the present invention, any hydrogen atom of the following dye structure is bonded to the polymer skeleton.

[化11] [11]

<<<花青色素>>> <<<花青色素>>>

本發明的具有色素結構的陽離子的態樣之一為具有源自花青色素(花青化合物)的部分結構者。該些的詳細情况可參考日本專利特開2013-28764號公報的段落編號0191~段落編號0201的記載,將該些內容併入至本申請案說明書中。 One of the aspects of the cation having a pigment structure of the present invention is a moiety having a structure derived from a cyanine pigment (cyanine compound). For details of the above, refer to the description of Paragraph No. 0191 to Paragraph No. 0201 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-28764, the contents of which are hereby incorporated herein.

<<<亞酞菁色素>>> <<<Subphthalocyanine pigment>>>

本發明的具有色素結構的陽離子的態樣之一為具有亞酞菁色素結構者。該些的詳細情况可參考日本專利特開2013-28764號公報的段落編號0242~段落編號0250的記載,將該些內容併入至本申請案說明書中。 One of the aspects of the cation having a pigment structure of the present invention is one having a phthalocyanine dye structure. For details of the above, refer to the description of Paragraph No. 0242 to Paragraph No. 0250 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-28764, the contents of which are hereby incorporated herein.

<<<方酸內鎓色素>>> <<<Squaric acid indole pigment>>>

本發明中所用的具有色素結構的陽離子亦可具有方酸內鎓色素結構。該些的詳細情况可參考日本專利特開2013-28764號公報的段落編號0202~段落編號0223的記載,將該些內容併入至本申請案說明書中。 The cation having a pigment structure used in the present invention may also have a squaraine indole dye structure. For details of these, refer to the description of Paragraph No. 0202 to Paragraph No. 0223 of Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2013-28764, which is incorporated herein by reference.

本發明的色素只要不偏離本發明的主旨,則色素結構中的氫原子亦可經選自下述取代基組群A中的取代基所取代。 The hydrogen atom in the dye structure may be substituted with a substituent selected from the following substituent group A, as long as the dye of the present invention does not deviate from the gist of the present invention.

取代基組群A: Substituent group A:

色素可具有的取代基可列舉:鹵素原子、烷基、環烷基、烯基、環烯基、炔基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羥基、硝基、羧基、烷氧基、芳氧基、矽烷氧基、雜環氧基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、胺基(包含烷基胺基、苯胺基)、醯基胺基、胺基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基、巰基、烷硫基、芳硫基、雜環硫基、胺磺醯基、磺基、烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基、醯基、芳氧基羰基、烷氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、芳基偶氮基或雜環偶氮基、醯亞胺基、膦基(phosphino)、氧膦基(phosphinyl)、氧膦基氧基、氧膦基胺基、矽烷基等。以下記載詳細情况。 Examples of the substituent which the dye may have include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxy group, and the like. Aryloxy, nonyloxy, heterocyclooxy, decyloxy, amine methoxycarbonyl, amine (including alkylamino, anilino), mercaptoamine, aminocarbonylamino, alkoxy Carbonylamino, aryloxycarbonylamino, aminesulfonylamino, alkylsulfonylamino or arylsulfonylamino, fluorenyl, alkylthio, arylthio, heterocyclic thio, amine Sulfonyl, sulfo, alkylsulfinyl or arylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl or arylsulfonyl, anthracenyl, aryloxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminemethanyl An arylazo or heterocyclic azo group, a quinone imine group, a phosphino group, a phosphinyl group, a phosphinyloxy group, a phosphinylamino group, a decyl group, and the like. The details are described below.

可列舉:鹵素原子(例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子)、直鏈或分支的烷基(直鏈或分支的經取代或未經取代的烷基,較佳為碳數1~30的烷基,例如甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、第三丁基、正辛基、2-氯乙基、2-氰基乙基、2-乙基己基)、 環烷基(較佳可列舉碳數3~30的經取代或未經取代的環烷基,例如環己基、環戊基,且可列舉多環烷基、例如雙環烷基(較佳為碳數5~30的經取代或未經取代的雙環烷基,例如雙環[1,2,2]庚烷-2-基、雙環[2,2,2]辛烷-3-基)或三環烷基等多環結構的基團。較佳為單環的環烷基、雙環烷基,特佳為單環的環烷基)、直鏈或分支的烯基(直鏈或分支的經取代或未經取代的烯基,較佳為碳數2~30的烯基,例如乙烯基、烯丙基、異戊二烯基、香葉基、油烯基)、環烯基(較佳為碳數3~30的經取代或未經取代的環烯基,例如可列舉2-環戊烯-1-基、2-環己烯-1-基,多環烯基、例如雙環烯基(較佳為碳數5~30的經取代或未經取代的雙環烯基,例如雙環[2,2,1]庚-2-烯-1-基、雙環[2,2,2]辛-2-烯-4-基)或三環烯基,特佳為單環的環烯基)、炔基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的炔基,例如乙炔基、炔丙基、三甲基矽烷基乙炔基)、芳基(較佳為碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基,例如苯基、對甲苯基、萘基、間氯苯基、鄰十六烷醯基胺基苯基)、雜環基(較佳為5員~7員的經取代或未經取代、飽和或不飽和、芳香族或非芳香族、單環或縮環的雜環基,更佳為成環原子是選自碳原子、氮原子及硫原子中且具有氮原子、氧原子及硫原子中的至少任一個雜原子的雜環基,進而佳為碳數3~30的5員或6員的芳香族的雜環基。例如2-呋喃基、2-噻吩基、2-吡啶基、4-吡啶基、2-嘧啶基、2-苯并噻唑基)、氰基、羥基、硝基、羧基、 烷氧基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基,例如甲氧基、乙氧基、異丙氧基、第三丁氧基、正辛氧基、2-甲氧基乙氧基)、芳氧基(較佳為碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基,例如苯氧基、2-甲基苯氧基、2,4-二-第三戊基苯氧基、4-第三丁基苯氧基、3-硝基苯氧基、2-十四烷醯基胺基苯氧基)、矽烷氧基(較佳為碳數3~20的矽烷氧基,例如三甲基矽烷氧基、第三丁基二甲基矽烷氧基)、雜環氧基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的雜環氧基,雜環部較佳為上文所述的雜環基中說明的雜環部,例如1-苯基四唑-5-氧基、2-四氫吡喃氧基)、醯氧基(較佳為甲醯氧基、碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基羰氧基、碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基羰氧基,例如甲醯氧基、乙醯氧基、三甲基乙醯氧基、硬脂醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基、對甲氧基苯基羰氧基)、胺甲醯氧基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯氧基,例如N,N-二甲基胺甲醯氧基、N,N-二乙基胺甲醯氧基、嗎啉基羰氧基、N,N-二-正辛基胺基羰氧基、N-正辛基胺甲醯氧基)、烷氧基羰氧基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰氧基,例如甲氧基羰氧基、乙氧基羰氧基、第三丁氧基羰氧基、正辛基羰氧基)、芳氧基羰氧基(較佳為碳數7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基羰氧基,例如苯氧基羰氧基、對甲氧基苯氧基羰氧基、對正十六烷氧基苯氧基羰氧基)、胺基(較佳為胺基、碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的 烷基胺基、碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基胺基、碳數0~30的雜環胺基,例如胺基、甲基胺基、二甲基胺基、苯胺基、N-甲基-苯胺基、二苯基胺基、N-1,3,5-三嗪-2-基胺基)、醯基胺基(較佳為甲醯基胺基、碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基羰基胺基、碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基胺基,例如甲醯基胺基、乙醯基胺基、三甲基乙醯基胺基、月桂醯基胺基、苯甲醯基胺基、3,4,5-三-正辛氧基苯基羰基胺基)、胺基羰基胺基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的胺基羰基胺基,例如胺甲醯基胺基、N,N-二甲基胺基羰基胺基、N,N-二乙基胺基羰基胺基、嗎啉基羰基胺基)、烷氧基羰基胺基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基胺基,例如甲氧基羰基胺基、乙氧基羰基胺基、第三丁氧基羰基胺基、正十八烷氧基羰基胺基、N-甲基-甲氧基羰基胺基)、芳氧基羰基胺基(較佳為碳數7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基羰基胺基,例如苯氧基羰基胺基、對氯苯氧基羰基胺基、間正辛氧基苯氧基羰基胺基)、胺磺醯基胺基(較佳為碳數0~30的經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基胺基,例如胺磺醯基胺基、N,N-二甲基胺基磺醯基胺基、N-正辛基胺基磺醯基胺基)、烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基胺基、碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基胺基,例如甲基磺醯基胺基、丁基磺醯基胺基、苯基磺醯基胺基、2,3,5-三氯苯基磺醯基胺基、對甲基苯基磺醯基胺基)、 巰基、烷硫基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷硫基,例如甲硫基、乙硫基、正十六烷硫基)、芳硫基(較佳為碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳硫基,例如苯硫基、對氯苯硫基、間甲氧基苯硫基)、雜環硫基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的雜環硫基,雜環部較佳為上文所述的雜環基中說明的雜環部,例如2-苯并噻唑硫基、1-苯基四唑-5-硫基)、胺磺醯基(較佳為碳數0~30的經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基,例如N-乙基胺磺醯基、N-(3-十二烷氧基丙基)胺磺醯基、N,N-二甲基胺磺醯基、N-乙醯基胺磺醯基、N-苯甲醯基胺磺醯基、N-(N'-苯基胺甲醯基)胺磺醯基)、磺基、烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基亞磺醯基、6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基亞磺醯基,例如甲基亞磺醯基、乙基亞磺醯基、苯基亞磺醯基、對甲基苯基亞磺醯基)、烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基、6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基,例如甲基磺醯基、乙基磺醯基、苯基磺醯基、對甲基苯基磺醯基)、醯基(較佳為甲醯基、碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基羰基、碳數7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基,例如乙醯基、三甲基乙醯基、2-氯乙醯基、硬脂醯基、苯甲醯基、對正辛氧基苯基羰基)、芳氧基羰基(較佳為碳數7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基羰基,例如苯氧基羰基、鄰氯苯氧 基羰基、間硝基苯氧基羰基、對第三丁基苯氧基羰基)、烷氧基羰基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基,例如甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、第三丁氧基羰基、正十八烷氧基羰基)、胺甲醯基(較佳為碳數1~30的經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基,例如胺甲醯基、N-甲基胺甲醯基、N,N-二甲基胺甲醯基、N,N-二-正辛基胺甲醯基、N-(甲基磺醯基)胺甲醯基)、芳基偶氮基或雜環偶氮基(較佳為碳數6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基偶氮基、碳數3~30的經取代或未經取代的雜環偶氮基(雜環部較佳為上文所述的雜環基中說明的雜環部),例如苯基偶氮基、對氯苯基偶氮基、5-乙硫基-1,3,4-噻二唑-2-基偶氮基)、醯亞胺基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的醯亞胺基,例如N-琥珀醯亞胺、N-鄰苯二甲醯亞胺)、膦基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的膦基,例如二甲基膦基、二苯基膦基、甲基苯氧基膦基)、氧膦基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的氧膦基,例如氧膦基、二辛氧基氧膦基、二乙氧基氧膦基)、氧膦基氧基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的氧膦基氧基,例如二苯氧基氧膦基氧基、二辛氧基氧膦基氧基)、氧膦基胺基(較佳為碳數2~30的經取代或未經取代的氧膦基胺基,例如二甲氧基氧膦基胺基、二甲基胺基氧膦基胺基)、矽烷基(較佳為碳數3~30的經取代或未經取代的矽烷基,例如三甲基矽烷基、第三丁基二甲基矽烷基、苯基二甲基矽烷基)。 The halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom), a linear or branched alkyl group (linear or branched substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, preferably a carbon number of 1~) An alkyl group of 30, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, n-octyl, 2-chloroethyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 2-ethylhexyl), The cycloalkyl group (preferably, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a cyclohexyl group or a cyclopentyl group, and a polycycloalkyl group such as a bicycloalkyl group (preferably carbon) is exemplified. a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkyl group of 5 to 30, such as bicyclo[1,2,2]heptan-2-yl, bicyclo[2,2,2]octane-3-yl) or tricyclic a group having a polycyclic structure such as an alkyl group. Preferred is a monocyclic cycloalkyl group, a bicycloalkyl group, particularly preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group), a linear or branched alkenyl group (linear or branched substituted). Or an unsubstituted alkenyl group, preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, a prenyl group, a geranyl group, an oleyl group, or a cycloalkenyl group (preferably The substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms may, for example, be 2-cyclopenten-1-yl, 2-cyclohexen-1-yl, polycycloalkenyl, for example, bicycloalkenyl ( Preferred are substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkenyl groups having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, such as bicyclo[2,2,1]hept-2-en-1-yl, bicyclo[2,2,2]octane-2 -alkenyl-4-yl) or tricycloalkenyl, particularly preferably monocyclic cycloalkenyl), alkynyl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as ethynyl, Propargyl, trimethyldecyl ethynyl), aryl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted aryl having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenyl, p-tolyl, naphthyl, m-chlorophenyl) , ortho-hexadecanoylaminophenyl), heterocyclic (preferably substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated, aromatic or non-aromatic, monocyclic or condensed ring of 5 to 7 members) More preferably, the heterocyclic group is a heterocyclic group selected from a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom and a sulfur atom and having at least one of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom, and more preferably a carbon number. 5 to 30 of 6 or 6 membered aromatic heterocyclic groups, such as 2-furyl, 2-thienyl, 2-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 2-benzothiazolyl) , cyano group, hydroxyl group, nitro group, carboxyl group, Alkoxy (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, tert-butoxy, n-octyloxy, 2 -methoxyethoxy), aryloxy (preferably substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxy, 2-methylphenoxy, 2,4- Di-t-pentylphenoxy, 4-tert-butylphenoxy, 3-nitrophenoxy, 2-tetradecylideneaminophenoxy), decyloxy (preferably carbon) a decyloxy group having 3 to 20, for example, a trimethyldecyloxy group, a tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 2 to 30) The heterocyclic oxy group, the heterocyclic ring portion is preferably a heterocyclic ring described in the above heterocyclic group, for example, 1-phenyltetrazole-5-oxyl, 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy), fluorene An oxy group (preferably a methyl methoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, for example Methoxycarbonyl, ethoxylated, trimethylethoxyoxy, stearyloxy, benzhydryloxy, p-methoxyphenylcarbonyloxy), amine formazan a base (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted amine methyl methoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as N,N-dimethylamine methyl methoxy, N,N-diethylamine methyl methoxy group , morpholinylcarbonyloxy, N,N-di-n-octylaminocarbonyloxy, N-n-octylaminemethyloxy), alkoxycarbonyloxy (preferably carbon 2 to 30) Substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyloxy group, such as methoxycarbonyloxy, ethoxycarbonyloxy, tert-butoxycarbonyloxy, n-octylcarbonyloxy), aryloxy a carbonyloxy group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyloxy group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxycarbonyloxy, p-methoxyphenoxycarbonyloxy, ortho. Alkoxyphenoxycarbonyloxy), an amine group (preferably an amine group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 30) Alkylamino group, substituted or unsubstituted arylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, heterocyclic amino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as an amine group, a methylamino group, a dimethylamino group, an aniline , N-methyl-anilino, diphenylamino, N-1,3,5-triazin-2-ylamino), mercaptoamine (preferably formazanyl, carbon number) a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonylamino group of 1 to 30, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a decylamino group, an ethyl decylamino group, Methylacetamidoamine, laurylamino, benzhydrylamino, 3,4,5-tri-n-octyloxycarbonylcarbonyl, aminocarbonylamino (preferably carbon) a substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino group of 1 to 30, such as an amine, a mercaptoamine group, an N,N-dimethylaminocarbonylamino group, an N,N-diethylaminocarbonylamine a morpholinocarbonylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methoxycarbonylamino group, an ethoxy group) Carbocarbonylamino group, tert-butoxycarbonylamino group, n-octadecyloxycarbonylamino group, N-methyl-methoxycarbonylamino group, An oxycarbonylamino group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenoxycarbonylamino group, a p-chlorophenoxycarbonylamino group, a meta-octyloxy group) a phenoxycarbonylamino group, an amine sulfonylamino group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted sulfonylamino group having a carbon number of 0 to 30, such as an amine sulfonylamino group, N, N - dimethylaminosulfonylamino, N-n-octylaminosulfonylamino), alkylsulfonylamino or arylsulfonylamino (preferably from 1 to 30 carbon atoms) Substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonylamino group, substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methylsulfonylamino, butylsulfonate Amino group, phenylsulfonylamino group, 2,3,5-trichlorophenylsulfonylamino group, p-methylphenylsulfonylamino group, a mercapto group, an alkylthio group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, an n-hexadecylthio group), an arylthio group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylthio group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a phenylthio group, a p-chlorophenylthio group, a m-methoxyphenylthio group, or a heterocyclic thio group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 30) The substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic thio group, preferably the heterocyclic moiety described in the above heterocyclic group, such as 2-benzothiazolylthio, 1-phenyltetrazole- 5-thio), aminsulfonyl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted sulfonyl group having a carbon number of 0 to 30, such as N-ethylamine sulfonyl, N-(3-dodecane) Oxypropyl)amine sulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamine sulfonyl, N-acetamimidoxime, N-benzamidesulfonyl, N-(N'-benzene a sulfhydryl group, a sulfo group, an alkylsulfinyl group or an arylsulfinyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl sulfinium having a carbon number of 1 to 30) a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfinyl group of 6 to 30, such as methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, phenylsulfinyl, p-methylphenylsulfin Alkylsulfonyl or arylsulfonyl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted aryl having 6 to 30) a sulfonyl group, for example, a methylsulfonyl group, an ethylsulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, a p-methylphenylsulfonyl group, a fluorenyl group (preferably a fluorenyl group, a carbon number of 2 to 30) a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as an ethyl fluorenyl group, a trimethylethenyl group, a 2-chloroethyl group, a stearyl group , benzylidene, p-octyloxyphenylcarbonyl), aryloxycarbonyl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxycarbonyl, o-chloro Phenoxy a carbonyl group, a m-nitrophenoxycarbonyl group, a p-tert-butylphenoxycarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a An oxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a third butoxycarbonyl group, an n-octadecyloxycarbonyl group, an amine carbenyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) For example, aminomethyl sulfhydryl, N-methylamine, fluorenyl, N,N-dimethylamine, fluorenyl, N,N-di-n-octylamine, fluorenyl, N-(methylsulfonyl) a carbamoyl group, an aryl azo group or a heterocyclic azo group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl azo group having a carbon number of 6 to 30, a substituted carbon number of 3 to 30 or Unsubstituted heterocyclic azo group (the heterocyclic moiety is preferably the heterocyclic moiety described in the above heterocyclic group), for example, phenylazo, p-chlorophenylazo, 5-B Thio-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylazo), quinone imine (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted quinone group having a carbon number of 2 to 30, such as N- Amber quinone imine, N-phthalimine), phosphino group (preferably substituted or unsubstituted phosphino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as dimethylphosphino group) , diphenylphosphino, methylphenoxyphosphino), phosphinyl (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phosphinyl, dioctyloxy a phosphino group, a diethoxyphosphinyl group, a phosphinyloxy group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as a diphenoxyphosphinyloxy group) , dioctyloxyphosphinyloxy), phosphinylamino (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as dimethoxyphosphinylamino group , dimethylaminophosphinylamino), decylalkyl (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group having a carbon number of 3 to 30, such as trimethyldecyl, tert-butyldimethylsilane Base, phenyldimethylmethylalkyl).

所述官能基中,具有氫原子的官能基中的氫原子的部分 亦可經所述任一基團所取代。可作為取代基而導入的官能基的例子可列舉烷基羰基胺基磺醯基、芳基羰基胺基磺醯基、烷基磺醯基胺基羰基、芳基磺醯基胺基羰基,具體可列舉甲基磺醯基胺基羰基、對甲基苯基磺醯基胺基羰基、乙醯基胺基磺醯基、苯甲醯基胺基磺醯基。 a portion of a hydrogen atom in a functional group having a hydrogen atom in the functional group It can also be substituted by any of the above groups. Examples of the functional group which can be introduced as a substituent include an alkylcarbonylaminosulfonyl group, an arylcarbonylaminosulfonyl group, an alkylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group, and an arylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group. Examples thereof include a methylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group, a p-methylphenylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group, an ethenylaminosulfonyl group, and a benzhydrylaminosulfonyl group.

<<<抗衡陰離子>>> <<<counter anion>>>

本發明中使用的色素結構具有陽離子結構時的抗衡陰離子可位於色素多聚物的同一重複單元內,亦可位於同一重複單元外。所謂抗衡陰離子位於同一重複單元內,是指於具有色素結構的重複單元內,陽離子與陰離子經由共價鍵而鍵結的情况。另一方面,所謂同一重複單元外,是指所述以外的情况。例如是指陽離子與陰離子未經由共價鍵鍵結而是作為不同的化合物存在的情况,或陽離子與陰離子作為色素多聚物的分別獨立的重複單元而含有的情况。 The counter anion when the dye structure used in the present invention has a cationic structure may be located in the same repeating unit of the dye polymer or may be located outside the same repeating unit. The fact that the counter anion is located in the same repeating unit means that the cation and the anion are bonded via a covalent bond in a repeating unit having a dye structure. On the other hand, the term "the same repeating unit" means a case other than the above. For example, it means a case where a cation and an anion are not bonded by a covalent bond, but exist as a different compound, or a case where a cation and an anion are each contained as a separate repeating unit of a dye-polymer.

(抗衡陰離子位於同一重複單元內的情况) (When the counter anion is in the same repeating unit)

本發明中的陰離子的第一實施形態為抗衡陰離子位於同一重複單元內的情况,具體而言,為於具有色素結構的重複單元內,陽離子與陰離子經由共價鍵而鍵結的情况。 In the first embodiment of the anion in the present invention, the counter anion is located in the same repeating unit, and specifically, in the case of a repeating unit having a dye structure, the cation and the anion are bonded via a covalent bond.

作為該情况下的陰離子部,較佳為選自-SO3 -、-COO-、-PO4 -、下述通式(A1)所表示的結構及下述通式(A2)所表示的結構中的至少一種。 The anion portion in this case is preferably selected from the group consisting of -SO 3 - , -COO - , -PO 4 - , a structure represented by the following formula (A1), and a structure represented by the following formula (A2). At least one of them.

通式(A1) General formula (A1)

(通式(A1)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示-SO2-或-CO-) (In the formula (A1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 - or -CO-)

通式(A1)中,較佳為R1及R2的至少一個表示-SO2-,更佳為R1及R2兩者表示-SO2-。 In the general formula (A1), preferably R 1 and R 2 represents at least one of -SO 2 -, more preferably both R 1 and indicated as R 2 -SO 2 -.

所述通式(A1)更佳為由下述通式(A1-1)表示。 The above formula (A1) is more preferably represented by the following formula (A1-1).

通式(A1-1) General formula (A1-1)

(通式(A1-1)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示-SO2-或-CO-。X1及X2分別獨立地表示伸烷基或伸芳基) (In the general formula (A1-1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent -SO 2 - or -CO-. X 1 and X 2 each independently represent an alkylene group or an extended aryl group)

通式(A1-1)中,R1及R2與通式(A1)中的R1及R2同義,較佳範圍亦相同。 In the formula (A1-1), R 1 and R 2 have the same meanings as R 1 and R 2 in the formula (A1), and the preferred ranges are also the same.

於X1表示伸烷基時,伸烷基的碳數較佳為1~8,更佳為1~6。於X1表示伸芳基時,伸芳基的碳數較佳為6~18,更佳為6~12,進而佳為6。於X1具有取代基時,較佳為經氟原子取代。 When X 1 represents an alkylene group, the carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 8, more preferably from 1 to 6. When X 1 represents an aryl group, the carbon number of the aryl group is preferably from 6 to 18, more preferably from 6 to 12, and still more preferably 6. When X 1 has a substituent, it is preferably substituted with a fluorine atom.

X2表示烷基或芳基,較佳為烷基。烷基的碳數較佳為1~8,更佳為1~6,進而佳為1~3,特佳為1。於X2具有取代基時,較 佳為經氟原子取代。 X 2 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, preferably an alkyl group. The carbon number of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 8, more preferably from 1 to 6, more preferably from 1 to 3, particularly preferably 1. When X 2 has a substituent, it is preferably substituted with a fluorine atom.

通式(A2) General formula (A2)

(通式(A2)中,R3表示-SO2-或-CO-。R4及R5分別獨立地表示-SO2-、-CO-或-CN) (In the formula (A2), R 3 represents -SO 2 - or -CO-. R 4 and R 5 each independently represent -SO 2 -, -CO- or -CN)

通式(A2)中,較佳為R3~R5的至少一個表示-SO2-,更佳為R3~R5的至少兩個表示-SO2-。 In the general formula (A2), preferably R 3 ~ R 5 represents at least one of -SO 2 -, more preferably represents at least two of R 3 ~ R 5 -SO 2 -.

本實施形態中,尤其於色素多聚物的骨架由上述通式(A)所表示的構成單元表示的情况下,可列舉L1的一部分包括通式(A1)所表示的部分的情况作為較佳一例。作為所述情况下的具體例,可例示後述具有色素結構的重複單元的例示中的(a-xt-1)、(a-xt-5)、(a-xt-6)。 In the present embodiment, in particular, when the skeleton of the dye polymer is represented by the constituent unit represented by the above formula (A), a case where a part of L 1 includes a moiety represented by the formula (A1) is exemplified. A good example. As a specific example in the above case, (a-xt-1), (a-xt-5), and (a-xt-6) in the illustration of the repeating unit having a dye structure described later can be exemplified.

另外,本實施形態中,亦可列舉以下情况作為一例:本發明中使用的色素多聚物的骨架包括日本專利特開2013-28764號的段落編號0276~段落編號0304中所示的由通式(B)所表示的構成單元。作為所述情况下的具體例,可例示後述具有色素結構的重複單元的例示中的(B-dp-1)、(B-mp-1)、(B-xt-1)、(B-xt-2)。 In addition, in the present embodiment, the skeleton of the dye polymer used in the present invention includes the general formula shown in Paragraph No. 0276 to Paragraph No. 0304 of JP-A-2013-28764. (B) The constituent unit represented. (B-dp-1), (B-mp-1), (B-xt-1), (B-xt) in the example of the repeating unit which has a dye structure mentioned later as a specific example in this case. -2).

(抗衡陰離子為不同分子的情况) (When the counter anion is a different molecule)

本發明中的陰離子的第二實施形態為抗衡陰離子處於同一重複單元外的情况,且為陽離子與陰離子未經由共價鍵鍵結而是作為不同分子存在的情况。 The second embodiment of the anion in the present invention is a case where the counter anion is outside the same repeating unit, and the cation and the anion are not bonded by a covalent bond but exist as a different molecule.

作為該情况下的陰離子,可列舉氟陰離子、氯陰離子、溴陰離子、碘陰離子、氰化物離子、過氯酸根陰離子、硼酸鹽陰離子(BF4-等)、PF6-及SbF6-等,較佳為硼酸鹽陰離子及PF6-Examples of the anion in this case include a fluoride anion, a chloride anion, a bromine anion, an iodine anion, a cyanide ion, a perchlorate anion, a borate anion (BF 4-, etc.), PF 6- and SbF 6-, etc. It is preferably a borate anion and PF 6- .

作為硼酸鹽陰離子,為B(R10)4-所表示的基,R10可例示氟原子、氰基、氟化烷基、烷氧基、芳氧基等。 The borate anion is a group represented by B(R 10 ) 4- , and R 10 may, for example, be a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a fluorinated alkyl group, an alkoxy group or an aryloxy group.

另外,陰離子亦可作為陰離子部而包含於化合物的一部分中。作為所述情况下的陰離子部,較佳為選自-SO3 -、-COO-、-PO4 -、由第一實施形態中所述的通式(A1)所表示的結構及通式(A2)所表示的結構中的至少一種。 Further, the anion may be contained in a part of the compound as an anion portion. The anion portion in the above case is preferably selected from the group consisting of -SO 3 - , -COO - , -PO 4 - , and the structure and formula represented by the formula (A1) described in the first embodiment ( A2) at least one of the structures represented.

作為第二實施形態的陰離子的具體例,可列舉以下,但本發明並不限定於該些。 Specific examples of the anion of the second embodiment include the following, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

[化16] [Chemistry 16]

[化17] [化17]

另外,第二實施形態中,陰離子亦可為多聚物。作為該情况下的多聚物,可例示包含具有陰離子的重複單元、且不包含源自具有陽離子的色素結構的重複單元的多聚物。此處,包含陰離子的重複單元可列舉後述第三實施形態中所述之包含陰離子的重複單元作為較佳例。進而,包含陰離子的多聚物亦可具有包含陰離子的重複單元以外的重複單元。作為此種重複單元可例示後述之本發明中使用的色素多聚物可含有的其他重複單元作為較佳例。 Further, in the second embodiment, the anion may be a polymer. The polymer in this case may, for example, be a polymer comprising a repeating unit having an anion and not including a repeating unit derived from a dye structure having a cation. Here, examples of the repeating unit containing an anion include a repeating unit containing an anion described in the third embodiment to be described later. Further, the anion-containing polymer may have a repeating unit other than the repeating unit containing an anion. As such a repeating unit, other repeating units which can be contained in the dye polymer used in the present invention to be described later are exemplified as preferred examples.

(陽離子與陰離子含有於色素多聚物的不同重複單元的情况) (In the case where the cation and the anion are contained in different repeating units of the dye polymer)

作為本發明中的第三實施形態,是指陽離子與陰離子含有於色素多聚物的分別獨立的重複單元的情况。 The third embodiment in the present invention refers to a case where the cation and the anion are contained in separate repeating units of the dye polymer.

本實施形態中,陰離子亦可含有於色素多聚物的側鏈中,亦可含有於主鏈中,且亦可於主鏈及側鏈兩者中具有抗衡陰離子。較佳為側鏈。 In the present embodiment, the anion may be contained in the side chain of the dye polymer, or may be contained in the main chain, and may have a counter anion in both the main chain and the side chain. It is preferably a side chain.

作為含有陰離子的重複單元的較佳例,可例示通式(C)所表示的重複單元及通式(D)所表示的重複單元。 Preferable examples of the repeating unit containing an anion include a repeating unit represented by the formula (C) and a repeating unit represented by the formula (D).

通式(C) General formula (C)

(通式(C)中,X1表示重複單元的主鏈。L1表示單鍵或二價連結基。anion表示所述抗衡陰離子) (In the general formula (C), X 1 represents a main chain of a repeating unit. L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Anion represents the counter anion)

通式(C)中,X1表示重複單元的主鏈,通常表示藉由聚合反應而形成的連結基,例如較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸系、苯乙烯系、乙烯基系等,更佳為(甲基)丙烯酸系。再者,2個*所表示的部位成為重複單元。 In the general formula (C), X 1 represents a main chain of a repeating unit, and generally represents a linking group formed by a polymerization reaction, and is preferably, for example, a (meth)acrylic acid, a styrene-based or a vinyl-based one, and more preferably. It is a (meth)acrylic system. Furthermore, the part indicated by two * is a repeating unit.

L1表示二價連結基時,較佳為碳數1~30的伸烷基(亞甲基、伸乙基、三亞甲基、伸丙基、伸丁基等)、碳數6~30的伸芳基(伸苯基、伸萘基等)、雜環連結基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-CO-、-NR-、-CONR-、-OC-、-SO-、-SO2-及將該些的兩個以上組合而成的連結基。此處,R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基。 When L 1 represents a divalent linking group, it is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (methylene group, ethylidene group, trimethylene group, propyl group, butyl group, etc.), and carbon number 6 to 30. Aryl group (phenyl, naphthyl, etc.), heterocyclic linkage, -CH=CH-, -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -CO-, -NR-, - CONR-, -OC-, -SO-, -SO 2 - and a linking group of two or more of these. Here, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group.

尤其,L1較佳為單鍵或將碳數1~10的伸烷基(較佳為-(CH2)n-(n為5~10的整數))、碳數6~12的伸芳基(較佳為伸苯基、伸萘基)、-NH-、-CO2-、-O-及-SO2-的兩個以上組合而成的二價連結基。 In particular, L 1 is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 (preferably -(CH 2 )n- (n is an integer of 5 to 10)), and a carbon number of 6 to 12 A divalent linking group in which two or more of a group (preferably a phenyl group, an anthranyl group), -NH-, -CO 2 -, -O-, and -SO 2 - are combined.

作為X1的具體例,可例示所述通式(A)中X1的例子作為較佳例。 Specific examples of X 1, can be exemplified by the general formula X 1 in the example (A) as a preferred embodiment.

通式(D) General formula (D)

(通式(D)中,L2及L3分別獨立地表示單鍵或二價連結基。anion表示所述抗衡陰離子) (In the formula (D), L 2 and L 3 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent linking group. Anion represents the counter anion)

通式(D)中,L2及L3表示二價連結基時,較佳為碳數1~30的伸烷基、碳數6~30的伸芳基、雜環連結基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-CO2-、-NR-、-CONR-、-O2C-、-SO-、-SO2-及將該些的兩個以上組合而成的連結基。此處,R分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基。 In the formula (D), when L 2 and L 3 represent a divalent linking group, an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, an extended aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, a heterocyclic linking group, and -CH= are preferably used. CH-, -O-, -S-, -C(=O)-, -CO 2 -, -NR-, -CONR-, -O 2 C-, -SO-, -SO 2 - and these A combination of two or more of them. Here, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group.

L2較佳為碳數6~12的伸芳基(尤其是伸苯基)。碳數6~30的伸芳基較佳為經氟原子取代。 L 2 is preferably a aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms (especially a phenyl group). The aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferably substituted by a fluorine atom.

L3較佳為包含碳數6~12的伸芳基(尤其是伸苯基)與-O-的組合的基,且較佳為至少一種碳數6~12的伸芳基經氟原子取代。 L 3 is preferably a group containing a combination of a aryl group (particularly a phenyl group) having a carbon number of 6 to 12 and -O-, and preferably at least one exoaryl group having a carbon number of 6 to 12 is substituted by a fluorine atom. .

以下示出本實施形態中包含陰離子的重複單元的具體例,但本發明不限定於該些。 Specific examples of the repeating unit containing an anion in the present embodiment are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

[化20] [Chemistry 20]

以下的具體例表示陰離子結構未解離的狀態,但陰離子結構解離的狀態當然亦為本發明的範圍內。 The following specific examples show a state in which the anion structure is not dissociated, but the state in which the anion structure is dissociated is of course within the scope of the invention.

[化21] [Chem. 21]

[化22] [化22]

[化23] [化23]

[化24] [Chem. 24]

以下表示於本發明中較佳地使用的(a)重複單元的例子。本發明當然不限定於該些。X-表示抗衡陰離子。另外,一部分X以陰離子結構未解離的狀態示出,但解離的狀態當然亦包含於本發明中。 The following is an example of (a) a repeating unit which is preferably used in the present invention. The invention is of course not limited to these. X - represents a counter anion. Further, a part of X is shown in a state in which the anion structure is not dissociated, but the dissociated state is of course also included in the present invention.

[化27] [化27]

[化28] [化28]

[化29] [化29]

[化30] [化30]

[化31] [化31]

[化32] [化32]

[化33] [化33]

<<(b)於側鏈具有重複2個~20個未經取代的伸烷氧基鏈而成的基團的重複單元>> <<(b) Repeating unit having a group in which 2 to 20 unsubstituted alkylene oxide chains are repeated in the side chain>>

本發明中使用的色素多聚物包含(b)於側鏈具有重複2個~20個未經取代的伸烷氧基鏈而成的基團的重複單元(以下有時稱為「(b)重複單元」)。 The dye multimer used in the present invention contains (b) a repeating unit having a group in which two to 20 unsubstituted alkylene oxide chains are repeated in the side chain (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "(b)). Repeat unit").

(b)重複單元所具有的伸烷氧基鏈的重複數較佳為2個~10個,更佳為2個~15個,進而佳為2個~10個。 (b) The number of repetitions of the alkoxy chain having a repeating unit is preferably from 2 to 10, more preferably from 2 to 15, and more preferably from 2 to 10.

1個伸烷氧基鏈由-(CH2)nO-表示,n為整數,n較佳為1~10, 更佳為1~5,進而佳為2或3。 The 1 alkoxy chain is represented by -(CH 2 ) n O-, n is an integer, and n is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and still more preferably 2 or 3.

本發明中,重複2個~20個未經取代的伸烷氧基鏈而成的基團亦可僅含有一種伸烷氧基鏈,亦可含有兩種以上。 In the present invention, the group obtained by repeating 2 to 20 unsubstituted alkylene oxide chains may contain only one alkylene oxide chain, or may contain two or more types.

本發明中,(b)重複單元較佳為由下述通式(P)所表示。 In the present invention, the (b) repeating unit is preferably represented by the following formula (P).

通式(P) General formula (P)

(通式(P)中,X1表示藉由聚合而形成的連結基,L1表示單鍵或二價連結基。P表示含有重複伸烷氧基鏈而成的基團的基團) (In the formula (P), X 1 represents a linking group formed by polymerization, and L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. P represents a group having a group in which a repeating alkoxy chain is repeated)

通式(P)中的X1及L1的含義分別與通式(A)中的X1及L1相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 1 are the same as the general formula (P) in the meaning of 1 and 1 X L with the formula (A) and X 1 is L, the preferred range is also the same.

P表示含有重複伸烷氧基鏈而成的基團的基團,更佳為包含「-重複伸烷氧基鏈而成的基團-末端原子或末端基」。 P represents a group having a group in which a repeating alkoxy chain is repeated, and more preferably a group containing a "- repeating alkoxy chain" or a terminal group.

作為末端原子或末端基,較佳為氫原子、烷基、芳基、羥基,更佳為氫原子、碳數1~5的烷基、苯基、羥基,進而佳為氫原子、甲基、苯基及羥基,特佳為氫原子。 The terminal atom or the terminal group is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group or a hydroxyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group or a hydroxyl group, and further preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. A phenyl group and a hydroxyl group are particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.

(b)於側鏈具有重複2個~20個未經取代的伸烷氧基鏈而成 的基團的重複單元的比例較佳為構成色素多聚物的所有重複單元的2莫耳%~20莫耳%,更佳為5莫耳%~15莫耳%。 (b) having 2 to 20 unsubstituted alkylene oxide chains in the side chain The proportion of the repeating unit of the group is preferably from 2 mol% to 20 mol%, more preferably from 5 mol% to 15 mol%, of all the repeating units constituting the dye polymer.

以下表示可用於本發明的(b)重複單元的例子,但本發明當然不限定於該些。 Examples of the (b) repeating unit which can be used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is of course not limited thereto.

<<其他官能基或其他重複單元>> <<Other functional groups or other repeating units>>

本發明的色素多聚物亦可具有所述以外的其他官能基或其他重複單元。 The dye polymer of the present invention may have other functional groups or other repeating units than those described above.

其他官能基可含有於所述(a)重複單元及/或(b)重複單元中,亦可與該些重複單元不同地,以包含官能基的其他重複單元的方式而含有。 Other functional groups may be contained in the (a) repeating unit and/or (b) repeating unit, or may be contained in a manner other than the repeating unit, including other repeating units containing a functional group.

作為其他官能基,可例示聚合性基、酸基及其他鹼可溶性基等。 Examples of the other functional group include a polymerizable group, an acid group, and other alkali-soluble groups.

更具體而言,較佳為所述通式(P)中,P為聚合性基、酸基及其他鹼可溶性基的重複單元。 More specifically, in the above formula (P), P is preferably a repeating unit of a polymerizable group, an acid group, and another alkali-soluble group.

另外,作為其他重複單元可例示含有聚合性基及酸基的至少一種的重複單元。 Further, as another repeating unit, a repeating unit containing at least one of a polymerizable group and an acid group can be exemplified.

以下,對該等的詳細情况加以說明。 The details of these will be described below.

<<<聚合性基>>> <<<Polymerization base>

聚合性基較佳為含有於(a)重複單元中的態樣及含有於其他重複單元中。若含有於(a)重複單元中的色素結構中,則有耐熱性進一步提高的傾向。聚合性基可僅含有一種,亦可含有兩種以上。 The polymerizable group is preferably contained in the (a) repeating unit and contained in other repeating units. When it is contained in the dye structure in the (a) repeating unit, heat resistance tends to be further improved. The polymerizable group may be contained alone or in combination of two or more.

聚合性基可使用藉由自由基、酸、熱而可進行交聯的公知的聚合性基,例如可列舉:含有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基團、環狀醚基(環氧基、氧雜環丁烷基)、羥甲基等,特佳為含有乙烯性不飽和鍵的基團,進而佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基,進而更佳為源自(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯及(甲基)丙烯酸-3,4-環氧-環己基甲酯的(甲基)丙烯醯基。 As the polymerizable group, a known polymerizable group which can be crosslinked by a radical, an acid or a heat can be used, and examples thereof include a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and a cyclic ether group (epoxy group, oxa group). a cyclobutane group, a methylol group or the like, particularly preferably a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond, more preferably a (meth)acrylonitrile group, more preferably a glycidyl (meth)acrylate and (Meth)acrylonitrile group of (meth)acrylic acid-3,4-epoxy-cyclohexylmethyl ester.

更具體而言,較佳為所述通式(P)中,P為聚合性基的重複 單元。 More specifically, it is preferred that in the above formula (P), P is a repeating of a polymerizable group unit.

作為聚合性基的導入方法有:(1)利用含聚合性基的化合物對(a)重複單元等欲導入聚合性基的重複單元進行改質而導入聚合性基的方法,(2)將含聚合性基的化合物共聚合而導入聚合性基的方法等。 (1) A method of introducing a polymerizable group by (a) a repeating unit to be introduced into a polymerizable group, such as a repeating unit, and introducing a polymerizable group by using a polymerizable group-containing compound, and (2) A method in which a polymerizable group is copolymerized to introduce a polymerizable group.

於(a)重複單元中的色素結構中含有聚合性基時,所含有的聚合性基的量較佳為相對於色素結構1g而為0.1mmol~2.0mmol,更佳為0.2mmol~1.5mmol,特佳為0.3mmol~1.0mmol。 When the polymerizable group is contained in the dye structure in the (a) repeating unit, the amount of the polymerizable group to be contained is preferably 0.1 mmol to 2.0 mmol, more preferably 0.2 mmol to 1.5 mmol, per 1 g of the dye structure. Particularly preferred is 0.3 mmol to 1.0 mmol.

另外,於其他重複單元含有聚合性基時,相對於所有重複單元100莫耳,其量例如較佳為10莫耳~40莫耳,更佳為15莫耳~35莫耳。 Further, when the other repeating unit contains a polymerizable group, the amount thereof is, for example, preferably from 10 moles to 40 moles, more preferably from 15 moles to 35 moles, per 100 moles of the repeating unit.

作為具有聚合性基的重複單元可列舉如下的具體例。然而,本發明不限定於該些具體例。 Specific examples of the repeating unit having a polymerizable group are as follows. However, the invention is not limited to the specific examples.

[化36] [化36]

[化37] [化37]

<<<酸基>>> <<<Acid base>>>

作為本發明的色素多聚物中可含有的酸基,可例示羧酸基、磺酸基、磷酸基。本發明中,較佳為酸基以具有酸基的重複單元的形式含有於色素多聚物中。酸基可僅含有一種,亦可含有兩種以上。 The acid group which may be contained in the dye polymer of the present invention may, for example, be a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group or a phosphoric acid group. In the present invention, it is preferred that the acid group be contained in the dye polymer in the form of a repeating unit having an acid group. The acid group may be contained alone or in combination of two or more.

於含有酸基的情况下,本發明中使用的色素多聚物的酸值較佳為0.3mmol/g~1.5mmol/g,更佳為0.5mmol/g~1.2mmol/g, 進而佳為0.5mmol/g~1.0mmol/g。 When the acid group is contained, the acid value of the dye polymer used in the present invention is preferably from 0.3 mmol/g to 1.5 mmol/g, more preferably from 0.5 mmol/g to 1.2 mmol/g. Further preferably, it is 0.5 mmol/g to 1.0 mmol/g.

本發明中,色素多聚物的酸值例如可根據色素多聚物中的酸基的平均含量來算出。另外,藉由使成為色素多聚物的原料之含有酸基的單體單元的含量變化,可獲得具有所需的酸值的樹脂。 In the present invention, the acid value of the dye polymer can be calculated, for example, from the average content of the acid groups in the dye polymer. Further, by changing the content of the acid group-containing monomer unit which is a raw material of the dye polymer, a resin having a desired acid value can be obtained.

更具體而言,較佳為所述通式(P)中,P為酸基的重複單元。 More specifically, it is preferred that in the above formula (P), P is a repeating unit of an acid group.

另外,於色素多聚物含有具有酸基的重複單元時,相對於含有色素多聚物的重複單元100莫耳,含有具有酸基的重複單元的重複單元的比例例如較佳為20莫耳~80莫耳,更佳為20莫耳~65莫耳。 Further, when the dye polymer contains a repeating unit having an acid group, the proportion of the repeating unit having a repeating unit having an acid group is preferably 20 mol per gram of the repeating unit 100 containing the dye polymer. 80 moles, more preferably 20 moles to 65 moles.

<<<其他鹼可溶性基>>> <<<Other alkali soluble base>>>

本發明的色素多聚物中亦可含有所述基團以外的鹼可溶性基。作為本發明中使用的色素多聚物所可含有的鹼可溶性基,可例示酚性羥基等。 The dye polymer of the present invention may contain an alkali-soluble group other than the above group. The alkali-soluble group which can be contained in the dye polymer used in the present invention is exemplified by a phenolic hydroxyl group.

本發明中,較佳為鹼可溶性基以具有鹼可溶性基的重複單元的形式而含有於色素多聚物中。 In the present invention, it is preferred that the alkali-soluble group is contained in the dye polymer in the form of a repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group.

對色素多聚物導入鹼可溶性基的方法可列舉:預先於色素單體中導入鹼可溶性基的方法。作為對色素多聚物導入鹼可溶性基的方法可列舉:使具有鹼可溶性基的色素單體以外的單體((甲基)丙烯酸、丙烯酸的己內酯改質物、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯的琥珀酸酐改質物、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯的鄰苯二甲酸酐改質物、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯的1,2-環己烷二羧酸酐改質物、苯乙烯羧酸、衣康酸、馬來酸、降冰片烯羧酸等含羧酸的單體,酸 式磷醯氧基乙基甲基丙烯酸酯、乙烯基膦酸等含磷酸的單體,乙烯基磺酸、2-丙烯醯胺-2-甲基磺酸等含磺酸的單體)進行共聚合的方法。 A method of introducing an alkali-soluble group into the dye polymer includes a method of introducing an alkali-soluble group into the dye monomer in advance. The method of introducing an alkali-soluble group into the dye polymer includes a monomer other than the dye monomer having an alkali-soluble group ((meth)acrylic acid, a caprolactone modification of acrylic acid, or a (meth)acrylic acid 2- Modification of succinic anhydride of hydroxyethyl ester, modification of phthalic anhydride of 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 1,2-cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride of 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate a carboxylic acid-containing monomer such as a carboxylic acid, a styrene carboxylic acid, an itaconic acid, a maleic acid or a norbornene carboxylic acid, and an acid a phosphoric acid-containing monomer such as a phosphonium oxyethyl methacrylate or a vinylphosphonic acid, or a sulfonic acid-containing monomer such as vinylsulfonic acid or 2-propenylamine-2-methylsulfonic acid; The method of polymerization.

更具體而言,較佳為所述通式(P)中,P為鹼可溶性基的重複單元。 More specifically, in the above formula (P), P is preferably a repeating unit of an alkali-soluble group.

於含有鹼可溶性基的情形時,相對於色素多聚物1g,色素多聚物所具有的鹼可溶性基的量較佳為0.3mmol~2.0mmol,更佳為0.4mmol~1.5mmol,特佳為0.5mmol~1.0mmol。 When the alkali-soluble group is contained, the amount of the alkali-soluble group of the dye polymer is preferably from 0.3 mmol to 2.0 mmol, more preferably from 0.4 mmol to 1.5 mmol, based on 1 g of the dye polymer. 0.5mmol~1.0mmol.

另外,於色素多聚物含有具有鹼可溶性基的重複單元時,相對於含有色素多聚物的重複單元100莫耳,含有具有鹼可溶性基的重複單元的重複單元的比例例如較佳為1莫耳~10莫耳。 Further, when the dye polymer contains a repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group, the proportion of the repeating unit containing a repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group is preferably 1 mol per 100 mol of the repeating unit containing the dye-polymer. Ears ~10 m.

<<<其他官能基>>> <<<Other functional groups>>

除了所述官能基以外,作為亦可含有於本發明中使用的色素多聚物中的官能基,可列舉:內酯基、酸酐基、醯胺基、-COCH2CO-、氰基等顯影促進基,長鏈及環狀烷基、芳烷基、芳基、聚環氧烷基、羥基、馬來醯亞胺基、胺基等親疏水性調整基等,可適當導入。該些可僅含有一種,亦可含有兩種以上。 In addition to the functional group, examples of the functional group which may be contained in the dye polymer used in the present invention include a lactone group, an acid anhydride group, a guanamine group, a -COCH 2 CO- group, and a cyano group. A pro-hydrophobicity adjusting group such as a promoting group, a long-chain or a cyclic alkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, a polyalkylene oxide group, a hydroxyl group, a maleimine group or an amine group can be appropriately introduced. These may be contained alone or in combination of two or more.

作為導入方法,可列舉預先導入至色素結構中的方法,及使具有所述官能基的單體共聚合的方法。 Examples of the introduction method include a method of introducing into the dye structure in advance, and a method of copolymerizing a monomer having the functional group.

<<<具體例>>> <<<Specific examples>>>

示出其他重複單元的具體例,但本發明並不限定於此。 Specific examples of other repeating units are shown, but the present invention is not limited thereto.

[化39] [39]

<<色素多聚物的特性>> <<Characteristics of Pigment Polymers>>

本發明中的色素多聚物較佳為最大吸收波長為400nm~650nm,更佳為450nm~600nm。 The dye multimer of the present invention preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength of from 400 nm to 650 nm, more preferably from 450 nm to 600 nm.

色素多聚物的重量平均分子量較佳為2,000~50,000,更佳為3,000~30,000,特佳為6,000~20,000。 The weight average molecular weight of the dye polymer is preferably from 2,000 to 50,000, more preferably from 3,000 to 30,000, particularly preferably from 6,000 to 20,000.

尤其,於含有氧雜蒽色素的色素多聚物的情况下,較佳為8,000~20,000,更佳為10,000~18,000。 In particular, in the case of a dye multimer containing an xanthene dye, it is preferably 8,000 to 20,000, more preferably 10,000 to 18,000.

另外,於含有二吡咯亞甲基色素的色素多聚物的情况下,較 佳為5,000~20,000,更佳為9,000~15,000。 In addition, in the case of a dye polymer containing a dipyrromethene dye, The best is 5,000 to 20,000, more preferably 9,000 to 15,000.

另外,色素多聚物的重量平均分子量(Mw)與數量平均分子量(Mn)之比[(Mw)/(Mn)]較佳為1.0~3.0,更佳為1.0~2.5,特佳為1.0~2.0。 Further, the ratio of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) to the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the dye polymer [(Mw) / (Mn)] is preferably from 1.0 to 3.0, more preferably from 1.0 to 2.5, particularly preferably from 1.0 to 4. 2.0.

本發明的色素多聚物的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)較佳為50℃以上,更佳為100℃以上。另外,由熱重量分析(Thermogravimetric Analysis,TGA測定)所得的5%重量減少溫度較佳為120℃以上,更佳為150℃以上,進而佳為200℃以上。藉由處於該範圍內,可於將本發明的著色組成物用於製作彩色濾光片等時,減少由加熱製程所引起的濃度變化。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the dye polymer of the present invention is preferably 50 ° C or higher, more preferably 100 ° C or higher. Further, the 5% weight loss temperature obtained by thermogravimetric analysis (TGA measurement) is preferably 120 ° C or higher, more preferably 150 ° C or higher, and still more preferably 200 ° C or higher. By being within this range, when the colored composition of the present invention is used for producing a color filter or the like, the concentration change caused by the heating process can be reduced.

另外,本發明的色素多聚物的每單位重量的吸光係數(以下記作ε'。ε'=ε/平均分子量,單位:L/g.cm)較佳為30以上,更佳為60以上,進而佳為100以上。藉由處於該範圍內,於應用本發明的著色組成物來製作彩色濾光片的情形時,可製作色彩再現性良好的彩色濾光片。 Further, the light absorption coefficient per unit weight of the dye polymer of the present invention (hereinafter referred to as ε'. ε' = ε / average molecular weight, unit: L / g. cm) is preferably 30 or more, more preferably 60 or more. And then better than 100 or more. When a color filter is produced by applying the colored composition of the present invention within this range, a color filter excellent in color reproducibility can be produced.

就著色力的觀點而言,本發明的著色組成物中所用的色素多聚物的莫耳吸光係數較佳為儘可能高。 From the viewpoint of the coloring power, the coloring coefficient of the dye polymer used in the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably as high as possible.

本發明的色素多聚物較佳為溶解於以下的有機溶劑中的化合物。 The dye polymer of the present invention is preferably a compound which is dissolved in the following organic solvent.

有機溶劑可列舉:酯類(例如3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乳酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯等)、醚類(例如甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二 醇單甲醚乙酸酯等)、酮類(甲基乙基酮、環己酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮等)、芳香族烴類(例如甲苯、二甲苯等),相對於該些溶劑,較佳為溶解1質量%以上、50質量%以下,更佳為5質量%以上、40質量%以下,進而佳為10質量%以上、30質量%以下。藉由處於該範圍內,於將本發明的著色組成物用於製作彩色濾光片等時,可實現較佳的塗佈表面狀態,或減少由塗佈其他顏色後的溶出所致的濃度降低。 The organic solvent may, for example, be an ester (for example, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, etc.), an ether. Classes (eg, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene) Alcohol monomethyl ether acetate, etc.), ketones (methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbons (such as toluene, xylene, etc.), relative to The solvent is preferably dissolved in an amount of 1% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less, and further preferably 10% by mass or more and 30% by mass or less. By using the coloring composition of the present invention in the production of a color filter or the like by this range, a preferable coating surface state can be achieved, or a concentration reduction due to elution after coating other colors can be reduced. .

本發明的著色組成物中,可單獨使用一種色素多聚物,亦可併用兩種以上。於使用兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量相當於後述含量。 In the colored composition of the present invention, one coloring matter polymer may be used alone or two or more types may be used in combination. When two or more cases are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof corresponds to the content described later.

本發明的著色組成物中的色素多聚物的含量是考慮與後述顏料之含有比率後設定。 The content of the dye polymer in the colored composition of the present invention is set in consideration of the content ratio of the pigment described later.

色素多聚物相對於顏料之質量比(色素多聚物/顏料)較佳為0.40~1.00,更佳為0.45~0.80,進而佳為0.50~0.75。 The mass ratio of the dye polymer to the pigment (pigment polymer/pigment) is preferably from 0.40 to 1.00, more preferably from 0.45 to 0.80, and still more preferably from 0.50 to 0.75.

本發明的著色組成物中的著色劑成分(色素多聚物、後述的顏料及其他染料的合計)較佳為著色組成物的總固體成分的50質量%~70質量%,更佳為55質量%~65質量%。 The coloring agent component (the coloring matter polymer, the total of the pigments and other dyes described later) in the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 50% by mass to 70% by mass, and more preferably 55 mass% of the total solid content of the coloring composition. %~65 mass%.

<著色組成物的其他成分> <Other components of the coloring composition>

本發明的著色組成物除了所述色素多聚物以外,亦可含有其他成分。例如就用以調節色值等目的而言,本發明中使用的著色組成物較佳為除了所述色素多聚物以外,亦包括顏料及顏料分散劑。 The colored composition of the present invention may contain other components in addition to the dye polymer. For example, for the purpose of adjusting the color value, etc., the coloring composition used in the present invention preferably includes a pigment and a pigment dispersing agent in addition to the dye polymer.

另外,本發明的著色組成物用於形成彩色濾光片的著色層。於形成彩色濾光片時,通常除了所述色素多聚物及顏料、顏料分散物以外,亦含有硬化性化合物。作為硬化性化合物可例示聚合性化合物或鹼可溶性樹脂(包括含有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂),可根據用途或製造方法而適當選擇。進而,本發明的著色組成物較佳為含有光聚合起始劑。 Further, the coloring composition of the present invention is used to form a coloring layer of a color filter. In the case of forming a color filter, a curable compound is usually contained in addition to the dye polymer, the pigment, and the pigment dispersion. A polymerizable compound or an alkali-soluble resin (including an alkali-soluble resin containing a polymerizable group) can be exemplified as the curable compound, and can be appropriately selected depending on the use or the production method. Further, the colored composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator.

例如,於藉由光阻來形成著色層的情形時,本發明的著色組成物較佳為含有本發明的色素多聚物、作為硬化性化合物的鹼可溶性樹脂、顏料、顏料分散物及光聚合起始劑的組成物。進而亦可含有界面活性劑、溶劑等成分。 For example, in the case where a coloring layer is formed by photoresist, the coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains the dye polymer of the present invention, an alkali-soluble resin as a curable compound, a pigment, a pigment dispersion, and photopolymerization. The composition of the starter. Further, it may contain a component such as a surfactant or a solvent.

另外,於藉由乾式蝕刻來形成著色層的情形時,較佳為含有本發明的色素多聚物、作為硬化性化合物的聚合性化合物、顏料、顏料分散物及光聚合起始劑的組成物。進而亦可含有界面活性劑、溶劑等成分。 In the case where the colored layer is formed by dry etching, it is preferably a composition containing the dye polymer of the present invention, a polymerizable compound as a curable compound, a pigment, a pigment dispersion, and a photopolymerization initiator. . Further, it may contain a component such as a surfactant or a solvent.

以下,對該等的詳細情況加以說明。 The details of these will be described below.

<<顏料>> <<Pigment>>

本發明的著色組成物較佳為更含有顏料。 The colored composition of the present invention preferably further contains a pigment.

本發明中使用的顏料可使用以前公知的各種無機顏料或有機顏料,較佳為使用有機顏料。作為顏料,較佳為高透射率。 As the pigment used in the present invention, various inorganic pigments or organic pigments known in the art can be used, and organic pigments are preferably used. As the pigment, high transmittance is preferred.

無機顏料可列舉金屬氧化物、金屬錯鹽等所表示的金屬化合物,具體可列舉:鐵、鈷、鋁、鎘、鉛、銅、鈦、鎂、鉻、鋅、銻等的金屬氧化物及金屬的複合氧化物。 Examples of the inorganic pigment include a metal compound represented by a metal oxide or a metal salt, and specific examples thereof include metal oxides and metals such as iron, cobalt, aluminum, cadmium, lead, copper, titanium, magnesium, chromium, zinc, and antimony. Composite oxide.

有機顏料例如可列舉:顏色索引(Colour Index,C.I.)顏料黃11、C.I.顏料黃24、C.I.顏料黃31、C.I.顏料黃53、C.I.顏料黃83、C.I.顏料黃93、C.I.顏料黃99、C.I.顏料黃108、C.I.顏料黃109、C.I.顏料黃110、C.I.顏料黃138、C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃147、C.I.顏料黃150、C.I.顏料黃151、C.I.顏料黃154、C.I.顏料黃155、C.I.顏料黃167、C.I.顏料黃180、C.I.顏料黃185、C.I.顏料黃199;C.I.顏料橙36、C.I.顏料橙38、C.I.顏料橙43、C.I.顏料橙71;C.I.顏料紅81、C.I.顏料紅105、C.I.顏料紅122、C.I.顏料紅149、C.I.顏料紅150、C.I.顏料紅155、C.I.顏料紅171、C.I.顏料紅175、C.I.顏料紅176、C.I.顏料紅177、C.I.顏料紅209、C.I.顏料紅220、C.I.顏料紅224、C.I.顏料紅242、C.I.顏料紅254、C.I.顏料紅255、C.I.顏料紅264、C.I.顏料紅270;C.I.顏料紫19、C.I.顏料紫23、C.I.顏料紫32、C.I.顏料紫39;C.I.顏料藍1、C.I.顏料藍2、C.I.顏料藍15、C.I.顏料藍15:1、C.I.顏料藍15:3、C.I.顏料藍15:6、C.I.顏料藍16、C.I.顏料藍22、C.I.顏料藍60、C.I.顏料藍66;C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料綠36、C.I.顏料綠37、C.I.顏料綠58;C.I.顏料棕25、C.I.顏料棕28;C.I.顏料黑1;等。 Examples of the organic pigment include a color index (Colour Index, CI) Pigment Yellow 11, CI Pigment Yellow 24, CI Pigment Yellow 31, CI Pigment Yellow 53, CI Pigment Yellow 83, CI Pigment Yellow 93, CI Pigment Yellow 99, CI Pigment Yellow 108, CI Pigment Yellow 109, CI Pigment Yellow 110, CI Pigment Yellow 138, CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 147, CI Pigment Yellow 150, CI Pigment Yellow 151, CI Pigment Yellow 154, CI Pigment Yellow 155, CI Pigment Yellow 167, CI Pigment Yellow 180, CI Pigment Yellow 185, CI Pigment Yellow 199; CI Pigment Orange 36, CI Pigment Orange 38, CI Pigment Orange 43, CI Pigment Orange 71; CI Pigment Red 81, CI Pigment Red 105, CI Pigment Red 122, CI Pigment Red 149, CI Pigment Red 150, CI Pigment Red 155, CI Pigment Red 171, CI Pigment Red 175, CI Pigment Red 176, CI Pigment Red 177, CI Pigment Red 209, CI Pigment Red 220, CI Pigment Red 224, CI Pigment Red 242, CI Pigment Red 254, CI Pigment Red 255, CI Pigment Red 264, CI Pigment Red 270; CI Pigment Violet 19, CI Pigment Violet 23, CI Pigment Violet 32, CI Pigment Violet 39; CI Pigment Blue 1, CI Pigment Blue 2, CI Pigment Blue 15, CI Pigment 15:1, CI Pigment Blue 15:3, CI Pigment Blue 15:6, CI Pigment Blue 16, CI Pigment Blue 22, CI Pigment Blue 60, CI Pigment Blue 66; CI Pigment Green 7, CI Pigment Green 36, CI Pigment Green 37, CI Pigment Green 58; CI Pigment Brown 25, CI Pigment Brown 28; CI Pigment Black 1;

本發明中可較佳地使用的顏料可列舉以下顏料。然而, 本發明不限定於該些顏料。 The pigment which can be preferably used in the present invention is exemplified by the following pigments. however, The invention is not limited to these pigments.

C.I.顏料黃11、C.I.顏料黃24、C.I.顏料黃108、C.I.顏料黃109、C.I.顏料黃110、C.I.顏料黃138、C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃150、C.I.顏料黃151、C.I.顏料黃154、C.I.顏料黃167、C.I.顏料黃180、C.I.顏料黃185,C.I.顏料橙36、C.I.顏料橙71,C.I.顏料紅122、C.I.顏料紅150、C.I.顏料紅171、C.I.顏料紅175、C.I.顏料紅177、C.I.顏料紅209、C.I.顏料紅224、C.I.顏料紅242、C.I.顏料紅254、C.I.顏料紅255、C.I.顏料紅264,C.I.顏料紫19、C.I.顏料紫23、C.I.顏料紫32,C.I.顏料藍15:1、C.I.顏料藍15:3、C.I.顏料藍15:6、C.I.顏料藍16、C.I.顏料藍22、C.I.顏料藍60、C.I.顏料藍66,C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料綠36、C.I.顏料綠37、C.I.顏料綠58,C.I.顏料黑1。 CI Pigment Yellow 11, CI Pigment Yellow 24, CI Pigment Yellow 108, CI Pigment Yellow 109, CI Pigment Yellow 110, CI Pigment Yellow 138, CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 150, CI Pigment Yellow 151, CI Pigment Yellow 154, CI Pigment Yellow 167, CI Pigment Yellow 180, CI Pigment Yellow 185, CI Pigment Orange 36, CI Pigment Orange 71, CI Pigment Red 122, CI Pigment Red 150, CI Pigment Red 171, CI Pigment Red 175, CI Pigment Red 177, CI Pigment Red 209, CI Pigment Red 224, CI Pigment Red 242, CI Pigment Red 254, CI Pigment Red 255, CI Pigment Red 264, CI Pigment Violet 19, CI Pigment Violet 23, CI Pigment Violet 32, CI Pigment Blue 15: 1. CI Pigment Blue 15:3, CI Pigment Blue 15:6, CI Pigment Blue 16, CI Pigment Blue 22, CI Pigment Blue 60, CI Pigment Blue 66, CI Pigment Green 7, CI Pigment Green 36, CI Pigment Green 37 , CI Pigment Green 58, CI Pigment Black 1.

該些有機顏料可單獨使用或為了調整分光或提高顏色純度而組合使用。以下示出所述組合的具體例。例如,紅色顏料可單獨使用蒽醌系顏料、苝系顏料、二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料,或者使用該些顏料的至少一種與雙偶氮系黃色顏料、異吲哚啉系黃色顏料、喹酞酮系黃色顏料或苝系紅色顏料的混合等。例如,蒽醌系顏料可列舉C.I.顏料紅177,苝系顏料可列舉C.I.顏料紅155、C.I.顏料紅224,二酮吡咯并吡咯系顏料可列舉C.I.顏料紅254,就顏色分解性的方面而言,較佳為與C.I.顏料黃139的混合。另 外,紅色顏料與黃色顏料之質量比較佳為100:5~100:50。若為100:4以下則難以抑制400nm~500nm的光透射率,另外若為100:51以上則有時主波長向短波長偏移,無法提高顏色分解能力。尤其所述質量比最合適的是100:10~100:30的範圍。另外,紅色顏料彼此的組合的情形下,可根據所需求的分光來進行調整。 These organic pigments may be used singly or in combination for adjusting the spectroscopic or improving the color purity. Specific examples of the combination are shown below. For example, the red pigment may be used alone as an anthraquinone pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, or at least one of these pigments and a disazo yellow pigment, an isoporphyrin yellow pigment, a quinacridone. Mixing of a ketone-based yellow pigment or an anthraquinone-based red pigment. For example, CI pigment red 177 is exemplified, and CI pigment red 155 and CI pigment red 224 are exemplified as the ruthenium pigment, and CI pigment red 254 is exemplified as the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, and in terms of color decomposition property, Preferably, it is mixed with CI Pigment Yellow 139. another In addition, the quality of red pigment and yellow pigment is preferably 100:5~100:50. When it is 100:4 or less, it is difficult to suppress the light transmittance of 400 nm to 500 nm, and if it is 100:51 or more, the main wavelength may be shifted to a short wavelength, and the color separation ability may not be improved. In particular, the mass ratio is most suitably in the range of 100:10 to 100:30. Further, in the case where the red pigments are combined with each other, the adjustment can be performed in accordance with the required spectroscopic light.

另外,綠色顏料可單獨使用鹵化酞菁系顏料,或使用其與雙偶氮系黃色顏料、喹酞酮系黃色顏料、甲亞胺系黃色顏料或異吲哚啉系黃色顏料的混合。例如,此種例子較佳為C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料綠36、C.I.顏料綠37與C.I.顏料黃83、C.I.顏料黃138、C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃150、C.I.顏料黃180或C.I.顏料黃185的混合。綠色顏料與黃色顏料之質量比較佳為100:5~100:150。所述質量比特佳為100:30~100:120的範圍。 Further, the green pigment may be a halogenated phthalocyanine-based pigment alone or a mixture thereof with a disazo-based yellow pigment, a quinophthalone-based yellow pigment, a carbamide-based yellow pigment or an iso-porphyrin-based yellow pigment. For example, such an example is preferably CI Pigment Green 7, CI Pigment Green 36, CI Pigment Green 37 and CI Pigment Yellow 83, CI Pigment Yellow 138, CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 150, CI Pigment Yellow 180 or CI Pigment. A mixture of yellow 185. The quality of green and yellow pigments is preferably 100:5~100:150. The quality bit is preferably in the range of 100:30 to 100:120.

藍色顏料可單獨使用酞菁系顏料,或使用其與二噁嗪系紫色顏料的混合。例如較佳為C.I.顏料藍15:6與C.I.顏料紫23的混合。藍色顏料與紫色顏料之質量比較佳為100:0~100:100,更佳為100:10以下。 The blue pigment may be a phthalocyanine-based pigment alone or a mixture with a dioxazine-based violet pigment. For example, a mixture of C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 and C.I. Pigment Violet 23 is preferred. The quality of the blue pigment and the purple pigment is preferably from 100:0 to 100:100, more preferably 100:10 or less.

另外,黑色矩陣用的顏料可單獨或混合使用碳、鈦黑、氧化鐵、氧化鈦,較佳為碳與鈦黑的組合。另外,碳與鈦黑之質量比較佳為100:0~100:60的範圍。 Further, the pigment for the black matrix may be used singly or in combination of carbon, titanium black, iron oxide, titanium oxide, preferably a combination of carbon and titanium black. In addition, the quality of carbon and titanium black is preferably in the range of 100:0 to 100:60.

本發明的著色組成物較佳為調配黑色以外的顏料,更佳為調配藍色的顏料。 The coloring composition of the present invention is preferably a pigment other than black, more preferably a blue pigment.

關於顏料的一次粒子尺寸,於用作彩色濾光片用的情形 時,就色彩不均或對比度的觀點而言,較佳為100nm以下,另外,就分散穩定性的觀點而言,較佳為5nm以上。顏料的一次粒子尺寸更佳為5nm~75nm,進而佳為5nm~55nm,特佳為5nm~35nm。 Regarding the primary particle size of the pigment, it is used as a color filter. In view of color unevenness or contrast, it is preferably 100 nm or less, and from the viewpoint of dispersion stability, it is preferably 5 nm or more. The primary particle size of the pigment is preferably from 5 nm to 75 nm, more preferably from 5 nm to 55 nm, and particularly preferably from 5 nm to 35 nm.

顏料的一次粒子尺寸可利用電子顯微鏡等公知的方法來測定。 The primary particle size of the pigment can be measured by a known method such as an electron microscope.

其中,顏料較佳為選自蒽醌顏料、二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料、酞菁顏料、喹酞酮顏料、異吲哚啉顏料、甲亞胺顏料及二噁嗪顏料中的顏料。尤其特佳為C.I.顏料紅177(蒽醌顏料)、C.I.顏料紅254(二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料)、C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料綠36、C.I.顏料綠58、C.I.顏料藍15:6(酞菁顏料)、C.I.顏料黃138(喹酞酮顏料)、C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃185(異吲哚啉顏料)、C.I.顏料黃150(甲亞胺顏料)、C.I.顏料紫23(二噁嗪顏料)。 Among them, the pigment is preferably a pigment selected from the group consisting of an anthraquinone pigment, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, a phthalocyanine pigment, a quinophthalone pigment, an isoporphyrin pigment, a methylimine pigment, and a dioxazine pigment. Especially preferred is CI Pigment Red 177 (蒽醌 pigment), CI Pigment Red 254 (diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment), CI Pigment Green 7, CI Pigment Green 36, CI Pigment Green 58, CI Pigment Blue 15:6 (酞Cyanine pigment), CI Pigment Yellow 138 (quinacridone pigment), CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 185 (isoporphyrin pigment), CI Pigment Yellow 150 (methylimine pigment), CI Pigment Violet 23 (dioxin) Pyrazine pigment).

於在本發明的組成物中調配顏料的情形時,相對於著色組成物所含有的將溶劑除外的所有成分,顏料的含量較佳為20質量%~50質量%,更佳為25質量%~50質量%,進而佳為30質量%~45質量%。 In the case where the pigment is formulated in the composition of the present invention, the content of the pigment is preferably 20% by mass to 50% by mass, and more preferably 25% by mass based on the total amount of the components of the coloring composition excluding the solvent. 50% by mass, and more preferably 30% by mass to 45% by mass.

本發明的組成物可僅含有一種顏料,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one kind of pigment, or may contain two or more types. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

<<顏料分散劑>> <<Pigment Dispersant>>

於本發明的著色組成物含有顏料的情形時,可視需要而併用顏料分散劑。 In the case where the colored composition of the present invention contains a pigment, a pigment dispersant may be used in combination as needed.

本發明中可使用的顏料分散劑可列舉:高分子分散劑[例如聚醯胺-胺及其鹽、多羧酸及其鹽、高分子量不飽和酸酯、改質聚胺基甲酸酯、改質聚酯、改質聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸系共聚物、萘磺酸福馬林縮合物]、及聚氧伸乙基烷基磷酸酯、聚氧伸乙基烷基胺、烷醇胺等界面活性劑及顏料衍生物等。 The pigment dispersing agent which can be used in the present invention may, for example, be a polymer dispersing agent [for example, polyamine-amine and a salt thereof, a polycarboxylic acid and a salt thereof, a high molecular weight unsaturated acid ester, a modified polyurethane, Modified polyester, modified poly(meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic copolymer, formalin condensate naphthalenesulfonate, and polyoxyalkylene phosphate, polyoxyalkylene oxide Surfactants such as base amines and alkanolamines, and pigment derivatives.

高分子分散劑可根據其結構而進一步分類為直鏈狀高分子、末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子、嵌段型高分子。 The polymer dispersant can be further classified into a linear polymer, a terminal modified polymer, a graft polymer, and a block polymer according to the structure thereof.

具有對顏料表面的固定(anchor)部位的末端改質型高分子例如可列舉:日本專利特開平3-112992號公報、日本專利特表2003-533455號公報等中記載的於末端具有磷酸基的高分子,日本專利特開2002-273191號公報等中記載的於末端具有磺酸基的高分子,日本專利特開平9-77994號公報等中記載的具有有機色素的部分骨架或雜環的高分子等。另外,日本專利特開2007-277514號公報中記載的於高分子末端導入2個以上的對顏料表面的固定部位(酸基、鹼性基、有機色素的部分骨架或雜環等)的高分子亦分散穩定性優異而較佳。 For example, the terminal-modified polymer having an anchor portion on the surface of the pigment has a phosphate group at the terminal, as described in JP-A-3-112992, JP-A-2003-533455, and the like. The polymer having a sulfonic acid group at the terminal described in JP-A-2002-273191, and the like, and the high molecular weight of the partial skeleton or heterocyclic ring having an organic dye described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 9-77994 Molecules, etc. In addition, a polymer which introduces two or more fixed sites (acid groups, basic groups, partial skeletons of organic dyes, heterocyclic rings, etc.) to the surface of the pigment at the end of the polymer described in JP-A-2007-277514 It is also excellent in dispersion stability and is preferred.

具有對顏料表面的固定部位的接枝型高分子例如可列舉聚酯系分散劑等,具體可列舉:日本專利特開昭54-37082號公報、日本專利特表平8-507960號公報、日本專利特開2009-258668號公報等中記載的聚(低級伸烷基亞胺)與聚酯的反應產物,日本專利特開平9-169821號公報等中記載的聚烯丙胺與聚酯的反應產物,日本專利特開平10-339949號公報、日本專利特開2004-37986 號公報、國際公開手冊WO2010/110491等中記載的巨單體與氮原子單體的共聚物,日本專利特開2003-238837號公報、日本專利特開2008-9426號公報、日本專利特開2008-81732號公報等中記載的具有有機色素的部分骨架或雜環的接枝型高分子,日本專利特開2010-106268號公報等中記載的巨單體與含酸基的單體的共聚物等。尤其就顏料分散物的分散性、分散穩定性及使用顏料分散物的著色組成物所顯示出的顯影性的觀點而言,特佳為日本專利特開2009-203462號公報中記載的具有鹼性基及酸性基的兩性分散樹脂。 The graft-type polymer having a fixed portion on the surface of the pigment is, for example, a polyester-based dispersant, and the like, and a Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei 54-37082, Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 8-507960, and Japan The reaction product of the polyallylamine and the polyester described in JP-A-H09-169821, and the like, and the reaction product of the poly(lower alkylene imine) and the polyester described in JP-A-H09-169821, and the like. Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-339949, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2004-37986 A copolymer of a macromonomer and a nitrogen atom monomer described in the International Publication No. WO2010/110491, etc., Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-238837, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-9426, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2008 a graft-type polymer having a partial skeleton or a heterocyclic ring of an organic dye, which is described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2010-106268, and a copolymer of a macromonomer and an acid group-containing monomer described in JP-A-2010-106268 Wait. In particular, in view of the dispersibility of the pigment dispersion, the dispersion stability, and the developability exhibited by the coloring composition using the pigment dispersion, it is preferable to be alkaline as described in JP-A-2009-203462. Amphoteric dispersion resin with a base and an acidic group.

藉由自由基聚合來製造具有對顏料表面的固定部位的接枝型高分子時所用的巨單體可使用公知的巨單體,可列舉:東亞合成(股)製造的巨單體AA-6(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基的聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯)、AS-6(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基的聚苯乙烯)、AN-6S(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基的苯乙烯與丙烯腈的共聚物)、AB-6(末端基為甲基丙烯醯基的聚丙烯酸丁酯)、大賽璐(Daicel)化學工業(股)製造的普拉克塞爾(Placcel)FM5(甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯的ε-己內酯5莫耳當量加成品)、FA10L(丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯的ε-己內酯10莫耳當量加成品)、及日本專利特開平2-272009號公報中記載的聚酯系巨單體等。該些巨單體中,尤其就顏料分散物的分散性、分散穩定性及使用顏料分散物的著色組成物所顯示出的顯影性的觀點而言,特佳為柔軟性且親溶劑性優異的聚酯系巨單體,進而特佳為日本專利特開平2-272009號公報 中記載的聚酯系巨單體所表示的聚酯系巨單體。 A known macromonomer can be used as the macromonomer used for the production of the graft-type polymer having a fixed portion on the surface of the pigment by radical polymerization, and examples thereof include a macromonomer AA-6 manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd. (polymethyl methacrylate with terminal group being methacryl fluorenyl), AS-6 (polystyrene with terminal group of methacryl fluorenyl), AN-6S (benzene with terminal group of methacryl fluorenyl) Copolymer of ethylene and acrylonitrile), AB-6 (polybutyl acrylate of methacryl fluorenyl group), Placcel FM5 manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate ε-caprolactone 5 molar equivalent plus finished product), FA10L (2-hydroxyethyl acrylate ε-caprolactone 10 molar equivalent plus finished product), and Japanese Patent Laid-Open 2- The polyester-based macromonomer described in the publication No. 272009. Among these macromonomers, in particular, from the viewpoint of dispersibility of the pigment dispersion, dispersion stability, and developability exhibited by the coloring composition using the pigment dispersion, it is particularly preferable that it is excellent in flexibility and solvophilicity. Polyester-based giant monomer, and further preferably Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-272009 The polyester-based macromonomer represented by the polyester-based macromonomer described in the above.

具有對顏料表面的固定部位的嵌段型高分子較佳為日本專利特開2003-49110號公報、日本專利特開2009-52010號公報等中記載的嵌段型高分子。 The block type polymer which has a fixed part to the surface of the pigment is preferably a block type polymer described in JP-A-2003-49110, JP-A-2009-52010, and the like.

本發明中可使用的顏料分散劑亦可作為市售品而獲取,此種具體例可列舉:楠本化成股份有限公司製造的「DA-7301」,畢克化學(BYK Chemie)公司製造的「迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-101(聚醯胺-胺磷酸鹽)、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-107(羧酸酯)、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-110、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-111(含酸基的共聚物)、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-130(聚醯胺)、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-161、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-162、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-163、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-164、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-165、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-166、迪斯帕畢克(Disperbyk)-170(高分子共聚物)」、「畢克(BYK)-P104、畢克(BYK)-P105(高分子量不飽和多羧酸)」、埃夫卡(EFKA)公司製造的「埃夫卡(EFKA)4047、埃夫卡(EFKA)4050、埃夫卡(EFKA)4010、埃夫卡(EFKA)4165(聚胺基甲酸酯系)、埃夫卡(EFKA)4330~埃夫卡(EFKA)4340(嵌段共聚物)、埃夫卡(EFKA)4400~埃夫卡(EFKA)4402(改質聚丙烯酸酯)、埃夫卡(EFKA)5010(聚酯醯胺)、埃夫卡(EFKA)5765(高分子量多羧酸鹽)、埃夫卡(EFKA)6220(脂肪酸聚酯)、埃夫卡(EFKA)6745(酞菁衍生物)、埃夫卡(EFKA) 6750(偶氮顏料衍生物)」、味之素精密技術(Ajinomoto Fine-Techno)公司製造的「阿吉斯帕(Ajisper)PB821、阿吉斯帕(Ajisper)PB822、阿吉斯帕(Ajisper)PB880、阿吉斯帕(Ajisper)PB881」,共榮社化學公司製造的「弗洛蘭(Flowlen)TG-710(胺基甲酸酯寡聚物)」、「波利弗洛(Polyflow)No.50E、波利弗洛(Polyflow)No.300(丙烯酸系共聚物)」,楠本化成公司製造的「迪斯帕隆(Disperlon)KS-860、迪斯帕隆(Disperlon)873SN、迪斯帕隆(Disperlon)874、迪斯帕隆(Disperlon)#2150(脂肪族多元羧酸)、迪斯帕隆(Disperlon)#7004(聚醚酯)、迪斯帕隆(Disperlon)DA-703-50、迪斯帕隆(Disperlon)DA-705、迪斯帕隆(Disperlon)DA-725」、花王公司製造的「德莫耳(Demol)RN、德莫耳(Demol)N(萘磺酸福馬林縮聚物)、德莫耳(Demol)MS、德莫耳(Demol)C、德莫耳(Demol)SN-B(芳香族磺酸福馬林縮聚物)」、「火莫格諾(Homogenol)L-18(高分子多羧酸)」、「愛慕根(Emulgen)920、愛慕根(Emulgen)930、愛慕根(Emulgen)935、愛慕根(Emulgen)985(聚氧伸乙基壬基苯基醚)」、「阿塞他命(Acetamin)86(硬脂基胺乙酸酯)」,日本路博潤(Lubrizol Japan)(股)製造的「索努帕斯(Solsperse)5000(酞菁衍生物)、索努帕斯(Solsperse)22000(偶氮顏料衍生物)、索努帕斯(Solsperse)13240(聚酯胺)、索努帕斯(Solsperse)3000、索努帕斯(Solsperse)17000、索努帕斯(Solsperse)27000(於末端部具有功能部的高分子)、索努帕斯(Solsperse)24000、索努帕斯 (Solsperse)28000、索努帕斯(Solsperse)32000、索努帕斯(Solsperse)38500(接枝型高分子)」,日光化學公司製造的「尼克爾(Nikkol)T106(聚氧伸乙基山梨醇酐單油酸酯)、尼克爾(Nikkol)MYS-IEX(聚氧伸乙基單硬脂酸酯)」,川研精化(股)製造的海諾埃克特(Hinoact)T-8000E等,信越化學工業(股)製造的有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341,裕商(股)製造的「W001:陽離子系界面活性劑」,聚氧伸乙基月桂基醚、聚氧伸乙基硬脂基醚、聚氧伸乙基油烯基醚、聚氧伸乙基辛基苯基醚、聚氧伸乙基壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、山梨醇酐脂肪酸酯等非離子系界面活性劑,「W004、W005、W017」等陰離子系界面活性劑,森下產業(股)製造的「埃夫卡(EFKA)-46、埃夫卡(EFKA)-47、埃夫卡(EFKA)-47EA、埃夫卡(EFKA)聚合物100、埃夫卡(EFKA)聚合物400、埃夫卡(EFKA)聚合物401、埃夫卡(EFKA)聚合物450」,聖諾普科(Sannopco)(股)製造的「迪斯帕斯艾德(Disperse-aid)6、迪斯帕斯艾德(Disperse-aid)8、迪斯帕斯艾德(Disperse-aid)15、迪斯帕斯艾德(Disperse-aid)9100」等高分子分散劑,艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造的「艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L31、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)F38、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L42、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L44、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L61、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L64、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)F68、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L72、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)P95、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)F77、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)P84、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)F87、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)P94、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L101、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)P103、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)F108、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)L121、艾迪科普羅尼克(Adeka Pluronic)P-123」,及三洋化成(股)製造的「伊奧奈特(Eonet)(商品名)S-20」等。 The pigment dispersing agent which can be used in the present invention can also be obtained as a commercially available product, and specific examples thereof include "DA-7301" manufactured by Nanben Chemical Co., Ltd., and "DiK Chemie" manufactured by BYK Chemie Co., Ltd. Disperbyk-101 (polyamine-amine phosphate), Disperbyk-107 (carboxylate), Disperbyk-110, Despap Disperbyk-111 (acid-based copolymer), Disperbyk-130 (polyamide), Disperbyk-161, Disperbyk -162, Disperbyk-163, Disperbyk-164, Disperbyk-165, Disperbyk-166, Dispa Disperbyk-170 (polymer copolymer), "BYK-P104, BYK-P105 (high molecular weight unsaturated polycarboxylic acid)", manufactured by EFKA "EFKA 4047, EFKA 4050, EFKA 4010, EFKA 4165 (polyurethane), EFKA 4330 ~Efka (EFKA) 4340 (block copolymer), Efka (EFKA) 4400 ~ Efka (EFKA) 44 02 (modified polyacrylate), Efka (EFKA) 5010 (polyester decylamine), Efka (EFKA) 5765 (high molecular weight polycarboxylate), Efka (EFKA) 6220 (fatty acid polyester ), Efka (EFKA) 6745 (phthalocyanine derivative), Efka (EFKA) 6750 (Azo pigment derivative), Ajisper PB821, Ajisper PB822, Ajisper, manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno PB880, Ajisper PB881, "Flowlen TG-710 (urethane oligomer)" and "Polyflow No" manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd. .50E, Polyflow No. 300 (Acrylic Copolymer), "Disperlon KS-860, Disperlon 873SN, Dispa, manufactured by Nanben Chemical Co., Ltd." Disperlon 874, Disperlon #2150 (aliphatic polycarboxylic acid), Disperlon #7004 (polyether ester), Disperlon DA-703-50 , Disperlon DA-705, Disperlon DA-725, Demol RN, Demol N, Naphthalene Sulfate Polycondensate), Demol MS, Demol C, Demol SN-B (aromatic sulfonate fumarate polycondensate), and "Homogenol L" -18 (polymer polycarboxylic acid), "Emulgen 920, admiration (Emulgen) 930, Emulgen 935, Emulgen 985 (polyoxyethylidene phenyl ether), and "Acetamin" 86 (stearylamine acetate) "Solsperse 5000 (phthalocyanine derivative), Solsperse 22000 (azo pigment derivative), Sonupa, manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Co., Ltd. Solsperse 13240 (polyesteramine), Solsperse 3000, Solsperse 17000, Solsperse 27000 (polymer with functional part at the end), Solsperse 24000, Sonupas (Solsperse) 28000, Solsperse 32000, Solsperse 38500 (grafted polymer), Nikkol T106 (Polyoxygen Ethyl Yam) manufactured by Nikko Chemical Co., Ltd. Hinoact T-8000E, manufactured by Kawasaki Seiki Co., Ltd., Nikkol MYS-IEX (polyoxyethylidene monostearate) Etc., the organic siloxane polymer KP341 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., "W001: Cationic surfactant" manufactured by Yushang Co., Ltd., polyoxyethylene ethyl lauryl ether, polyoxyethyl ether Aliphatic ether, polyoxyethylene ethyl oleyl ether, polyoxyethyl octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethyl phenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol Non-ionic surfactants such as stearate and sorbitan fatty acid ester, and anionic surfactants such as "W004, W005, and W017", "EFKA-46" manufactured by Morishita Industries Co., Ltd. EFKA-47, EFKA-47EA, EFKA polymer 100, EFKA polymer 400, EFKA polymer 401, Eve Card (EFKA) Polymer 450", Disperse-aid 6, Disperse-aid 8, Disperse-aid, manufactured by Sannopco A polymer dispersant such as Disperse-aid 9100, Adeka Pluronic L31 and Adeka made by Adeko (ADEKA) Pluronic) F38, Adeka Pluronic L42, Adeka Pluronic L44, Adeka Pluronic L61, Adeka Pluronic L64, Eddie Adeka Pluronic F68, Adeka Proknik (Adeka) Pluronic) L72, Adeka Pluronic P95, Adeka Pluronic F77, Adeka Pluronic P84, Adeka Pluronic F87, Eddie Adeka Pluronic P94, Adeka Pluronic L101, Adeka Pluronic P103, Adeka Pluronic F108, Adeka Pluronic ) L121, Adeka Pluronic P-123, and Eonet (trade name) S-20 manufactured by Sanyo Chemicals Co., Ltd.

另外,亦可併用嵌段共聚物或分子量分佈窄的共聚物作為顏料分散劑,所述嵌段共聚物或分子量分佈窄的共聚物是藉由在二硫代羰基化合物等可逆加成斷裂鏈轉移劑(reversible addition-fragmentation chain transfer,RAFT劑)及自由基起始劑的存在下使聚合性不飽和化合物進行自由基聚合而獲得。此種樹脂的具體例可列舉:日本專利特開2008-242081號公報的段落編號0053~段落編號0129及日本專利特開2008-176218號公報的段落編號0049~段落編號0117等中記載的樹脂,將該些內容併入至本申請案說明書中。另外,亦可將此種嵌段共聚物或分子量分佈窄的共聚物用作鹼可溶性樹脂。 Further, a block copolymer or a copolymer having a narrow molecular weight distribution may be used in combination as a pigment dispersant, and the block copolymer or a copolymer having a narrow molecular weight distribution is transferred by a reversible addition fragmentation chain such as a dithiocarbonyl compound. The polymerizable unsaturated compound is obtained by radical polymerization in the presence of a reversible addition-fragmentation chain transfer (RAFT agent) and a radical initiator. Specific examples of such a resin include those described in paragraph number 0053 to paragraph number 0129 of JP-A-2008-242081, and paragraph number 0049 to paragraph number 0117 of JP-A-2008-176218. This is incorporated into the specification of the present application. Further, such a block copolymer or a copolymer having a narrow molecular weight distribution can also be used as the alkali-soluble resin.

該些顏料分散劑可單獨使用,亦可組合使用兩種以上。於本發明中,尤其較佳為將顏料衍生物與高分子分散劑組合使用。另外,關於顏料分散劑,亦可與具有對顏料表面的固定部位的末端改質型高分子、接枝型高分子、嵌段型高分子一起而併用 鹼可溶性樹脂。鹼可溶性樹脂可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、衣康酸共聚物、丁烯酸共聚物、馬來酸共聚物、部分酯化馬來酸共聚物等,以及於側鏈上具有羧酸的酸性纖維素衍生物,特佳為(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物。另外,日本專利特開平10-300922號公報中記載的N位取代馬來醯亞胺單體共聚物、日本專利特開2004-300204號公報中記載的醚二聚物共聚物、日本專利特開平7-319161號公報中記載的含有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂亦較佳。 These pigment dispersants may be used singly or in combination of two or more. In the present invention, it is particularly preferred to use a pigment derivative in combination with a polymer dispersant. Further, the pigment dispersant may be used together with a terminal modified polymer, a graft polymer, or a block polymer having a fixed portion on the surface of the pigment. Alkali soluble resin. Examples of the alkali-soluble resin include a (meth)acrylic copolymer, an itaconic acid copolymer, a butenoic acid copolymer, a maleic acid copolymer, a partially esterified maleic acid copolymer, and the like, and a carboxylic acid in a side chain. An acidic cellulose derivative, particularly preferably a (meth)acrylic copolymer. In addition, the N-substituted maleimide monomer copolymer described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 10-300922, the ether dimer copolymer described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2004-300204, and the Japanese Patent Laid-Open The alkali-soluble resin containing a polymerizable group described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 7-319161 is also preferable.

於著色組成物中含有顏料分散劑的情形時,相對於顏料100質量份,顏料分散劑的總含量較佳為1質量份~80質量份,更佳為5質量份~70質量份,進而佳為10質量份~60質量份。本發明的組成物可分別僅含有一種顏料分散劑,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 When the coloring composition contains a pigment dispersant, the total content of the pigment dispersant is preferably from 1 part by mass to 80 parts by mass, more preferably from 5 parts by mass to 70 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the pigment. It is 10 parts by mass to 60 parts by mass. The composition of the present invention may contain only one kind of pigment dispersant, and may contain two or more types. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

具體而言,若為使用高分子分散劑的情形,則相對於顏料100質量份,其使用量以質量換算計而較佳為5質量份~100質量份的範圍,更佳為10質量份~80質量份的範圍。 Specifically, in the case of using a polymer dispersant, the amount thereof is preferably in the range of 5 parts by mass to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 10 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the pigment. A range of 80 parts by mass.

另外,於併用顏料衍生物的情形時,相對於顏料100質量份,顏料衍生物的使用量以質量換算計而較佳為在1質量份~30質量份的範圍內,更佳為在3質量份~20質量份的範圍內,特佳為在5質量份~15質量份的範圍內。 In the case of using a pigment derivative in combination, the amount of the pigment derivative used is preferably in the range of 1 part by mass to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 3 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the pigment. In the range of up to 20 parts by mass, it is particularly preferably in the range of 5 parts by mass to 15 parts by mass.

於著色組成物中,就硬化感度、顏色濃度的觀點而言,相對於構成著色組成物的總固體成分,色素及分散劑成分的含量的總和較佳為50質量%以上、90質量%以下,更佳為55質量%以 上、85質量%以下,進而佳為60質量%以上、80質量%以下。 In the coloring composition, the total content of the coloring matter and the content of the dispersing agent component is preferably 50% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. More preferably 55 mass% The upper portion is 85 mass% or less, and more preferably 60 mass% or more and 80 mass% or less.

<<染料>> <<Dye>>

本發明的著色組成物亦可含有色素多聚物以外的公知的染料。例如可使用:日本專利特開昭64-90403號公報、日本專利特開昭64-91102號公報、日本專利特開平1-94301號公報、日本專利特開平6-11614號公報、日本專利特登2592207號、美國專利4808501號說明書、美國專利5667920號說明書、美國專利505950號說明書、美國專利5667920號說明書、日本專利特開平5-333207號公報、日本專利特開平6-35183號公報、日本專利特開平6-51115號公報、日本專利特開平6-194828號公報等中揭示的色素。化學結構可使用:吡唑偶氮系、吡咯亞甲基系、苯胺基偶氮系、三苯基甲烷系、蒽醌系、亞苄基系、氧喏系、吡唑并三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、花青系、啡噻嗪系、吡咯并吡唑偶氮次甲基系等的染料。 The colored composition of the present invention may contain a known dye other than the dye polymer. For example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. SHO-64-90403, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 2, 592, 207, U.S. Patent No. 4,808, 051, U.S. Patent No. 5, 568, 850, U.S. Patent No. 5, 567, 950, U.S. Patent No. 5, 505, 950, U.S. Patent No. 5, 567, 920, U.S. Patent No. 5, 317, 207, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei No. Hei. The dye disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. The chemical structure can be used: pyrazole azo, pyrromethylene, aniline azo, triphenylmethane, lanthanide, benzylidene, oxonium, pyrazolotriazole azo A dye such as a pyridone azo system, a cyanine system, a phenothiazine system, or a pyrrolopyrazole azomethine group.

染料可僅含有一種,亦可含有兩種以上。 The dye may be contained alone or in combination of two or more.

於染料含有於本發明的著色組成物時,例如可設為總著色劑的0.1質量%~5質量%。 When the dye is contained in the colored composition of the present invention, it may be, for example, 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass based on the total coloring agent.

<<光聚合起始劑>> <<Photopolymerization initiator>>

就進一步提高感度的觀點而言,本發明的著色組成物較佳為含有光聚合起始劑。 From the viewpoint of further improving the sensitivity, the coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator.

光聚合起始劑只要具有引發聚合性化合物的聚合的能力,則並無特別限制,可自公知的光聚合起始劑中適當選擇。例如較佳 為對紫外線範圍至可見光線具有感光性者。另外,亦可為與經光激發的增感劑發生某些作用而生成活性自由基的活性劑,亦可為根據單體的種類而引發陽離子聚合般的起始劑。 The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate polymerization of the polymerizable compound, and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, preferably It is sensitive to the ultraviolet range to visible light. Further, it may be an active agent which generates a living radical by some action with a photo-excited sensitizer, or may be an initiator which initiates cationic polymerization depending on the kind of the monomer.

另外,光聚合起始劑較佳為含有至少一種於約300nm~800nm(更佳為330nm~500nm)的範圍內具有至少約50的分子吸光係數的化合物。 Further, the photopolymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molecular absorption coefficient of at least about 50 in the range of about 300 nm to 800 nm, more preferably 330 nm to 500 nm.

光聚合起始劑例如可列舉:鹵化烴衍生物(例如具有三嗪骨架者、具有噁二唑骨架者等)、醯基膦氧化物等醯基膦化合物、六芳基聯咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮化合物、羥基苯乙酮等,較佳為肟化合物。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include a halogenated hydrocarbon derivative (for example, a triazine skeleton, a oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), a mercaptophosphine compound such as a mercaptophosphine oxide, a hexaarylbiimidazole, an anthracene derivative. The hydrazine compound, the organic peroxide, the sulfur compound, the ketone compound, the aromatic sulfonium salt, the ketoxime ether, the aminoacetophenone compound, the hydroxyacetophenone or the like is preferably an anthracene compound.

另外,就曝光感度的觀點而言,較佳為選自由三鹵代甲基三嗪化合物、苯偶醯二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、膦氧化物化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三烯丙基咪唑二聚物(triallyimidazol dimer)、鎓化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯-苯-鐵錯合物及其鹽、鹵代甲基噁二唑化合物、3-芳基取代香豆素化合物所組成的組群中的化合物。 Further, from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, it is preferably selected from the group consisting of a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzoin dimethyl ketal compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-amino ketone compound, and a mercaptophosphine. a compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, a hydrazine compound, a trially imidazol dimer, a hydrazine compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzophenone compound, an acetophenone compound, and a derivative thereof, A compound of the group consisting of a cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex and a salt thereof, a halogenated methyl oxadiazole compound, and a 3-aryl-substituted coumarin compound.

進而佳為三鹵代甲基三嗪化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、磷氧化物化合物、肟化合物、三烯丙基咪唑二聚物、三芳基咪唑化合物、苯并咪唑化合物、鎓化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物,特佳為選自由三鹵代甲基三嗪化合物、α-胺 基酮化合物、肟化合物、三烯丙基咪唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、三芳基咪唑化合物、苯并咪唑化合物所組成的組群中的至少一種化合物。另外,三芳基咪唑化合物亦可為與苯并咪唑的混合物。 Further preferred are trihalomethyltriazine compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, mercaptophosphine compounds, phosphorus oxide compounds, antimony compounds, triallyl imidazole dimers, triarylimidazole compounds, benzimidazole compounds , a hydrazine compound, a benzophenone compound, an acetophenone compound, particularly preferably selected from the group consisting of a trihalomethyltriazine compound, an α-amine At least one compound of the group consisting of a ketone compound, an anthracene compound, a triallyl imidazole compound, a benzophenone compound, a triarylimidazole compound, and a benzimidazole compound. Further, the triarylimidazole compound may also be a mixture with benzimidazole.

具體而言,三鹵代甲基三嗪化合物可例示以下化合物。再者,Ph為苯基。 Specifically, the trihalomethyltriazine compound can be exemplified by the following compounds. Further, Ph is a phenyl group.

三芳基咪唑化合物、苯并咪唑化合物可例示以下化合物。 The triaryl imidazole compound and the benzimidazole compound can be exemplified by the following compounds.

三鹵代甲基三嗪化合物亦可使用市售品,例如可使用TAZ-107(碧化學公司製造)。 A commercially available product can also be used as the trihalomethyltriazine compound, and for example, TAZ-107 (manufactured by Biochemical Co., Ltd.) can be used.

尤其於將本發明的著色組成物用於製作固體攝像元件所具備 的彩色濾光片的情形時,必須以尖銳(sharp)的形狀形成微細的圖案,因此重要的是硬化性並且於未曝光部中無殘渣地進行顯影。就此種觀點而言,聚合起始劑特佳為使用肟化合物。尤其於固體攝像元件中形成微細圖案的情形時,於硬化用曝光時使用步進式曝光機,但有時該曝光機因鹵素而受到損傷,亦必須將聚合起始劑的添加量抑制得低,故若考慮到該些方面,則特佳為於形成如固體攝像元件般的微細圖案時,使用肟化合物作為(D)光聚合起始劑。 In particular, the colored composition of the present invention is used for producing a solid-state imaging device. In the case of a color filter, it is necessary to form a fine pattern in a sharp shape, and therefore it is important to develop the curable property without residue in the unexposed portion. From this point of view, the polymerization initiator is particularly preferably a ruthenium compound. In particular, when a fine pattern is formed in a solid-state image sensor, a stepper is used for exposure for curing, but the exposure machine may be damaged by halogen, and it is necessary to suppress the addition amount of the polymerization initiator to be low. Therefore, in consideration of these aspects, it is particularly preferable to use a ruthenium compound as the (D) photopolymerization initiator when forming a fine pattern such as a solid-state image sensor.

具有三嗪骨架的鹵化烴化合物例如可列舉:若林等人著的「日本化學會公報(Bull.Chem.Soc.Japan)」(42、2924(1969))記載的化合物、英國專利第1388492號說明書記載的化合物、日本專利特開昭53-133428號公報記載的化合物、德國專利第3337024號說明書記載的化合物、F.C.謝弗(F.C.Schaefer)等人的「有機化學期刊(J.Org.Chem.)」(29、1527(1964))記載的化合物、日本專利特開昭62-58241號公報記載的化合物、日本專利特開平5-281728號公報記載的化合物、日本專利特開平5-34920號公報記載的化合物、美國專利第4212976號說明書中記載的化合物、特別是日本專利特開2013-077009號公報的段落編號0075中記載的化合物等。 Examples of the halogenated hydrocarbon compound having a triazine skeleton include a compound described in "Bull. Chem. Soc. Japan" (42, 2924 (1969)), and a specification of British Patent No. 1388492. The compound described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. SHO 53-133428, the compound described in the specification of German Patent No. 3337024, and the "J. Org. Chem." by FC Schaefer et al. The compound described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. 5-. The compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,212,976, in particular, the compound described in Paragraph No. 0075 of JP-A-2013-077009.

另外,所述以外的光聚合起始劑可例示吖啶衍生物。具體可列舉日本專利特開2013-077009號公報的段落編號0076中記載的化合物等,將該些內容併入至本申請案說明書中。 Further, the photopolymerization initiator other than the above may be an acridine derivative. Specific examples thereof include the compounds described in Paragraph No. 0076 of JP-A-2013-077009, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

酮化合物例如可列舉日本專利特開2013-077009號公報的段落編號0077中記載的化合物等,將該些內容併入至本申請案說明書中。 The ketone compound is, for example, a compound described in Paragraph No. 0077 of JP-A-2013-077009, which is incorporated herein by reference.

光聚合起始劑亦可較佳地使用羥基苯乙酮化合物、胺基苯乙酮化合物及醯基膦化合物。更具體而言,例如亦可使用日本專利特開平10-291969號公報中記載的胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、日本專利第4225898號公報中記載的醯基膦氧化物系起始劑。 As the photopolymerization initiator, a hydroxyacetophenone compound, an aminoacetophenone compound, and a mercaptophosphine compound can also be preferably used. More specifically, for example, an amino acetophenone-based initiator as described in JP-A-10-291969, and a mercaptophosphine oxide-based initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4,258,899 can be used.

羥基苯乙酮系起始劑可使用:豔佳固(IRGACURE)-184、達羅卡(DAROCUR)-1173、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-500、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-2959、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-127(商品名:均為巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)。胺基苯乙酮系起始劑可使用:作為市售品的豔佳固(IRGACURE)-907、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-369及豔佳固(IRGACURE)-379(商品名:均為巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)。胺基苯乙酮系起始劑亦可使用吸收波長與365nm或405nm等長波光源匹配(matching)的日本專利特開2009-191179號公報中記載的化合物。另外,醯基膦系起始劑亦可使用作為市售品的豔佳固(IRGACURE)-819或達羅卡(DAROCUR)-TPO(商品名:均為巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)、碧化學(股)製造的TAZ系列(例如TAZ-107、TAZ-110、TAZ-104、TAZ-109、TAZ-140、TAZ-204、TAZ-113、TAZ-123)。 The hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator can be used: IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, Yanjiagu (IRGACURE)-127 (trade name: all manufactured by BASF). Amino acetophenone-based initiators can be used as: commercially available products such as IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369 and IRGACURE-379 (trade names: all BASF) (Manufactured by BASF). The amine acetophenone-based initiator may also be a compound described in JP-A-2009-191179, which has an absorption wavelength matched to a long-wavelength light source such as 365 nm or 405 nm. Further, the mercaptophosphine-based initiator may also be used as a commercially available product, IRGACURE-819 or DAROCUR-TPO (trade name: all manufactured by BASF), Bichemistry TAZ series manufactured by (shares) (for example, TAZ-107, TAZ-110, TAZ-104, TAZ-109, TAZ-140, TAZ-204, TAZ-113, TAZ-123).

光聚合起始劑更佳可列舉肟化合物。肟化合物的具體例可使用日本專利特開2001-233842號公報記載的化合物、日本專 利特開2000-80068號公報記載的化合物、日本專利特開2006-342166號公報記載的化合物。 More preferably, the photopolymerization initiator is a ruthenium compound. As a specific example of the ruthenium compound, a compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2001-233842 can be used. The compound described in JP-A-2000-80068, and the compound described in JP-A-2006-342166.

可較佳地用作本發明的光聚合起始劑的肟衍生物等肟化合物例如可列舉:3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。 As the ruthenium compound such as an anthracene derivative which can be preferably used as the photopolymerization initiator of the present invention, for example, 3-benzylideneoxyiminobutan-2-one and 3-ethyloxyimide can be cited. Butyral-2-one, 3-propoxy methoxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxymethoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-ethyloxyimino group- 1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzylideneoxyimido-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutane-2- Ketone and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one and the like.

肟化合物可列舉:「英國化學會志誌(Journal of the Chemical Society,J.C.S.)普爾金會刊(Perkin)II」(1979年)pp.1653-1660、「英國化學會誌(Journal of the Chemical Society,J.C.S.)普爾金會刊(Perkin)II」(1979年)pp.156-162、「光聚合物科學與技術期刊(Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology)」(1995年)pp.202-232、日本專利特開2000-66385號公報記載的化合物,日本專利特開2000-80068號公報、日本專利特表2004-534797號公報、日本專利特開2006-342166號公報的各公報中記載的化合物等。 肟 compounds can be listed as: "Journal of the Chemical Society (JCS) Perkin II (1979) pp. 1653-1660, "Journal of the Chemical Society" , JCS) Perkin II (1979) pp. 156-162, Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995) pp. 202-232, Japan The compound described in each of the publications of Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2000-86385, the Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei.

市售品中亦可較佳地使用豔佳固(IRGACURE)-OXE01(巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-OXE02(巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)、TR-PBG-304(常州強力電子新材料有限公司製造)。 Commercially available products such as IRGACURE-OXE01 (manufactured by BASF), IRGACURE-OXE02 (manufactured by BASF), and TR-PBG-304 are also preferably used. Changzhou Power Electronic New Material Co., Ltd.).

另外,亦可使用以下化合物作為所述記載以外的肟化合 物:肟連結於咔唑N位上的日本專利特表2009-519904號公報中記載的化合物、於二苯甲酮部位上導入有雜取代基的美國專利第7626957號公報中記載的化合物、於色素結構上導入有硝基的日本專利特開2010-15025號公報及美國專利公開2009-292039號記載的化合物、國際公開專利2009-131189號公報中記載的酮肟化合物、於同一分子內含有三嗪骨架與肟骨架的美國專利7556910號公報中記載的化合物、於405nm處具有最大吸收且對g射線光源具有良好的感度的日本專利特開2009-221114號公報記載的化合物等。 In addition, the following compounds may also be used as the oxime compound other than the above description. The compound described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2009-519904, which is attached to the N-position of the carbazole, and the compound described in U.S. Patent No. 7,626,957, which has a hetero substituent introduced into the benzophenone moiety, The ketone oxime compound described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2010-15025, and the ketone oxime compound described in International Patent Publication No. 2009-131189, which contains a nitro group, has a nitro group, and contains a nitro group in the same molecule. A compound described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei.

較佳為進而亦可較佳地使用日本專利特開2007-231000號公報及日本專利特開2007-322744號公報中記載的環狀肟化合物。環狀肟化合物中,尤其就具有高的光吸收性而高感度化的觀點而言,較佳為日本專利特開2010-32985號公報、日本專利特開2010-185072號公報中記載的縮環於咔唑色素上的環狀肟化合物。 The cyclic ruthenium compound described in JP-A-2007-2318 and JP-A-2007-322744 is preferably used. In the case of the cyclic ruthenium compound, the condensed ring described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2010-185072, and the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2010-185072, and the like. a cyclic guanidine compound on a carbazole dye.

另外,於肟化合物的特定部位上具有不飽和鍵的日本專利特開2009-242469號公報中記載的化合物亦由聚合非活性自由基來再生活性自由基,由此可達成高感度化而可較佳地使用。 In addition, the compound described in JP-A-2009-242469, which has an unsaturated bond at a specific site of a ruthenium compound, also regenerates an active radical by polymerizing an inactive radical, thereby achieving high sensitivity and being comparable. Good to use.

特佳可列舉:日本專利特開2007-269779號公報中揭示的具有特定取代基的肟化合物、或日本專利特開2009-191061號公報中揭示的具有硫代芳基的肟化合物。 The ruthenium compound having a specific substituent disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2007-269779, or the ruthenium compound having a thioaryl group disclosed in JP-A-2009-191061.

具體而言,作為光聚合起始劑的肟化合物較佳為下述通式(OX-1)所表示的化合物。再者,可為肟的N-O鍵為(E)體的 肟化合物,亦可為肟的N-O鍵為(Z)體的肟化合物,亦可為肟的N-O鍵為(E)體與(Z)體的混合物。 Specifically, the ruthenium compound as a photopolymerization initiator is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OX-1). Furthermore, the N-O bond which can be 肟 is (E) The ruthenium compound may also be a ruthenium compound in which the N-O bond of ruthenium is a (Z) form, or a mixture of (E) form and (Z) form in which the N-O bond of ruthenium is used.

通式(OX-1)中,R及B分別獨立地表示一價取代基,A表示二價有機基,Ar表示芳基。 In the formula (OX-1), R and B each independently represent a monovalent substituent, A represents a divalent organic group, and Ar represents an aryl group.

通式(OX-1)中,R所表示的一價取代基較佳為一價的非金屬原子團。 In the formula (OX-1), the monovalent substituent represented by R is preferably a monovalent non-metal atomic group.

一價的非金屬原子團可列舉:烷基、芳基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、雜環基、烷硫基羰基、芳硫基羰基等。另外,該些基團亦可具有一個以上的取代基。另外,所述取代基亦可進一步經其他取代基所取代。 The monovalent non-metal atomic group may, for example, be an alkyl group, an aryl group, a decyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkylthiocarbonyl group or an arylthiocarbonyl group. In addition, the groups may have more than one substituent. Further, the substituent may be further substituted with other substituents.

取代基可列舉鹵素原子、芳氧基、烷氧基羰基或芳氧基羰基、醯氧基、醯基、烷基、芳基等。 The substituent may, for example, be a halogen atom, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or an aryloxycarbonyl group, a decyloxy group, a decyl group, an alkyl group or an aryl group.

烷基較佳為碳數1~30的烷基,具體可例示:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、己基、辛基、癸基、十二烷基、十八烷基、異丙基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、1-乙基戊基、環戊基、環己基、三氟甲基、2-乙基己基、苯甲醯甲基、1-萘甲醯基甲基、2- 萘甲醯基甲基、4-甲基胺苯磺基苯甲醯甲基、4-苯基胺苯磺基苯甲醯甲基、4-二甲基胺基苯甲醯甲基、4-氰基苯甲醯甲基、4-甲基苯甲醯甲基、2-甲基苯甲醯甲基、3-氟苯甲醯甲基、3-三氟甲基苯甲醯甲基及3-硝基苯甲醯甲基。 The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group, an octadecyl group, and an isopropyl group. Base, isobutyl, second butyl, tert-butyl, 1-ethylpentyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, trifluoromethyl, 2-ethylhexyl, benzamidine methyl, 1-naphthalene Methyl mercaptomethyl, 2- Naphthylmethylmethyl, 4-methylamine benzenesulfonylbenzhydrylmethyl, 4-phenylamine benzenesulfonylbenzhydrylmethyl, 4-dimethylaminobenzimidylmethyl, 4- Cyanobenzylidene methyl, 4-methylbenzhydrylmethyl, 2-methylbenzimidylmethyl, 3-fluorobenzhydrylmethyl, 3-trifluoromethylbenzimidylmethyl and 3 - Nitrobenzidine methyl.

芳基較佳為碳數6~30的芳基,具體可例示:苯基、聯苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、9-蒽基、9-菲基、1-芘基、5-稠四苯基、1-茚基、2-薁基、9-茀基、三聯苯基、四聯苯基、鄰甲苯基、間甲苯基、對甲苯基、二甲苯基、鄰枯烯基、間枯烯基及對枯烯基、2,4,6-三甲苯基、並環戊二烯基(pentalenyl)、聯萘基(binaphthalenyl)、三聯萘基、四聯萘基、並環庚三烯基(heptalenyl)、伸聯苯基(biphenylenyl)、二環戊二烯並苯基(indacenyl)、丙[二]烯合茀基(fluoranthenyl)、苊基(acenaphthylenyl)、乙烯合蒽基(aceanthrylenyl)、丙烯合萘基(phenalenyl)、茀基、蒽基、聯蒽基、三聯蒽基、四聯蒽基、蒽喹啉基(anthraquinolyl)、菲基、苯并[9,10]菲基(triphenylenyl)、芘基、基(chrysenyl)、稠四苯基、七曜烯基(pleiadenyl)、苉基(picenyl)、苝基(perylenyl)、五苯基(pentaphenyl)、稠五苯基(pentacenyl)、聯四苯基(tetraphenylenyl)、六苯基、稠六苯基、茹基(rubicenyl)、蔻基(coronenyl)、聯伸三萘基(trinaphthylenyl)、七苯基、稠七苯基、苒基(pyranthrenyl)及莪基(ovalenyl)。 The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a 9-fluorenyl group, a 9-phenanthryl group, and a 1-fluorenyl group. 5-thick tetraphenyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl, 9-fluorenyl, terphenyl, tetraphenyl, o-tolyl, m-tolyl, p-tolyl, xylyl, o-cumene Base, m-alkenyl and p-cumenyl, 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl, pentalenyl, binaphthalenyl, trinaphthyl, tetranaphthyl, hydrazine Heptenalenyl, biphenylenyl, indacenyl, fluoranthenyl, acenaphthylenyl, vinyl fluorenyl (aceanthrylenyl), propylene phenalenyl, fluorenyl, fluorenyl, hydrazino, triple fluorenyl, tetradecyl, anthraquinolyl, phenanthryl, benzo[9,10]phenanthrene Triphenylenyl, sulfhydryl, Chrysenyl, condensed tetraphenyl, pleiadenyl, picenyl, perylenyl, pentaphenyl, pentacenyl, tetraphenylenyl , hexaphenyl, hexaphenyl, rubicenyl, coronenyl, trinaphthylenyl, heptaphenyl, hexaphenyl, pyranthrenyl and ovalenyl ).

醯基較佳為碳數2~20的醯基,具體可例示:乙醯基、丙醯基、丁醯基、三氟乙醯基、戊醯基、苯甲醯基、1-萘甲醯基、 2-萘甲醯基、4-甲基胺苯磺基苯甲醯基、4-苯基胺苯磺基苯甲醯基、4-二甲基胺基苯甲醯基、4-二乙基胺基苯甲醯基、2-氯苯甲醯基、2-甲基苯甲醯基、2-甲氧基苯甲醯基、2-丁氧基苯甲醯基、3-氯苯甲醯基、3-三氟甲基苯甲醯基、3-氰基苯甲醯基、3-硝基苯甲醯基、4-氟苯甲醯基、4-氰基苯甲醯基及4-甲氧基苯甲醯基。 The fluorenyl group is preferably a fluorenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a trifluoroethyl group, a pentamidine group, a benzamidine group, a 1-naphthylmethyl group, 2-naphthylmethyl, 4-methylamine phenylsulfonylbenzyl, 4-phenylamine phenylsulfonylbenzyl, 4-dimethylaminobenzimidyl, 4-diethyl Aminobenzylidene, 2-chlorobenzhydryl, 2-methylbenzhydryl, 2-methoxybenzimidyl, 2-butoxybenzhydryl, 3-chlorobenzhydrazide , 3-trifluoromethylbenzhydryl, 3-cyanobenzylidene, 3-nitrobenzhydryl, 4-fluorobenzhydryl, 4-cyanobenzylidene and 4- Methoxybenzhydryl.

烷氧基羰基較佳為碳數2~20的烷氧基羰基,具體可例示:甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、丙氧基羰基、丁氧基羰基、己氧基羰基、辛氧基羰基、癸氧基羰基、十八烷氧基羰基及三氟甲氧基羰基。 The alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a propoxycarbonyl group, a butoxycarbonyl group, a hexyloxycarbonyl group, and an octyloxy group. A carbonyl group, a decyloxycarbonyl group, an octadecyloxycarbonyl group, and a trifluoromethoxycarbonyl group.

芳氧基羰基具體可例示:苯氧基羰基、1-萘氧基羰基、2-萘氧基羰基、4-甲基胺苯磺基苯氧基羰基、4-苯基胺苯磺基苯氧基羰基、4-二甲基胺基苯氧基羰基、4-二乙基胺基苯氧基羰基、2-氯苯氧基羰基、2-甲基苯氧基羰基、2-甲氧基苯氧基羰基、2-丁-氧基苯氧基羰基、3-氯苯氧基羰基、3-三氟甲基苯氧基羰基、3-氰基苯氧基羰基、3-硝基苯氧基羰基、4-氟苯氧基羰基、4-氰基苯氧基羰基及4-甲氧基苯氧基羰基。 Specific examples of the aryloxycarbonyl group include a phenoxycarbonyl group, a 1-naphthyloxycarbonyl group, a 2-naphthyloxycarbonyl group, a 4-methylamine benzenesulfonylphenoxycarbonyl group, and a 4-phenylamine benzenesulfonylphenoxy group. Carbocarbonyl, 4-dimethylaminophenoxycarbonyl, 4-diethylaminophenoxycarbonyl, 2-chlorophenoxycarbonyl, 2-methylphenoxycarbonyl, 2-methoxybenzene Oxycarbonyl, 2-butoxyphenoxycarbonyl, 3-chlorophenoxycarbonyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenoxycarbonyl, 3-cyanophenoxycarbonyl, 3-nitrophenoxy Carbonyl, 4-fluorophenoxycarbonyl, 4-cyanophenoxycarbonyl and 4-methoxyphenoxycarbonyl.

雜環基較佳為含有氮原子、氧原子、硫原子或磷原子的芳香族或脂肪族的雜環基。 The heterocyclic group is preferably an aromatic or aliphatic heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a phosphorus atom.

具體可例示:噻吩基、苯并[b]噻吩基、萘并[2,3-b]噻吩基、噻嗯基(thianthrenyl)、呋喃基、吡喃基、異苯并呋喃基、苯并哌喃基(chromenyl)、基(xanthenyl)、啡噁噻基(phenoxathiinyl)、2H-吡咯基、吡咯基、咪唑基、吡唑基、吡啶基、吡嗪基、嘧啶基、 噠嗪基、吲哚嗪基、異吲哚基、3H-吲哚基、吲哚基、1H-吲唑基、嘌呤基、4H-喹嗪基、異喹啉基、喹啉基、酞嗪基(phthalazinyl)、萘啶基(naphthyridinyl)、喹噁啉基、喹唑啉基(quinazolinyl)、啉基(cinnolinyl)、喋啶基(pteridinyl)、4aH-咔唑基、咔唑基、β-咔啉基(β-carbolinyl)、菲啶基(phenanthridinyl)、吖啶基、啶基(perimidinyl)、啡啉基、啡嗪基(phenazinyl)、啡呻嗪基(phenarsazinyl)、異噻唑基(isothiazolyl)、啡噻嗪基(phenothiazinyl)、異噁唑基、呋吖基(furazanyl)、啡噁嗪基、異基(isochromanyl)、苯并二氫吡喃基、吡咯啶基、吡咯啉基、咪唑啶基、咪唑啉基、吡唑啶基、吡唑啉基、哌啶基、哌嗪基、吲哚啉基、異吲哚啉基、奎寧環基(quinuclidinyl)、嗎啉基及噻噸酮基(thioxantrill)。 Specific examples thereof include: thienyl, benzo[b]thienyl, naphtho[2,3-b]thienyl, thianthrenyl, furyl, pyranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzopyrazine Chromenyl, Xanthenyl, phenoxathiinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyridazinyl, isoindole , 3H-indenyl, fluorenyl, 1H-carbazolyl, fluorenyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinolyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, Quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, Cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbazolyl, β-carbolinyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, Perimidinyl, phenolinyl, phenazinyl, phenarsazinyl, isothiazolyl, phenothiazinyl, isoxazolyl, furazanyl ), phenoxazine, different Isochromanyl, benzochromanyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, porphyrin A base, an isoindolyl group, a quinuclidinyl group, a morpholinyl group, and a thioxantrill.

烷硫基羰基具體可例示:甲硫基羰基、丙硫基羰基、丁硫基羰基、己硫基羰基、辛硫基羰基、癸硫基羰基、十八烷硫基羰基及三氟甲硫基羰基。 Specific examples of the alkylthiocarbonyl group include a methylthiocarbonyl group, a propylthiocarbonyl group, a butylthiocarbonyl group, a hexylthiocarbonyl group, a octylthiocarbonyl group, a decylthiocarbonyl group, an octadecylthiocarbonyl group, and a trifluoromethylthio group. Carbonyl.

芳硫基羰基具體可列舉:1-萘硫基羰基、2-萘硫基羰基、4-甲基胺苯磺基苯硫基羰基、4-苯基胺苯磺基苯硫基羰基、4-二甲基胺基苯硫基羰基、4-二乙基胺基苯硫基羰基、2-氯苯硫基羰基、2-甲基苯硫基羰基、2-甲氧基苯硫基羰基、2-丁氧基苯硫基羰基、3-氯苯硫基羰基、3-三氟甲基苯硫基羰基、3-氰基苯硫基羰基、3-硝基苯硫基羰基、4-氟苯硫基羰基、4-氰基苯硫基羰基及4-甲氧基苯硫基羰基。 Specific examples of the arylthiocarbonyl group include 1-naphthylthiocarbonyl, 2-naphthylthiocarbonyl, 4-methylaminobenzenesulfonylphenylthiocarbonyl, 4-phenylaminebenzenesulfophenylthiocarbonyl, 4- Dimethylaminophenylthiocarbonyl, 4-diethylaminophenylthiocarbonyl, 2-chlorophenylthiocarbonyl, 2-methylphenylthiocarbonyl, 2-methoxyphenylthiocarbonyl, 2 -butoxyphenylthiocarbonyl, 3-chlorophenylthiocarbonyl, 3-trifluoromethylphenylthiocarbonyl, 3-cyanophenylthiocarbonyl, 3-nitrophenylthiocarbonyl, 4-fluorobenzene Thiocarbonyl, 4-cyanophenylthiocarbonyl and 4-methoxyphenylthiocarbonyl.

通式(OX-1)中,B所表示的一價取代基表示芳基、雜環基、芳基羰基或雜環羰基。另外,該些基團亦可具有一個以上的取代基。取代基可例示上文所述的取代基。另外,上文所述的取代基亦可進一步經其他取代基所取代。 In the formula (OX-1), the monovalent substituent represented by B represents an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an arylcarbonyl group or a heterocyclic carbonyl group. In addition, the groups may have more than one substituent. The substituents described above can be exemplified as the substituents described above. Further, the substituents described above may be further substituted with other substituents.

其中,特佳為以下所示的結構。 Among them, the structure shown below is particularly preferable.

下述結構中,Y、X及n分別與後述通式(OX-2)中的Y、X及n為相同含意,較佳例亦相同。 In the following structures, Y, X and n are the same as Y, X and n in the following general formula (OX-2), and preferred examples are also the same.

式(OX-1)中,A所表示的二價有機基可列舉碳數1~12的伸烷基、伸環烷基、伸炔基。另外,該些基團亦可具有一個以上的取代基。取代基可例示上文所述的取代基。另外,上文所述的取代基亦可進一步經其他取代基所取代。 In the formula (OX-1), the divalent organic group represented by A may, for example, be an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, a cycloalkyl group or an alkynylene group. In addition, the groups may have more than one substituent. The substituents described above can be exemplified as the substituents described above. Further, the substituents described above may be further substituted with other substituents.

其中,就提高感度、抑制由加熱經時所致的著色的方面而言,式(OX-1)中的A較佳為未經取代的伸烷基、經烷基(例如甲基、乙基、第三丁基、十二烷基)取代的伸烷基、經烯基(例如乙烯基、烯丙基)取代的伸烷基、經芳基(例如苯基、對甲苯基、二甲苯基、枯烯基、萘基、蒽基、菲基、苯乙烯基)取代的伸烷基。 Among them, in terms of improving sensitivity and suppressing coloring caused by heating over time, A in the formula (OX-1) is preferably an unsubstituted alkylene group or an alkyl group (e.g., methyl group, ethyl group). , a tert-butyl, dodecyl) substituted alkylene group, an alkyl group substituted by an alkenyl group (e.g., a vinyl group, an allyl group), an aryl group (e.g., phenyl, p-tolyl, xylyl) , cumenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthryl, styryl) substituted alkylene.

式(OX-1)中,Ar所表示的芳基較佳為碳數6~30的芳基,另外,亦可具有取代基。取代基可例示:與上文中作為可具有取代基的芳基的具體例而列舉的導入至經取代的芳基中的取代基相同的基團。 In the formula (OX-1), the aryl group represented by Ar is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and may have a substituent. The substituent may be exemplified by the same group as the substituent introduced into the substituted aryl group as exemplified above as a specific example of the aryl group which may have a substituent.

其中,就提高感度、抑制由加熱經時所致的著色的方面而言,較佳為經取代或未經取代的苯基。 Among them, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group is preferred in terms of improving sensitivity and suppressing coloration caused by heating over time.

式(OX-1)中,就感度的方面而言,由式(OX-1)中的Ar及與其鄰接的S所形成的「SAr」的結構較佳為以下所示的結構。再者,Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基。 In the formula (OX-1), in terms of sensitivity, the structure of "SAr" formed by Ar in the formula (OX-1) and S adjacent thereto is preferably the structure shown below. Further, Me represents a methyl group, and Et represents an ethyl group.

[化44] [化44]

肟化合物較佳為下述通式(OX-2)所表示的化合物。 The hydrazine compound is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OX-2).

通式(OX-2)中,R及X分別獨立地表示一價取代基,A及Y分別獨立地表示二價有機基,Ar表示芳基,n為0~5的整數。通式(OX-2)中的R、A及Ar與通式(OX-1)中的R、A及Ar為相同含意,較佳例亦相同。 In the formula (OX-2), R and X each independently represent a monovalent substituent, and A and Y each independently represent a divalent organic group, Ar represents an aryl group, and n is an integer of 0-5. R, A and Ar in the formula (OX-2) have the same meanings as R, A and Ar in the formula (OX-1), and preferred examples are also the same.

通式(OX-2)中,X所表示的一價取代基可列舉:烷基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、醯氧基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、胺基、雜環基、鹵素原子。另外,該些基團亦可具有一個以上的取代基。取代基可例示上文所述的取代基。另外,上文所述的取代基亦可進一步經其他取代基所取代。 In the general formula (OX-2), the monovalent substituent represented by X may, for example, be an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a decyloxy group, a decyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an amine group or a hetero group. Ring group, halogen atom. In addition, the groups may have more than one substituent. The substituents described above can be exemplified as the substituents described above. Further, the substituents described above may be further substituted with other substituents.

該等中,就提高溶劑溶解性及長波長範圍的吸收效率的方面而言,通式(OX-2)中的X較佳為烷基。 Among these, X in the formula (OX-2) is preferably an alkyl group in terms of improving solvent solubility and absorption efficiency in a long wavelength range.

另外,式(2)中的n表示0~5的整數,較佳為0~2的整數。 Further, n in the formula (2) represents an integer of 0 to 5, preferably an integer of 0 to 2.

通式(OX-2)中,Y所表示的二價有機基可列舉以下所示的結構。再者,於以下所示的基團中,「*」表示與式(OX-2)中和Y鄰接的碳原子的鍵結位置。 In the general formula (OX-2), the divalent organic group represented by Y may be exemplified by the structures shown below. Further, in the group shown below, "*" indicates a bonding position of a carbon atom adjacent to Y in the formula (OX-2).

[化46] [Chem. 46]

其中,就高感度化的觀點而言,較佳為下述所示的結構。 Among them, from the viewpoint of high sensitivity, the structure shown below is preferable.

進而,肟化合物較佳為下述通式(OX-3)或通式(OX-4)所表示的化合物。 Further, the ruthenium compound is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (OX-3) or (OX-4).

[化48] [48]

通式(OX-3)或通式(OX-4)中,R及X分別獨立地表示一價取代基,A表示二價有機基,Ar表示芳基,n為0~5的整數。 In the formula (OX-3) or the formula (OX-4), R and X each independently represent a monovalent substituent, A represents a divalent organic group, Ar represents an aryl group, and n is an integer of 0-5.

通式(OX-3)或通式(OX-4)中的R、X、A、Ar及n與通式(OX-2)中的R、X、A、Ar及n分別為相同含意,較佳例亦相同。 R, X, A, Ar and n in the formula (OX-3) or (OX-4) have the same meanings as R, X, A, Ar and n in the formula (OX-2), respectively. The preferred examples are also the same.

以下,將可較佳地使用的肟化合物的具體例(C-4)~具體例(C-13)示於以下,但本發明不限定於該些具體例。 Hereinafter, specific examples (C-4) to specific examples (C-13) of the ruthenium compound which can be preferably used are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.

[化49] [化49]

肟化合物於350nm~500nm的波長範圍內具有最大吸收波長,較佳為於360nm~480nm的波長範圍內具有吸收波長,特佳為365nm及455nm的吸光度高。 The ruthenium compound has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 350 nm to 500 nm, preferably has an absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 360 nm to 480 nm, and particularly preferably has a high absorbance at 365 nm and 455 nm.

就感度的觀點而言,肟化合物於365nm或405nm下的莫耳吸光係數較佳為1,000~300,000,更佳為2,000~300,000,特佳為5,000~200,000。 From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the molar absorption coefficient of the cerium compound at 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably from 1,000 to 300,000, more preferably from 2,000 to 300,000, particularly preferably from 5,000 to 200,000.

化合物的莫耳吸光係數可使用公知的方法,具體而言,例如較佳為利用紫外可見分光光度計(瓦里安(Varian)公司製造的卡里-5(Cary-5)分光光度計(spectrophotometer)),使用乙酸乙酯溶劑以0.01g/L的濃度進行測定。 A known method can be used for the molar absorption coefficient of the compound. Specifically, for example, an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5) spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian Co., Ltd. is preferably used. )), using an ethyl acetate solvent to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.

於本發明的著色組成物中含有光聚合起始劑的情形時,相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,光聚合起始劑的含量較佳為0.1質量%以上、50質量%以下,更佳為0.5質量%以上、30質量%以下,進而佳為1質量%以上、20質量%以下。於該範圍內可獲得更良好的感度及圖案形成性。 When the photopolymerization initiator is contained in the coloring composition of the present invention, the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less, more preferably the total solid content of the coloring composition. It is 0.5% by mass or more and 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 1% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less. Better sensitivity and pattern formation can be obtained within this range.

本發明的組成物可僅含有一種光聚合起始劑,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one photopolymerization initiator, and may contain two or more kinds. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

<<硬化性化合物>> <<Cure compound>>

<<<聚合性化合物>>> <<<Polymerized compound>>>

本發明的著色組成物較佳為含有聚合性化合物。 The colored composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound.

可使用藉由自由基、酸、熱而可進行交聯的公知的聚合性化合物,例如可列舉含有乙烯性不飽和鍵、環狀醚(環氧、氧雜環丁烷)、羥甲基等的聚合性化合物。就感度的觀點而言,聚合性化合物是較佳地選自具有至少1個、較佳為2個以上的末端乙烯性不飽和鍵的化合物中。其中,較佳為四官能以上的多官能聚合性化合物,進而佳為五官能以上的多官能聚合性化合物。 A known polymerizable compound which can be crosslinked by a radical, an acid or a heat can be used, and examples thereof include an ethylenically unsaturated bond, a cyclic ether (epoxy, oxetane), a hydroxymethyl group, and the like. Polymeric compound. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the polymerizable compound is preferably selected from compounds having at least one, preferably two or more terminal ethylenically unsaturated bonds. Among them, a tetrafunctional or higher polyfunctional polymerizable compound is preferable, and a pentafunctional or higher polyfunctional polymerizable compound is preferable.

此種化合物組群於產業領域中廣為人知,本發明中可無特別限定地使用該些化合物。該些化合物例如可為以下化學形態 的任一種:單體,預聚物即二聚體、三聚體及寡聚物或該等的混合物以及該等的多聚物等。本發明的聚合性化合物可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。 Such a compound group is widely known in the industrial field, and these compounds can be used without particular limitation in the present invention. The compounds may be, for example, the following chemical forms Any of the monomers: prepolymers, ie, dimers, trimers, and oligomers or mixtures thereof, and such polymers. The polymerizable compounds of the present invention may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

更具體而言,單體及其預聚物的例子可列舉:不飽和羧酸(例如丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、丁烯酸、異丁烯酸、馬來酸等)或其酯類、醯胺類、以及該等的多聚物,較佳為不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元醇化合物的酯、及不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元胺化合物的醯胺類、以及該等的多聚物。另外,亦可較佳地使用以下反應物:具有羥基或胺基、巰基等親核性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或環氧類的加成反應物,或者與單官能或多官能的羧酸的脫水縮合反應物等。另外,以下反應物亦較佳:具有異氰酸酯基或環氧基等親電子性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的加成反應物,進而具有鹵素基或甲苯磺醯氧基等脫離性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的取代反應物。另外,作為其他例,亦可使用代替所述不飽和羧酸而替換成不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯等乙烯基苯衍生物、乙烯醚、烯丙醚等而成的化合物組群。 More specifically, examples of the monomer and the prepolymer thereof include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, methacrylic acid, maleic acid, etc.) or esters thereof. The guanamines and the polymers thereof are preferably esters of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an aliphatic polyol compound, and guanamines of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an aliphatic polyamine compound, and the like. Things. Further, it is also preferred to use the following reactants: an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxyl group, an amine group or a fluorenyl group, or an addition of a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or epoxy group. a reactant, or a dehydration condensation reaction with a monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acid, or the like. Further, the following reactants are also preferred: an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or a guanamine having an electrophilic substituent such as an isocyanate group or an epoxy group, and a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol. The reactants further include a substituted carboxylic acid ester of a detachable substituent such as a halogen group or a tosyloxy group, or a substituted reactant of a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol. Further, as another example, a compound group of a vinylbenzene derivative such as an unsaturated phosphonic acid or styrene, a vinyl ether or an allyl ether may be used instead of the unsaturated carboxylic acid.

作為該等的具體化合物,亦可將日本專利特開2009-288705號公報的段落編號[0095]~段落編號[0108]中記載的化合物較佳地用於本發明中。 As the specific compound, the compound described in Paragraph No. [0095] to Paragraph No. [0108] of JP-A-2009-288705 is preferably used in the present invention.

另外,聚合性化合物亦較佳為具有至少一個可進行加成 聚合的乙烯基、且於常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點的具有乙烯性不飽和基的化合物。其例子可列舉:聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯等單官能的丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯;聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(丙烯醯氧基丙基)醚、異三聚氰酸三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、於甘油或三羥甲基乙烷等多官能醇上加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後加以(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而成者,日本專利特公昭48-41708號公報、日本專利特公昭50-6034號公報、日本專利特開昭51-37193號公報中記載般的(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯類,日本專利特開昭48-64183號公報、日本專利特公昭49-43191號公報、日本專利特公昭52-30490號公報中記載的聚酯丙烯酸酯類,作為環氧樹脂與(甲基)丙烯酸的反應產物的環氧丙烯酸酯類等多官能的丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯以及該等的混合物。 In addition, the polymerizable compound preferably also has at least one additive additive A compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group having a polymerized vinyl group and having a boiling point of 100 ° C or higher under normal pressure. Examples thereof include monofunctional acrylates or methacrylates such as polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, and phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate; Ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolethane tri(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(a) Acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth) acrylate, hexane diol (meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tris(propylene oxypropyl) ether (Isopropyl methacrylate), (meth) acrylated by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to a polyfunctional alcohol such as glycerin or trimethylolethane (Meth)acrylic acid urethanes, such as those described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. SHO-48-41708 Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 48-64183, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 49-43191, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 52-30490 Acrylate and methacrylate mixture of such multifunctional acrylates or polyester message described as a reaction product of an epoxy resin and (meth) acrylic acid epoxy acrylates.

亦可列舉多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯等,所述多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯是使(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等具有環狀醚基及乙烯性不飽和基的化合物與多官能羧酸反應所得。 Further, a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate or the like which is a compound having a cyclic ether group and an ethylenically unsaturated group such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate, and a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate may be mentioned. The carboxylic acid is obtained by a reaction.

另外,其他較佳的聚合性化合物亦可使用:日本專利特開2010-160418號公報、日本專利特開2010-129825號公報、日本專利第4364216號說明書等中記載的具有茀環且具有2官能以上的 乙烯性不飽和基的化合物,卡多樹脂(Cardo resin)。 In addition, other preferred polymerizable compounds may be used, such as those described in JP-A-2010-160418, JP-A-2010-129825, and JP-A No. 4,364,216. Above A compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group, Cardo resin.

另外,於常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點、且具有至少一個可進行加成聚合的乙烯性不飽和基的化合物亦較佳為日本專利特開2008-292970號公報的段落編號[0254]~段落編號[0257]中記載的化合物。 Further, a compound having a boiling point of 100 ° C or higher and having at least one ethylenically unsaturated group capable of undergoing addition polymerization under normal pressure is also preferably a paragraph number [0254] of JP-A-2008-292970. The compound described in paragraph No. [0257].

除了所述以外,亦可較佳地使用下述通式(MO-1)~通式(MO-5)所表示的自由基聚合性單體。再者,式中,於T為氧伸烷基的情形時,碳原子側的末端鍵結於R。 In addition to the above, a radical polymerizable monomer represented by the following formula (MO-1) to formula (MO-5) can be preferably used. Further, in the formula, when T is an oxygen-extended alkyl group, the terminal on the carbon atom side is bonded to R.

[化50] [化50]

[化51] [化51]

通式中,n為0~14,m為1~8。於一分子內存在多個的R、T可分別相同亦可不同。 In the formula, n is 0 to 14, and m is 1 to 8. A plurality of R and T in one molecule may be the same or different.

於通式(MO-1)~通式(MO-5)所表示的各聚合性化合物中,存在多個的R的至少一個表示-OC(=O)CH=CH2或-OC(=O)C(CH3)=CH2所表示的基團。 In each of the polymerizable compounds represented by the general formulae (MO-1) to (MO-5), at least one of a plurality of Rs represents -OC(=O)CH=CH 2 or -OC(=O). C(CH 3 )= group represented by CH 2 .

作為通式(MO-1)~通式(MO-5)所表示的聚合性化合物的具體例,亦可將日本專利特開2007-269779號公報的段落編號0248~段落編號0251中記載的化合物較佳地用於本發明中。 Specific examples of the polymerizable compound represented by the formula (MO-1) to the formula (MO-5) may be those described in Paragraph No. 0248 to Paragraph No. 0251 of JP-A-2007-269779. It is preferably used in the present invention.

另外,以下化合物亦可用作聚合性化合物:於日本專利特開平10-62986號公報中作為通式(1)及通式(2)而與其具體例一併記載的於多官能醇上加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後加以(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而成的化合物。 In addition, the following compound can also be used as a polymerizable compound: it is added to the polyfunctional alcohol as the general formula (1) and the general formula (2) as described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 10-62986 A compound obtained by esterifying (meth) acrylate with ethylene oxide or propylene oxide.

其中,聚合性化合物較佳為二季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)D-330;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD) D-320;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)D-310;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPHA;日本化藥股份有限公司製造、NK酯(NK Ester)A-DPH-12E;新中村化學公司製造)及該等的(甲基)丙烯醯基介隔乙二醇殘基、丙二醇殘基的結構(例如由沙多瑪(Sartomer)公司市售的SR454、SR494、SR499等)。亦可使用該等的寡聚物類型。另外,亦可使用異三聚氰酸三(2-羥基乙基)三丙烯酸酯(市售品為SR368;沙多瑪(Sartomer)公司製造)。 Among them, the polymerizable compound is preferably dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available as Kaya) KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol (meth) acrylate (commercial product is KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., NK Ester A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and these The structure of (meth)acrylonyl group interspersed with ethylene glycol residues and propylene glycol residues (for example, SR454, SR494, SR499, etc., commercially available from Sartomer Co., Ltd.). These types of oligomers can also be used. Further, tris(2-hydroxyethyl)triacrylate isomeric cyanurate (commercial product: SR368; manufactured by Sartomer Co., Ltd.) can also be used.

聚合性化合物亦可為多官能單體,且亦可具有羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基等酸基。乙烯性化合物只要如上文所述為混合物的情形般具有未反應的羧基,則可直接利用,視需要亦可使非芳香族羧酸酐與所述乙烯性化合物的羥基反應而導入酸基。於該情形時,所使用的非芳香族羧酸酐的具體例可列舉:四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、烷基化四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、烷基化六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、琥珀酸酐、馬來酸酐。 The polymerizable compound may be a polyfunctional monomer, and may have an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a phosphoric acid group. When the ethylenic compound has an unreacted carboxyl group as in the case of the mixture as described above, it can be used as it is, and if necessary, a non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride can be reacted with a hydroxyl group of the ethylenic compound to introduce an acid group. In this case, specific examples of the non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride to be used include tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, alkylated tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, and alkylated six. Hydrogen phthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride.

於本發明中,具有酸基的單體為脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯,較佳為使非芳香族羧酸酐與脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基反應而具有酸基的多官能單體,特佳為於其酯中脂肪族多羥基化合物為季戊四醇及/或二季戊四醇者。市售品例如可列舉東亞合成股份有限公司製造的作為多元酸改質丙烯酸寡聚物的M-510、M-520等。 In the present invention, the monomer having an acid group is an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and preferably has a non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride reacting with an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound to have an acid group. The polyfunctional monomer is particularly preferably one in which the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and/or dipentaerythritol. Commercially available products include M-510 and M-520 which are polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd., for example.

該些單體可單獨使用一種,但於製造方面而言,難以使用單一的化合物,故亦可混合使用兩種以上。另外,視需要亦可併用不具有酸基的多官能單體與具有酸基的多官能單體作為單體。 These monomers may be used singly, but it is difficult to use a single compound in terms of production, and it is also possible to use two or more kinds in combination. Further, a polyfunctional monomer having no acid group and a polyfunctional monomer having an acid group may be used in combination as a monomer, as needed.

具有酸基的多官能單體的較佳酸值為0.1mgKOH/g~40mgKOH/g,特佳為5mgKOH/g~30mgKOH/g。若多官能單體的酸值過低則顯影溶解特性降低,若多官能單體的酸值過高則製造或操作變困難而光聚合性能降低,畫素的表面平滑性等硬化性變差。因此,於併用兩種以上的酸基不同的多官能單體的情形時、或併用不具有酸基的多官能單體的情形時,較佳為以總體的多官能單體的酸基在所述範圍內的方式調整。 The preferred acid value of the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is from 0.1 mgKOH/g to 40 mgKOH/g, particularly preferably from 5 mgKOH/g to 30 mgKOH/g. When the acid value of the polyfunctional monomer is too low, the development and dissolution characteristics are lowered. When the acid value of the polyfunctional monomer is too high, production or handling becomes difficult, photopolymerization performance is lowered, and curability such as surface smoothness of pixels is deteriorated. Therefore, when a polyfunctional monomer having two or more acid groups is used in combination, or when a polyfunctional monomer having no acid group is used in combination, it is preferred to use an acid group of the entire polyfunctional monomer. Adjustments within the scope of the description.

另外,含有具有己內酯結構的多官能性單體作為聚合性化合物亦為較佳態樣。 Further, a polyfunctional monomer having a caprolactone structure is also preferable as a polymerizable compound.

具有己內酯結構的多官能性單體只要於其分子內具有己內酯結構,則並無特別限定,例如可列舉ε-己內酯改質多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯,該ε-己內酯改質多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯是藉由將三羥甲基乙烷、二-三羥甲基乙烷、三羥甲基丙烷、二-三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇、三季戊四醇、甘油、二甘油、三羥甲基三聚氰胺等多元醇與(甲基)丙烯酸及ε-己內酯進行酯化而獲得。其中,較佳為下述通式(Z-1)所表示的具有己內酯結構的多官能性單體。 The polyfunctional monomer having a caprolactone structure is not particularly limited as long as it has a caprolactone structure in its molecule, and examples thereof include ε-caprolactone-modified polyfunctional (meth) acrylate, and ε- Caprolactone modified polyfunctional (meth) acrylate by trimethylolethane, di-trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, di-trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, two Polyols such as pentaerythritol, tripentaerythritol, glycerin, diglycerin, and trimethylol melamine are obtained by esterification with (meth)acrylic acid and ε-caprolactone. Among them, a polyfunctional monomer having a caprolactone structure represented by the following formula (Z-1) is preferred.

[化52] [化52]

通式(Z-1)中,6個R全部為下述通式(Z-2)所表示的基團,或者6個R中的1個~5個為下述通式(Z-2)所表示的基團,且其餘為下述通式(Z-3)所表示的基團。 In the general formula (Z-1), all of the six R groups are groups represented by the following formula (Z-2), or one to five of the six R groups are represented by the following formula (Z-2). The group represented, and the rest are groups represented by the following formula (Z-3).

通式(Z-2)中,R1表示氫原子或甲基,m表示1或2的數,「*」表示結合鍵。 In the formula (Z-2), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, m represents a number of 1 or 2, and "*" represents a bond.

通式(Z-3)中,R1表示氫原子或甲基,「*」表示結合鍵。 In the formula (Z-3), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and "*" represents a bond.

此種具有己內酯結構的多官能性單體例如是由日本化 藥(股)作為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPCA系列而市售,可列舉:DPCA-20(所述式(1)~式(3)中m=1、式(2)所表示的基團的個數=2、R1全部為氫原子的化合物)、DPCA-30(所述式(1)~式(3)中m=1、式(2)所表示的基團的個數=3、R1全部為氫原子的化合物)、DPCA-60(所述式(1)~式(3)中m=1、式(2)所表示的基團的個數=6、R1全部為氫原子的化合物)、DPCA-120(所述式(1)~式(3)中m=2、式(2)所表示的基團的個數=6、R1全部為氫原子的化合物)等。 Such a polyfunctional monomer having a caprolactone structure is commercially available, for example, as a KAYARAD DPCA series from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., and may be exemplified by DPCA-20 (the formula (1)~ m in the formula (3), the number of groups represented by the formula (2) = 2, and the compound in which all R 1 are a hydrogen atom), DPCA-30 (in the formula (1) to the formula (3) m = 1, the number of groups represented by the formula (2) = 3, a compound in which all of R 1 is a hydrogen atom), and DPCA-60 (in the formula (1) to the formula (3), m = 1, formula (2) The number of groups represented by the formula = 6 and the compound in which R 1 is a hydrogen atom), DPCA-120 (in the formula (1) to the formula (3), m = 2, and the formula (2) The number of groups is 6, the compound in which all of R 1 is a hydrogen atom, and the like.

於本發明中,具有己內酯結構的多官能性單體可單獨使用或混合使用兩種以上。 In the present invention, the polyfunctional monomer having a caprolactone structure may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

另外,本發明的特定單體亦較佳為選自下述通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)所表示的化合物的組群中的至少一種。 Further, the specific monomer of the present invention is also preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formula (Z-4) or formula (Z-5).

通式(Z-4)及通式(Z-5)中,E分別獨立地表示-((CH2)yCH2O)-或-((CH2)yCH(CH3)O)-,y分別獨立地表示0~10 的整數,X分別獨立地表示丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、氫原子或羧基。 In the general formula (Z-4) and the general formula (Z-5), E independently represents -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)- or -((CH 2 ) y CH(CH 3 )O)- And y each independently represent an integer of 0 to 10, and X each independently represents an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a hydrogen atom or a carboxyl group.

通式(Z-4)中,丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基的合計值為3個或4個,m分別獨立地表示0~10的整數,各m的合計值為0~40的整數。其中,於各m的合計值為0的情形時,X中的任一個為羧基。 In the general formula (Z-4), the total of the acryloyl group and the methacryl fluorenyl group is 3 or 4, and m each independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total value of each m is an integer of 0 to 40. . In the case where the total value of each of m is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group.

通式(Z-5)中,丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基的合計值為5個或6個,n分別獨立地表示0~10的整數,各n的合計值為0~60的整數。其中,於各n的合計值為0的情形時,X中的任一個為羧基。 In the general formula (Z-5), the total of the acryloyl group and the methacryl fluorenyl group is 5 or 6, and n each independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total value of each n is an integer of 0 to 60. . However, when the total value of each n is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group.

通式(Z-4)中,m較佳為0~6的整數,更佳為0~4的整數。另外,各m的合計值較佳為2~40的整數,更佳為2~16的整數,特佳為4~8的整數。 In the general formula (Z-4), m is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4. Further, the total value of each m is preferably an integer of 2 to 40, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and particularly preferably an integer of 4 to 8.

通式(Z-5)中,n較佳為0~6的整數,更佳為0~4的整數。 In the formula (Z-5), n is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4.

另外,各n的合計值較佳為3~60的整數,更佳為3~24的整數,特佳為6~12的整數。 Further, the total value of each n is preferably an integer of 3 to 60, more preferably an integer of 3 to 24, and particularly preferably an integer of 6 to 12.

另外,通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)中的-((CH2)yCH2O)-或-((CH2)yCH(CH3)O)-較佳為氧原子側的末端鍵結於X的形態。 Further, -((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O)- or -((CH 2 ) y CH(CH 3 )O)- in the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5) is preferably The end of the oxygen atom side is bonded to the form of X.

通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)所表示的化合物可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。特佳為通式(Z-5)中6個X全部為丙烯醯基的形態。 The compound represented by the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Particularly preferred is a form in which all six of X in the formula (Z-5) are an acrylonitrile group.

另外,通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)所表示的化合物於聚 合性化合物中的總含量較佳為20質量%以上,更佳為50質量%以上。 Further, the compound represented by the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5) is polymerized. The total content in the conjugated compound is preferably 20% by mass or more, and more preferably 50% by mass or more.

通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)所表示的化合物可由作為以前公知的步驟的以下步驟來合成:藉由開環加成反應使環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷的開環骨架鍵結於季戊四醇或二季戊四醇的步驟;使例如(甲基)丙烯醯氯與開環骨架的末端羥基反應而導入(甲基)丙烯醯基的步驟。各步驟為廣為人知的步驟,本領域技術人員可容易地合成通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)所表示的化合物。 The compound represented by the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5) can be synthesized by the following steps as a previously known step: ring opening of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide by a ring-opening addition reaction The step of bonding the skeleton to pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol; and introducing a (meth) acrylonitrile group by reacting, for example, (meth)acrylofluorene chloride with a terminal hydroxyl group of the ring-opening skeleton. Each step is a well-known step, and a compound represented by the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5) can be easily synthesized by those skilled in the art.

通式(Z-4)或通式(Z-5)所表示的化合物中,更佳為季戊四醇衍生物及/或二季戊四醇衍生物。 Among the compounds represented by the formula (Z-4) or the formula (Z-5), a pentaerythritol derivative and/or a dipentaerythritol derivative are more preferable.

具體可列舉下述式(a)~式(f)所表示的化合物(以下亦稱為「例示化合物(a)~例示化合物(f)」),其中,較佳為例示化合物(a)、例示化合物(b)、例示化合物(e)、例示化合物(f)。 Specific examples thereof include the compounds represented by the following formulas (a) to (f) (hereinafter also referred to as "exemplary compounds (a) to exemplified compounds (f)"). Among them, preferred examples are compounds (a) and exemplified. Compound (b), exemplified compound (e), and exemplified compound (f).

[化56] [化56]

[化57] [化57]

通式(Z-4)、通式(Z-5)所表示的聚合性化合物的市售品例如可列舉:沙多瑪(Sartomer)公司製造的具有4個伸乙氧基鏈的四官能丙烯酸酯SR-494,日本化藥股份有限公司製造的具有6個伸戊氧基鏈的六官能丙烯酸酯DPCA-60、具有3個伸異丁氧基鏈的三官能丙烯酸酯TPA-330等。 Commercial products of the polymerizable compound represented by the formula (Z-4) and the formula (Z-5) include, for example, a tetrafunctional acrylic acid having four ethylene oxide chains manufactured by Sartomer Co., Ltd. Ester SR-494, a hexafunctional acrylate DPCA-60 having six pentyloxy chains, three trifunctional acrylates TPA-330 having an extended isobutoxy chain, and the like, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.

另外,聚合性化合物亦較佳為日本專利特公昭48-41708號公報、日本專利特開昭51-37193號公報、日本專利特公平2-32293號公報、日本專利特公平2-16765號公報中記載般的丙烯 酸胺基甲酸酯類,或日本專利特公昭58-49860號公報、日本專利特公昭56-17654號公報、日本專利特公昭62-39417號公報、日本專利特公昭62-39418號公報記載的具有環氧乙烷系骨架的胺基甲酸酯化合物類。進而,藉由使用日本專利特開昭63-277653號公報、日本專利特開昭63-260909號公報、日本專利特開平1-105238號公報中記載的於分子內具有胺基結構或硫醚結構的加成聚合性化合物類作為聚合性化合物,可獲得感光速度非常優異的硬化性組成物。 In addition, the polymerizable compound is also preferably disclosed in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 48-41708, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. SHO-51-37193, Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 2-32293, and Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 2-16765. Documented propylene The acid urethanes are described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 58-49860, Japanese Patent Publication No. SHO 56-17654, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 62-39417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. SHO 62-39418. A urethane compound of an ethylene oxide skeleton. Further, an amine group structure or a thioether structure is contained in the molecule as described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-1-105238. As the polymerizable compound, an addition polymerizable compound can obtain a curable composition having a very excellent photospeed.

聚合性化合物的市售品可列舉:胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAS-10、胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAB-140(山陽國策紙漿公司製造),「UA-7200」(新中村化學公司製造),DPHA-40H(日本化藥公司製造),UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(共榮社製造)等。 Commercial products of the polymerizable compound include urethane oligomer UAS-10, urethane oligomer UAB-140 (manufactured by Shanyang Guoce Pulp Co., Ltd.), "UA-7200" (Xinzhongcun Chemical Co., Ltd.) Manufactured by the company, DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Co., Ltd.).

關於環狀醚(環氧、氧雜環丁烷),例如作為具有環氧基的化合物,雙酚A型環氧樹脂為JER-827、JER-828、JER-834、JER-1001、JER-1002、JER-1003、JER-1055、JER-1007、JER-1009、JER-1010(以上為日本環氧樹脂(股)製造)、艾比克隆(EPICLON)840、艾比克隆(EPICLON)860、艾比克隆(EPICLON)1050、艾比克隆(EPICLON)1051、艾比克隆(EPICLON)1055(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造)等,雙酚F型環氧樹脂為JER-806、JER-807、JER-4004、JER-4005、JER-4007、JER-4010(以上為日本環氧樹脂(股)製造)、艾比克隆(EPICLON)830、艾比克隆 (EPICLON)835(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造)、LCE-21、RE-602S(以上為日本化藥(股)製造)等,苯酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂為JER-152、JER-154、JER-157S70、JER-157S65(以上為日本環氧樹脂(股)製造)、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-740、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-740、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-770、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-775(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造)等,甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂可列舉艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-660、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-665、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-670、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-673、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-680、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-690、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-695(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造)、EOCN-1020(以上為日本化藥(股)製造),脂肪族環氧樹脂可列舉艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4080S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4085S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4088S(以上為艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造),賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P、賽羅西德(Celloxide)2081、賽羅西德(Celloxide)2083、賽羅西德(Celloxide)2085、EHPE-3150(2,2-雙(羥基甲基)-1-丁醇的1,2-環氧-4-(2-氧雜環丙基)環己烷加成物)、艾波利得(EPOLEAD)PB 3600、艾波利得(EPOLEAD)PB 4700(以上為大賽璐(Daicel)化學工業(股)製造)、代那考爾(Denacol)EX-211L、代那考爾(Denacol)EX-212L、代那考爾(Denacol)EX-214L、代那考爾(Denacol)EX-216L、代那考爾(Denacol)EX-321L、代那考爾(Denacol)EX-850L(以上為 長瀨化成(Nagase Chemtex)(股)製造)、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4000S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4003S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4010S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4011S(以上為艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造)、NC-2000、NC-3000、NC-7300、XD-1000、EPPN-501、EPPN-502(以上為艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造)、JER-1031S(日本環氧樹脂(股)製造)、艾比克隆(EPICLON)HP7200(迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造)等。環氧化合物適於利用乾式蝕刻法來形成圖案的情形。 Regarding a cyclic ether (epoxy or oxetane), for example, as a compound having an epoxy group, the bisphenol A type epoxy resin is JER-827, JER-828, JER-834, JER-1001, JER- 1002, JER-1003, JER-1055, JER-1007, JER-1009, JER-1010 (above is manufactured by Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.), Epiclon 840, EPICLON 860, Epiclon 1050, Epiclon 1051, Epiclon 1055 (above is manufactured by Di Aisheng (DIC) Co., Ltd.), bisphenol F epoxy resin is JER-806, JER-807, JER-4004, JER-4005, JER-4007, JER-4010 (above made by Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.), Abby Clones (EPICLON) 830, Abby Cloone (EPICLON) 835 (the above is manufactured by Di Ai Sheng (DIC) Co., Ltd.), LCE-21, RE-602S (the above is manufactured by Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc., and the phenol novolak type epoxy resin is JER-152. JER-154, JER-157S70, JER-157S65 (above made by Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.), Epiclon N-740, EPICLON N-740, Epiclon N-770, EPICLON N-775 (the above is manufactured by Di Aisheng (DIC) Co., Ltd.), etc., cresol novolak type epoxy resin can be listed as Epiclon (EPICLON) N-660, Abby Cloning (EPICLON) N-665, Epiclon N-670, EPICLON N-673, EPICLON N-680, EPICLON N-690, Abby Cloning (EPICLON) N-695 (above is manufactured by Di Ai Sheng (DIC) Co., Ltd.), EOCN-1020 (above is manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and aliphatic epoxy resin can be listed as Adeco resin (ADEKA RESIN) ) EP-4080S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4085S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4088S (above ADEKA), Celloxide 2021P, Celloxide 2081, Celloxide 2083, Cyrusid ( Celloxide) 2085, EHPE-3150 (1,2-epoxy-4-(2-oxopropyl)cyclohexane adduct of 2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)-1-butanol), EPOLEAD PB 3600, EPOLEAD PB 4700 (above produced by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Denacol EX-211L, Denacol (Denacol) EX-212L, Denacol EX-214L, Denacol EX-216L, Denacol EX-321L, Denacol EX-850L (above) for Nagase Chemtex (manufactured by Nagase Chemtex), ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4003S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4010S, Ai ADEKA RESIN EP-4011S (above ADEKA), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC-7300, XD-1000, EPPN-501, EPPN-502 (above) It is manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd., JER-1031S (made by Nippon Epoxy Co., Ltd.), Epiclon (HPC200) HP7200 (manufactured by Dickson (DIC) Co., Ltd.), and the like. The epoxy compound is suitable for the case of forming a pattern by dry etching.

關於該些聚合性化合物,其結構、單獨使用或併用、添加量等使用方法的詳細情況可根據著色組成物的最終的性能設計來任意設定。例如就感度的觀點而言,較佳為每一分子的不飽和基含量多的結構,多的情況下較佳為二官能以上。另外,就提高由著色組成物所形成的硬化膜的強度的觀點而言,以三官能以上者為宜,進而,藉由併用官能基數不同、聚合性基不同者(例如丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸酯、苯乙烯系化合物、乙烯醚系化合物)來調節感度與強度兩者的方法亦有效。進而,併用三官能以上者且環氧乙烷鏈長不同的聚合性化合物就以下方面而言較佳:可調節著色組成物的顯影性,可獲得優異的圖案形成能力。 Regarding the polymerizable compounds, the details of the method of use, the use alone or in combination, the amount of addition, and the like can be arbitrarily set depending on the final performance design of the coloring composition. For example, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, it is preferred that the structure has a large content of unsaturated groups per molecule, and in many cases, it is preferably a difunctional or higher. In addition, from the viewpoint of improving the strength of the cured film formed by the colored composition, it is preferably a trifunctional or higher functional group, and further, a combination of different functional groups and different polymerizable groups (for example, acrylate or methacrylic acid) A method of adjusting both sensitivity and strength by an ester, a styrene compound, or a vinyl ether compound is also effective. Further, a polymerizable compound having a trifunctional or higher functional group and a different ethylene oxide chain length is preferably used in that the developability of the colored composition can be adjusted, and excellent pattern forming ability can be obtained.

另外,對於與著色組成物所含有的其他成分(例如光聚合起始劑、被分散體、鹼可溶性樹脂等)的相容性、分散性而言,聚合性化合物的選擇、使用法亦為重要的因素,例如有時可藉由使用低純度化合物或併用兩種以上來提高相容性。另外,就提高與 支撐體等的硬質表面的密接性的觀點而言,有時亦可選擇特定的結構。 In addition, the compatibility and dispersibility of other components (for example, a photopolymerization initiator, a dispersion, an alkali-soluble resin, and the like) contained in the coloring composition are also important for the selection and use of the polymerizable compound. The factors can be improved, for example, by using a low-purity compound or a combination of two or more. In addition, it will improve From the viewpoint of the adhesion of the hard surface of the support or the like, a specific structure may be selected.

於在本發明的著色組成物中調配聚合性化合物的情形時,相對於著色組成物中的總固體成分,聚合性化合物的含量較佳為0.1質量%~90質量%,更佳為1.0質量%~60質量%,特佳為2.0質量%~40質量%。 When the polymerizable compound is blended in the colored composition of the present invention, the content of the polymerizable compound is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably 1.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. ~60% by mass, particularly preferably from 2.0% by mass to 40% by mass.

本發明的組成物可僅含有一種聚合性化合物,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one kind of polymerizable compound, and may contain two or more types. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

<<<鹼可溶性樹脂>>> <<<Alkali Soluble Resin>>

本發明的著色組成物較佳為更含有鹼可溶性樹脂。 The colored composition of the present invention preferably further contains an alkali-soluble resin.

鹼可溶性樹脂的分子量並無特別限定,Mw較佳為5000~100,000。另外,Mn較佳為1000~20,000。 The molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin is not particularly limited, and Mw is preferably from 5,000 to 100,000. Further, Mn is preferably from 1,000 to 20,000.

鹼可溶性樹脂可自以下鹼可溶性樹脂中適當選擇,所述鹼可溶性樹脂為線性有機高分子聚合物,且於分子(較佳為以丙烯酸系共聚物、苯乙烯系共聚物作為主鏈的分子)中具有至少一個促進鹼可溶性的基團。就耐熱性的觀點而言,較佳為多羥基苯乙烯系樹脂、聚矽氧烷系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂,就控制顯影性的觀點而言,較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂。 The alkali-soluble resin can be appropriately selected from the following alkali-soluble resins, which are linear organic high molecular polymers, and are molecules (preferably molecules having an acrylic copolymer or a styrene copolymer as a main chain). There is at least one group that promotes alkali solubility. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, a polyhydroxystyrene resin, a polyoxyalkylene resin, an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, or an acrylic acid/acrylamide copolymer resin is preferred in terms of controlling developability. In particular, an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, or an acrylic/acrylamide copolymer resin is preferable.

促進鹼可溶性的基團(以下亦稱為酸基)例如可列舉羧基、磷酸基、磺酸基、酚性羥基等,較佳為可溶於有機溶劑中且可藉由弱鹼性水溶液進行顯影的基團,可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸基作為 特佳者。該些酸基可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上。 Examples of the group which promotes alkali solubility (hereinafter also referred to as an acid group) include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phenolic hydroxyl group and the like, and are preferably soluble in an organic solvent and can be developed by a weakly basic aqueous solution. As the group, a (meth)acrylic group can be cited as Very good. These acid groups may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

可於聚合後賦予酸基的單體例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯等具有羥基的單體、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等具有環氧基的單體、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-異氰酸基乙酯等具有異氰酸酯基的單體等。該些用以導入酸基的單體可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上。為了於鹼可溶性樹脂中導入酸基,例如只要將具有酸基的單體及/或可於聚合後賦予酸基的單體(以下有時亦稱為「用以導入酸基的單體」)作為單體成分來進行聚合即可。 Examples of the monomer which can give an acid group after the polymerization include a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate or a monomer having an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate, ( A monomer having an isocyanate group such as 2-ethyl isocyanatoethyl methacrylate. These monomers for introducing an acid group may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In order to introduce an acid group into the alkali-soluble resin, for example, a monomer having an acid group and/or a monomer capable of imparting an acid group after polymerization (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "a monomer for introducing an acid group") may be used. The polymerization may be carried out as a monomer component.

再者,於將可於聚合後賦予酸基的單體作為單體成分來導入酸基的情形時,必須於聚合後進行例如後述般的用以賦予酸基的處理。 In the case where a monomer capable of imparting an acid group after polymerization is introduced as a monomer component, it is necessary to carry out a treatment for imparting an acid group as described later after the polymerization.

製造鹼可溶性樹脂時,例如可應用公知的利用自由基聚合法的方法。藉由自由基聚合法來製造鹼可溶性樹脂時的溫度、壓力、自由基起始劑的種類及其量、溶劑的種類等聚合條件可由本領域技術人員容易地設定,亦能以實驗方式來決定條件。 When the alkali-soluble resin is produced, for example, a known method using a radical polymerization method can be applied. The polymerization conditions such as the temperature, the pressure, the type and amount of the radical initiator, and the kind of the solvent when the alkali-soluble resin is produced by the radical polymerization method can be easily set by those skilled in the art, and can also be determined experimentally. condition.

用作鹼可溶性樹脂的線性有機高分子聚合物較佳為於側鏈上具有羧酸的聚合物,可列舉:甲基丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸共聚物、衣康酸共聚物、丁烯酸共聚物、馬來酸共聚物、部分酯化馬來酸共聚物、酚醛清漆型樹脂等鹼可溶性酚樹脂等,以及於側鏈上具有羧酸的酸性纖維素衍生物、對具有羥基的聚合物加成酸酐而成者。尤其(甲基)丙烯酸與可與其共聚合的其他單體的共聚物適合作為鹼可溶性樹脂。可與(甲基)丙烯酸共聚合的其他單體可 列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯、乙烯系化合物等。(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯及(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸萘酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯等,乙烯系化合物可列舉:苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、丙烯腈、乙酸乙烯酯、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、甲基丙烯酸四氫糠酯、聚苯乙烯巨單體、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯巨單體等,日本專利特開平10-300922號公報中記載的作為N位取代馬來醯亞胺單體的N-苯基馬來醯亞胺、N-環己基馬來醯亞胺等。再者,該些可與(甲基)丙烯酸共聚合的其他單體可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上。 The linear organic high molecular polymer used as the alkali-soluble resin is preferably a polymer having a carboxylic acid in a side chain, and examples thereof include a methacrylic acid copolymer, an acrylic copolymer, an itaconic acid copolymer, and a butenoic acid copolymer. , an alkali-soluble phenol resin such as a maleic acid copolymer, a partially esterified maleic acid copolymer, or a novolac type resin, and an acidic cellulose derivative having a carboxylic acid in a side chain, and a polymer addition to a hydroxyl group Anhydride is the only one. In particular, copolymers of (meth)acrylic acid with other monomers copolymerizable therewith are suitable as alkali-soluble resins. Other monomers copolymerizable with (meth)acrylic acid Examples thereof include alkyl (meth)acrylate, aryl (meth)acrylate, and a vinyl compound. Examples of the alkyl (meth)acrylate and the aryl (meth)acrylate include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, and butyl (meth)acrylate. Ester, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, octyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate , (methyl) methacrylate, naphthyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, etc., and examples of the vinyl compound include styrene, α-methyl styrene, vinyl toluene, and methacrylic acid. Glycidyl ester, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate, N-vinyl pyrrolidone, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, polystyrene macromonomer, polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer, etc., Japanese Patent Laid-Open 10 N-phenylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, which is a N-substituted maleimide monomer described in the publication No. -300922. Further, these other monomers copolymerizable with (meth)acrylic acid may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

鹼可溶性樹脂亦較佳為含有聚合物(a),該聚合物(a)是使必需下述通式(ED)所表示的化合物(以下有時亦稱為「醚二聚物」)的單體成分進行聚合而成。 The alkali-soluble resin preferably contains a polymer (a) which is a single compound (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "ether dimer") which is represented by the following formula (ED). The body components are polymerized.

通式(ED)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示氫原子或可具有取代基的碳數1~25的烴基。 In the general formula (ED), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.

藉此,本發明的著色組成物可形成耐熱性與透明性均極為優異的硬化塗膜。表示醚二聚物的通式(ED)中,R1及R2所表示的可具有取代基的碳數1~25的烴基並無特別限制,例如可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、第三戊基、硬脂基、月桂基、2-乙基己基等直鏈狀或分支狀的烷基;苯基等芳基;環己基、第三丁基環己基、二環戊二烯基、三環癸烷基、異冰片基、金剛烷基、2-甲基-2-金剛烷基等脂環式基;1-甲氧基乙基、1-乙氧基乙基等經烷氧基取代的烷基;苄基等經芳基取代的烷基等。該些基團中,尤其就耐熱性的方面而言,較佳為甲基、乙基、環己基、苄基等般的不易因酸或熱而脫離的一級或二級碳的取代基。 Thereby, the colored composition of the present invention can form a cured coating film which is extremely excellent in heat resistance and transparency. In the general formula (ED) of the ether dimer, the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent represented by R 1 and R 2 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include methyl group, ethyl group and n-propyl group. a linear or branched alkyl group such as a benzyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group, a third pentyl group, a stearyl group, a lauryl group or a 2-ethylhexyl group; An alicyclic group such as an aryl group; a cyclohexyl group, a tert-butylcyclohexyl group, a dicyclopentadienyl group, a tricyclodecyl group, an isobornyl group, an adamantyl group or a 2-methyl-2-adamantyl group; An alkyl group substituted with an alkoxy group such as 1-methoxyethyl or 1-ethoxyethyl; an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group such as a benzyl group; Among these groups, in particular, in terms of heat resistance, a substituent of a primary or secondary carbon which is not easily removed by acid or heat such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a benzyl group is preferable.

醚二聚物的具體例例如可列舉:二甲基-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯(dimethyl-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-propenoate)、二乙基-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(正丙基)-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(異丙基)-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(正丁基)-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(異丁基)-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(第三丁基)-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(第三戊基)-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(硬脂基)-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、 二(月桂基)-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(2-乙基己基)-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(1-甲氧基乙基)-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(1-乙氧基乙基)-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二苄基-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二苯基-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二環己基-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(第三丁基環己基)-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(二環戊二烯基)-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(三環癸烷基)-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(異冰片基)-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二金剛烷基-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二(2-甲基-2-金剛烷基)-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯等。該些具體例中,特佳為二甲基-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二乙基-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二環己基-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯、二苄基-2,2'-[氧基雙(亞甲基)]雙-2-丙烯酸酯。該些醚二聚物可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上。源自通式(ED)所表示的化合物的結構體亦可使其他單體進行共聚合。 Specific examples of the ether dimer include dimethyl-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate (dimethyl-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]. Bis-2-propenoate), diethyl-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(n-propyl)-2,2'-[oxybis( Methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(isopropyl)-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(n-butyl)-2, 2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(isobutyl)-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, two (t-butyl)-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(third amyl)-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene) )] bis-2-acrylate, bis(stearyl)-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, Bis(lauryl)-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, di(2-ethylhexyl)-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene) )] bis-2-acrylate, bis(1-methoxyethyl)-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(1-ethoxyB) -2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, dibenzyl-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate , diphenyl-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, dicyclohexyl-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2- Acrylate, bis(t-butylcyclohexyl)-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(dicyclopentadienyl)-2,2'- [oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, bis(tricyclodecyl)-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, two ( Isobornyl)-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, diamantyl-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2 - acrylate, bis(2-methyl-2-adamantyl)-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, and the like. In these specific examples, particularly preferred is dimethyl-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, diethyl-2,2'-[oxybis(Asia Methyl)]bis-2-acrylate, dicyclohexyl-2,2'-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-acrylate, dibenzyl-2,2'-[oxy double (Methylene)] bis-2-acrylate. These ether dimers may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The structure derived from the compound represented by the general formula (ED) may also copolymerize other monomers.

鹼可溶性樹脂亦可含有源自下述式(X)所表示的乙烯性不飽和單體(a)的結構單元。 The alkali-soluble resin may further contain a structural unit derived from the ethylenically unsaturated monomer (a) represented by the following formula (X).

[化59] [化59]

(式(X)中,R1表示氫原子或甲基,R2表示碳數2~10的伸烷基,R3表示氫原子或可含有苯環的碳數1~20的烷基。n表示1~15的整數) (In the formula (X), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a benzene ring. Indicates an integer from 1 to 15)

所述式(X)中,R2的伸烷基的碳數較佳為2~3。另外,R3的烷基的碳數為1~20,更佳為1~10,R3的烷基亦可含有苯環。R3所表示的含有苯環的烷基可列舉苄基、2-苯基(異)丙基等。 In the formula (X), the alkyl group of R 2 preferably has 2 to 3 carbon atoms. Further, the alkyl group of R 3 has a carbon number of 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and the alkyl group of R 3 may further contain a benzene ring. The benzene ring-containing alkyl group represented by R 3 may, for example, be a benzyl group or a 2-phenyl(iso)propyl group.

另外,為了提高本發明的著色組成物的交聯效率,亦可使用具有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂。具有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂有用的是於側鏈上含有烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯酸基、烯丙氧基烷基等的鹼可溶性樹脂等。所述含有聚合性基的聚合物的例子可列舉:蒂阿諾(Dianal)NR系列(三菱麗陽股份有限公司製造)、Photomer 6173(含COOH的丙烯酸聚胺基甲酸酯寡聚物(polyurethane acrylic oligomer)、鑽石三葉草股份有限公司(Diamond Shamrock Co.Ltd.,)製造)、比斯克(Biscoat)R-264、KS抗蝕劑(KS Resist)106(均為大阪有機化學工業股份有限公司製造)、賽克羅馬(Cyclomer)P系列、普拉克塞爾(Placcel)CF200系列(均為大賽璐(Daicel)化學工業股份有限公司製造)、艾白克力(Ebecryl)3800(大賽璐UCB(Daicel UCB)股份有限 公司製造)等。該些含有聚合性基的鹼可溶性樹脂較佳為以下樹脂:經胺基甲酸酯改質的含聚合性雙鍵的丙烯酸系樹脂,其是藉由預先使異氰酸酯基與OH基反應而殘留一個未反應的異氰酸酯基且含有(甲基)丙烯醯基的化合物、與含有羧基的丙烯酸系樹脂的反應而獲得;含不飽和基的丙烯酸系樹脂,其是藉由含有羧基的丙烯酸系樹脂與分子內一併具有環氧基及聚合性雙鍵的化合物的反應而獲得;酸側位型環氧丙烯酸酯樹脂;使含有OH基的丙烯酸系樹脂與具有聚合性雙鍵的二元酸酐反應而成的含聚合性雙鍵的丙烯酸系樹脂;使含有OH基的丙烯酸系樹脂、異氰酸酯及具有聚合性基的化合物反應而成的樹脂;日本專利特開2002-229207號公報及日本專利特開2003-335814號公報中記載的藉由對以下樹脂進行鹼性處理所得的樹脂等,所述樹脂於側鏈上具有在α位或β位上具有鹵素原子或磺酸酯基等脫離基的酯基。另外,亦較佳為亞克庫(Acrycure)RD-F8(日本觸媒公司製造)。 Further, in order to improve the crosslinking efficiency of the colored composition of the present invention, an alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group may also be used. The alkali-soluble resin having a polymerizable group is preferably an alkali-soluble resin containing an allyl group, a (meth)acrylic group, an allyloxyalkyl group or the like in a side chain. Examples of the polymerizable group-containing polymer include Dianan NR series (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.) and Photomer 6173 (COOH-containing acrylic urethane oligomer (polyurethane). Acrylic oligomer), manufactured by Diamond Shamrock Co., Ltd., Biscoat R-264, KS Resist 106 (all manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) ), Cyclomer P series, Placcel CF200 series (all manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Ebecryl 3800 (Daicel UCB) Limited stock Company manufacturing) and so on. The alkali-soluble resin containing a polymerizable group is preferably a resin containing a polymerizable double bond modified by a urethane, which is left by reacting an isocyanate group with an OH group in advance. An unreacted isocyanate group containing a (meth) acrylonitrile group-containing compound and a reaction with a carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin; and an unsaturated group-containing acrylic resin which is a carboxyl group-containing acrylic resin and a molecule The reaction is carried out by a reaction of a compound having an epoxy group and a polymerizable double bond; an acid side-position epoxy acrylate resin; and an OH group-containing acrylic resin and a dibasic acid anhydride having a polymerizable double bond; An acrylic resin containing a polymerizable double bond; a resin obtained by reacting an OH group-containing acrylic resin, an isocyanate, and a compound having a polymerizable group; Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-229207 and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003- A resin obtained by subjecting the following resin to alkaline treatment as described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 335814, wherein the resin has a halogen atom or a sulfonate at the α-position or the β-position on the side chain. An ester group such as an acid ester group or the like. Further, Acrycure RD-F8 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.) is also preferable.

鹼可溶性樹脂特佳為(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物或包含(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/其他單體的多元共聚物。除此以外,可列舉:使甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯進行共聚合而成的(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/(甲基)丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯共聚物、日本專利特開平7-140654號公報中記載的(甲基)丙烯酸-2-羥基丙酯/聚苯乙烯巨單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸-2-羥基-3-苯氧基丙酯/聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯巨單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯/聚苯乙烯巨單 體/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯/聚苯乙烯巨單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物等,特佳可列舉甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸的共聚物等。 The alkali-soluble resin is particularly preferably a benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic copolymer or a multicomponent copolymer comprising benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid/other monomer. In addition, benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid/(meth)acrylic acid-2-hydroxyethyl ester copolymer obtained by copolymerizing 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate may be mentioned. Japanese Patent Publication No. 7-140654, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate/polystyrene macromonomer/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxy-2-acrylate- 3-phenoxypropyl ester/polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate/polystyrene giant Methyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate/polystyrene macromonomer/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, etc. a copolymer of benzyl acrylate/methacrylic acid, and the like.

鹼可溶性樹脂可參考日本專利特開2012-208494號公報的段落0558~段落0571(對應的美國專利申請案公開第2012/0235099號說明書的[0685]~[0700])以後的記載,將該些內容併入至本申請案說明書中。 The alkali-soluble resin can be referred to the following paragraphs 0558 to 5571 of the Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-208494 (corresponding to U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099, the specification of [0685] to [0700]). The content is incorporated into the specification of the present application.

進而較佳為使用以下樹脂:日本專利特開2012-32767號公報中記載的段落編號0029~段落編號0063所記載的共聚物(B)及實施例中所用的鹼可溶性樹脂、日本專利特開2012-208474號公報的段落編號0088~段落編號0098中記載的黏合劑樹脂及實施例中所用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2012-137531號公報的段落編號0022~段落編號0032中記載的黏合劑樹脂及實施例中所用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2013-024934號公報的段落編號0132~段落編號0143中記載的黏合劑樹脂及實施例中所用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2011-242752號公報的段落編號0092~段落編號0098及實施例中所用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2012-032770號公報的段落編號0030~段落編號0072的記載的黏合劑樹脂。將該些內容併入至本申請案說明書中。更具體而言,較佳為下述樹脂。 Further, it is preferable to use the following resin: the copolymer (B) described in Paragraph No. 0029 to Paragraph No. 0063 described in JP-A-2012-32767, and the alkali-soluble resin used in the examples, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012 The adhesive resin described in Paragraph No. 0088 to Paragraph No. 0098 of the Japanese Patent Publication No. 208474, and the adhesive resin used in the examples, and the adhesive described in Paragraph No. 0022 to Paragraph No. 0032 of JP-A-2012-137531 The binder resin used in the resin and the examples, the binder resin described in paragraph No. 0132 to paragraph number 0143 of JP-A-2013-024934, and the binder resin used in the examples, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011- The adhesive resin described in Paragraph No. 0092 to Paragraph No. 0098 of the Japanese Patent Publication No. 242752, and the adhesive resin used in the examples, and the paragraph number 0030 to paragraph 0072 of JP-A-2012-032770. This is incorporated into the specification of the present application. More specifically, the following resins are preferred.

[化60] [60]

鹼可溶性樹脂的酸值較佳為30mgKOH/g~200mgKOH/g,更佳為以50mgKOH/g~150mgKOH/g為宜,特佳為70mgKOH/g~120mgKOH/g。 The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably from 30 mgKOH/g to 200 mgKOH/g, more preferably from 50 mgKOH/g to 150 mgKOH/g, particularly preferably from 70 mgKOH/g to 120 mgKOH/g.

另外,鹼可溶性樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為2,000~50,000,更佳為5,000~30,000,特佳為7,000~20,000。 Further, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably from 2,000 to 50,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 30,000, particularly preferably from 7,000 to 20,000.

於著色組成物中含有鹼可溶性樹脂的情形時,相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,鹼可溶性樹脂的含量較佳為1質量%~15質量%,更佳為2質量%~12質量%,特佳為3質量%~10質量%。 When the alkali-soluble resin is contained in the coloring composition, the content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably from 1% by mass to 15% by mass, more preferably from 2% by mass to 12% by mass, based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. It is particularly preferably from 3 mass% to 10 mass%.

本發明的組成物可僅含有一種鹼可溶性樹脂,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one alkali-soluble resin, or may contain two or more kinds. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

<其他成分> <Other ingredients>

本發明的著色組成物除了含有所述各成分以外,亦可於不損及本發明的效果的範圍內,更含有有機溶劑、交聯劑、聚合抑制劑、界面活性劑、有機羧酸、有機羧酸酐等其他成分。 The coloring composition of the present invention may contain an organic solvent, a crosslinking agent, a polymerization inhibitor, a surfactant, an organic carboxylic acid, or an organic substance in addition to the above-described respective components, without departing from the effects of the present invention. Other components such as carboxylic anhydride.

<<有機溶劑>> <<Organic solvent>>

本發明的著色組成物亦可含有有機溶劑。 The colored composition of the present invention may also contain an organic solvent.

有機溶劑只要滿足各成分的溶解性或著色組成物的塗佈性,則基本上無特別限制,特佳為考慮紫外線吸收劑、鹼可溶性樹脂或分散劑等的溶解性、塗佈性、安全性而選擇。另外,於製備本發明的著色組成物時,較佳為含有至少兩種有機溶劑。 The organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component or the coating property of the coloring composition, and it is particularly preferable to consider solubility, coating property, and safety of an ultraviolet absorber, an alkali-soluble resin, or a dispersant. And choose. Further, in the preparation of the colored composition of the present invention, it is preferred to contain at least two organic solvents.

有機溶劑可較佳地列舉:作為酯類的例如乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸環己酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、 乙酸異丁酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如氧基乙酸甲酯、氧基乙酸乙酯、氧基乙酸丁酯(例如甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如3-氧基丙酸甲酯、3-氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如2-氧基丙酸甲酯、2-氧基丙酸乙酯、2-氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等;以及作為醚類的例如二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等;以及作為酮類的例如甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮等;以及作為芳香族烴類的例如甲苯、二甲苯等。 The organic solvent may preferably be exemplified by esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, Isobutyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, alkyl oxyacetate (eg methyl oxyacetate, oxy) Ethyl acetate, butyl oxyacetate (such as methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.), 3 - alkyl oxypropionates (for example, methyl 3-oxypropionate, ethyl 3-oxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate) , 3-ethoxypropionate methyl ester, 3-ethoxypropionate ethyl ester, etc.), 2-oxypropionic acid alkyl esters (such as methyl 2-oxypropionate, 2-oxypropane) Ethyl acetate, propyl 2-oxypropionate, etc. (e.g. methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, 2-ethoxyl) Methyl propionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate), methyl 2-oxy-2-methylpropanoate and ethyl 2-oxy-2-methylpropionate (eg 2-methoxy) Methyl 2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl ethyl acetate, B Acetic acid B , methyl 2-oxobutanoate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate, etc.; and as an ether such as diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, A Cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether An acid ester, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc.; and as a ketone such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, etc.; And as aromatic hydrocarbons, for example, toluene, xylene, and the like.

就改良紫外線吸收劑及鹼可溶性樹脂的溶解性、塗佈表面狀態等觀點而言,該些有機溶劑亦較佳為混合兩種以上。於該情形時,特佳為由選自以下有機溶劑中的兩種以上所構成的混合 溶液:所述3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇甲醚及丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯。 The organic solvent is preferably mixed in two or more kinds from the viewpoints of improving the solubility of the ultraviolet absorber and the alkali-soluble resin, the surface condition of the coating, and the like. In this case, it is particularly preferable to be a mixture of two or more selected from the following organic solvents. Solution: the methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, 3 Methyl methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol methyl ether and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate.

本發明中,有機溶劑較佳為過氧化物的含有率為0.8mmmpl/L以下,更佳為實質上不含有過氧化物。 In the present invention, the organic solvent preferably has a peroxide content of 0.8 mm mpl/L or less, more preferably substantially no peroxide.

就塗佈性的觀點而言,有機溶劑於著色組成物中的含量較佳為設定為組成物的總固體成分濃度成為5質量%~80質量%的量,更佳為5質量%~60質量%,特佳為10質量%~50質量%。 From the viewpoint of coating properties, the content of the organic solvent in the coloring composition is preferably such that the total solid content concentration of the composition is from 5% by mass to 80% by mass, more preferably from 5% by mass to 60% by mass. %, particularly preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass.

本發明的組成物可僅含有一種有機溶劑,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one kind of organic solvent, and may contain two or more types. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

<<交聯劑>> <<Crosslinker>>

亦可於本發明的著色組成物中補充使用交聯劑,進一步提高使著色組成物硬化而成的硬化膜的硬度。 Further, the crosslinking agent may be additionally used in the colored composition of the present invention to further increase the hardness of the cured film obtained by curing the colored composition.

交聯劑只要藉由交聯反應可進行膜硬化,則並無特別限定,例如可列舉:(a)環氧樹脂;(b)經選自羥甲基、烷氧基甲基及醯氧基甲基中的至少一個取代基取代的三聚氰胺化合物、胍胺化合物、甘脲化合物或脲化合物;(c)經選自羥甲基、烷氧基甲基及醯氧基甲基中的至少一個取代基取代的苯酚化合物、萘酚化合物或羥基蒽化合物。其中,較佳為多官能環氧樹脂。 The crosslinking agent is not particularly limited as long as it can be cured by a crosslinking reaction, and examples thereof include (a) an epoxy resin; and (b) selected from a methylol group, an alkoxymethyl group, and a decyloxy group. a melamine compound, a guanamine compound, a glycoluril compound or a urea compound substituted with at least one substituent in the methyl group; (c) substituted with at least one selected from the group consisting of a methylol group, an alkoxymethyl group and a decyloxymethyl group A substituted phenol compound, a naphthol compound or a hydroxy oxime compound. Among them, a polyfunctional epoxy resin is preferred.

關於交聯劑的具體例等的詳細情況,可參照日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落0134~段落0147的記載。 For details of specific examples of the crosslinking agent, etc., reference is made to paragraphs 0134 to 0147 of JP-A-2004-295116.

於本發明的著色組成物中含有交聯劑的情形時,交聯劑的調配量並無特別限定,較佳為組成物的總固體成分的2質量%~30質量%,更佳為3質量%~20質量%。 In the case where the coloring composition of the present invention contains a crosslinking agent, the amount of the crosslinking agent to be added is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably 3% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. %~20% by mass.

本發明的組成物可僅含有一種交聯劑,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of crosslinking agent, and may contain two or more types. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

<<聚合抑制劑>> <<Polymerization inhibitor>>

於本發明的著色組成物中,為了於著色組成物的製造中或保存中阻止聚合性化合物的不需要的熱聚合,理想的是添加少量的聚合抑制劑。 In the colored composition of the present invention, in order to prevent unnecessary thermal polymerization of the polymerizable compound during or during storage of the colored composition, it is preferred to add a small amount of a polymerization inhibitor.

本發明中可使用的聚合抑制劑可列舉:對苯二酚、對甲氧基苯酚、二-第三丁基對甲酚、鄰苯三酚、第三丁基鄰苯二酚、苯醌、4,4'-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、2,2'-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺亞鈰鹽等。 The polymerization inhibitor which can be used in the present invention may, for example, be hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, t-butyl catechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-Asia Nitrophenylhydroxylamine sulfonium salt and the like.

於本發明的著色組成物中含有聚合抑制劑的情形時,相對於所有組成物的質量,聚合抑制劑的添加量較佳為約0.01質量%~約5質量%。 When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a polymerization inhibitor, the amount of the polymerization inhibitor added is preferably from about 0.01% by mass to about 5% by mass based on the mass of all the components.

本發明的組成物可僅含有一種聚合抑制劑,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one polymerization inhibitor, and may contain two or more types. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

<<界面活性劑>> <<Interfacial active agent>>

本發明的著色組成物中,就進一步提高塗佈性的觀點而言,亦可添加各種界面活性劑。界面活性劑可使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性 劑、矽酮系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。 In the colored composition of the present invention, various surfactants may be added from the viewpoint of further improving coatability. A surfactant such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, or an anionic interface can be used as the surfactant. Various surfactants such as agents and anthrone-based surfactants.

尤其本發明的著色組成物藉由含有氟系界面活性劑,於製備成塗佈液時的溶液特性(特別是流動性)進一步提高,故可進一步改善塗佈厚度的均勻性或省液性。 In particular, since the coloring composition of the present invention contains a fluorine-based surfactant, the solution characteristics (especially fluidity) at the time of preparation of the coating liquid are further improved, so that the uniformity of the coating thickness or the liquid-saving property can be further improved.

即,於使用應用含有氟系界面活性劑的著色組成物的塗佈液來進行膜形成的情形時,藉由使被塗佈面與塗佈液的界面張力減小,對被塗佈面的濡濕性得到改善,對被塗佈面的塗佈性提高。因此,即便於以少量的液量形成幾微米(μm)左右的薄膜的情形時,亦可更佳地進行厚度不均小的均勻厚度的膜形成,就此方面而言有效。 In other words, when the film formation is carried out using a coating liquid using a coloring composition containing a fluorine-based surfactant, the interfacial tension between the surface to be coated and the coating liquid is reduced, and the surface to be coated is applied. The wettability is improved, and the coatability to the coated surface is improved. Therefore, even when a film having a thickness of a few micrometers (μm) is formed with a small amount of liquid, it is possible to more preferably form a film having a uniform thickness having a small thickness unevenness, which is effective in this respect.

氟系界面活性劑中的氟含有率較佳為3質量%~40質量%,更佳為5質量%~30質量%,特佳為7質量%~25質量%。氟含有率為該範圍內的氟系界面活性劑於塗佈膜的厚度的均勻性或省液性的方面有效,於著色組成物中的溶解性亦良好。 The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably from 3% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably from 5% by mass to 30% by mass, even more preferably from 7% by mass to 25% by mass. The fluorine-containing surfactant is effective in the uniformity of the thickness of the coating film or the liquid-saving property in the fluorine-based surfactant in this range, and the solubility in the colored composition is also good.

氟系界面活性劑例如可列舉:美佳法(Megafac)F171、美佳法(Megafac)F172、美佳法(Megafac)F173、美佳法(Megafac)F176、美佳法(Megafac)F177、美佳法(Megafac)F141、美佳法(Megafac)F142、美佳法(Megafac)F143、美佳法(Megafac)F144、美佳法(Megafac)R30、美佳法(Megafac)F437、美佳法(Megafac)F475、美佳法(Megafac)F479、美佳法(Megafac)F482、美佳法(Megafac)F554、美佳法(Megafac)F780、美佳法(Megafac)F781(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造),弗拉德 (Fluorad)FC430、弗拉德(Fluorad)FC431、弗拉德(Fluorad)FC171(以上為住友3M(股)製造),沙福隆(Surflon)S-382、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-101、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-103、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-104、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-105、沙福隆(Surflon)SC1068、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-381、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-383、沙福隆(Surflon)S393、沙福隆(Surflon)KH-40(以上為旭硝子(股)製造),PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(歐諾法(OMNOVA)公司製造)等。 Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include Megafac F171, Megafac F172, Megafac F173, Megafac F176, Megafac F177, and Megafac F141. , Megafac F142, Megafac F143, Megafac F144, Megafac R30, Megafac F437, Megafac F475, Megafac F479, Megafac F482, Megafac F554, Megafac F780, Megafac F781 (above produced by Di Aisheng (DIC)), Vlad (Fluorad) FC430, Fluorad FC431, Fluorad FC171 (above Sumitomo 3M (share)), Surflon S-382, Surflon SC-101 , Surflon SC-103, Surflon SC-104, Surflon SC-105, Surflon SC1068, Surflon SC-381, sand Surflon SC-383, Surflon S393, Surflon KH-40 (above manufactured by Asahi Glass), PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (Ounofa ( OMNOVA) manufactured by the company).

作為氟系界面活性劑可使用嵌段聚合物,作為具體例,例如可列舉日本專利特開2011-89090號公報所記載的化合物。 A block polymer can be used as the fluorine-based surfactant. Specific examples thereof include a compound described in JP-A-2011-89090.

非離子系界面活性劑具體可列舉:甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該等的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如丙氧基化甘油、乙氧基化甘油等)、聚氧伸乙基月桂基醚、聚氧伸乙基硬脂基醚、聚氧伸乙基油烯基醚、聚氧伸乙基辛基苯基醚、聚氧伸乙基壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、山梨醇酐脂肪酸酯(巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造的普羅尼克(Pluronic)L10、普羅尼克(Pluronic)L31、普羅尼克(Pluronic)L61、普羅尼克(Pluronic)L62、普羅尼克(Pluronic)10R5、普羅尼克(Pluronic)17R2、普羅尼克(Pluronic)25R2、特羅尼克(Tetronic)304、特羅尼克(Tetronic)701、特羅尼克(Tetronic)704、特羅尼克(Tetronic)901、特羅尼克(Tetronic)904、特羅尼克(Tetronic)150R1)、索努帕斯(Solsperse)20000(日本路 博潤(Lubrizol)(股))等。 Specific examples of the nonionic surfactant include glycerin, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and ethoxylates and propoxylates (for example, propoxylated glycerin, ethoxylated glycerin). Etc.), polyoxyethylene ethyl lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene ethyl stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene ethyl olefin ether, polyoxyethyl octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethyl thiol Phenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester (Pluronic L10, manufactured by BASF), Pluronic L31 , Pluronic L61, Pluronic L62, Pluronic 10R5, Pluronic 17R2, Pluronic 25R2, Tetronic 304, Tetronic 701, Tetronic 704, Tetronic 901, Tetronic 904, Tetronic 150R1), Solsperse 20000 (Japan Road) Lubrizol (shares) and so on.

陽離子系界面活性劑具體可列舉:酞菁衍生物(商品名:埃夫卡(EFKA)-745,森下產業(股)製造),有機矽氧烷聚合物KP341(信越化學工業(股)製造),(甲基)丙烯酸系(共)聚合物波利弗洛(Polyflow)No.75、波利弗洛(Polyflow)No.90、波利弗洛(Polyflow)No.95(共榮社化學(股)製造),W001(裕商(股)製造)等。 Specific examples of the cationic surfactant include a phthalocyanine derivative (trade name: Efka (EFKA)-745, manufactured by Morishita Industries Co., Ltd.), and an organic siloxane polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.). , (meth)acrylic (co)polymer Polyflow No. 75, Polyflow No. 90, Polyflow No. 95 (Kyoeisha Chemicals ( () manufacturing), W001 (Yu Shang (share) manufacturing) and so on.

陰離子系界面活性劑具體可列舉:W004、W005、W017(裕商(股)公司製造)等。 Specific examples of the anionic surfactant include W004, W005, and W017 (manufactured by Yusei Co., Ltd.).

矽酮系界面活性劑例如可列舉:東麗道康寧(Toray-Dow corning)(股)製造的「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)DC3PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH7PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)DC11PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH21PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH28PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH29PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH30PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH8400」,邁圖高新材料(Momentive Performance Materials)公司製造的「TSF-4440」、「TSF-4300」、「TSF-4445」、「TSF-4460」、「TSF-4452」,信越矽酮股份有限公司製造的「KP341」、「KF6001」、「KF6002」,畢克化學(BYK Chemie)公司製造的「畢克(BYK)307」、「畢克(BYK)323」、「畢克(BYK)330」等。 Examples of the fluorenone-based surfactant include Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, and East, manufactured by Toray-Dow Corning Co., Ltd. Toray Silicone DC11PA", "Toray Silicone SH21PA", "Toray Silicone SH28PA", "Toray Silicone SH29PA", "Dong Lizhen" Toray Silicone SH30PA", "Toray Silicone SH8400", "TSF-4440", "TSF-4300", "TSF-4445" manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials "TSF-4460" and "TSF-4452", "KP341", "KF6001" and "KF6002" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., "BYK 307" manufactured by BYK Chemie , "BYK 323", "BYK" 330, etc.

於本發明的著色組成物中含有界面活性劑的情形時,相對於著色組成物的總質量,界面活性劑的添加量較佳為0.001質量%~ 2.0質量%,更佳為0.005質量%~1.0質量%。 When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the amount of the surfactant added is preferably 0.001% by mass based on the total mass of the coloring composition. 2.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005% by mass to 1.0% by mass.

本發明的組成物可僅含有一種界面活性劑,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of surfactant, and may contain two or more types. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

<<有機羧酸、有機羧酸酐>> <<Organic carboxylic acid, organic carboxylic anhydride>>

本發明的著色組成物亦可含有分子量為1000以下的有機羧酸及/或有機羧酸酐。 The colored composition of the present invention may also contain an organic carboxylic acid having a molecular weight of 1,000 or less and/or an organic carboxylic anhydride.

有機羧酸化合物具體可列舉脂肪族羧酸或芳香族羧酸。脂肪族羧酸例如可列舉:甲酸、乙酸、丙酸、丁酸、戊酸、三甲基乙酸、己酸、甘醇酸、丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸等單羧酸,草酸、丙二酸、琥珀酸、戊二酸、己二酸、庚二酸、環己烷二羧酸、環己烯二羧酸、衣康酸、檸康酸、馬來酸、富馬酸等二羧酸,1,2,3-丙三甲酸、烏頭酸等三羧酸等。另外,芳香族羧酸例如可列舉:苯甲酸、鄰苯二甲酸等羧基直接鍵結於苯基上的羧酸,及自苯基經由碳鍵而鍵結羧基的羧酸類。該等中,特佳為分子量600以下、特別是分子量50~500者,具體而言,例如較佳為馬來酸、丙二酸、琥珀酸、衣康酸。 Specific examples of the organic carboxylic acid compound include an aliphatic carboxylic acid or an aromatic carboxylic acid. Examples of the aliphatic carboxylic acid include monocarboxylic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, trimethylacetic acid, caproic acid, glycolic acid, acrylic acid, and methacrylic acid, and oxalic acid, malonic acid, and amber. Dicarboxylic acids such as acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, cyclohexene dicarboxylic acid, itaconic acid, citraconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, etc. Tricarboxylic acid such as 2,3-propanetricarboxylic acid or aconitic acid. Further, examples of the aromatic carboxylic acid include a carboxylic acid in which a carboxyl group such as benzoic acid or phthalic acid is directly bonded to a phenyl group, and a carboxylic acid in which a carboxyl group is bonded from a phenyl group via a carbon bond. Among these, a molecular weight of 600 or less, particularly a molecular weight of 50 to 500 is particularly preferable, and specific examples thereof include maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, and itaconic acid.

有機羧酸酐例如可列舉脂肪族羧酸酐、芳香族羧酸酐,具體而言,例如可列舉:乙酸酐、三氯乙酸酐、三氟乙酸酐、四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、琥珀酸酐、馬來酸酐、檸康酸酐、衣康酸酐、戊二酸酐、1,2-環己烯二羧酸酐、正十八烷基琥珀酸酐、5-降冰片烯-2,3-二羧酸酐等脂肪族羧酸酐。芳香族羧酸酐例如可列舉:鄰苯二甲酸酐、偏苯三甲酸酐、均苯四甲酸酐、萘二甲酸酐等。該 等中,特佳為分子量600以下、特別是分子量50~500者,具體而言,例如較佳為馬來酸酐、琥珀酸酐、檸康酸酐、衣康酸酐。 Examples of the organic carboxylic acid anhydride include an aliphatic carboxylic acid anhydride and an aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride. Specific examples thereof include acetic anhydride, trichloroacetic anhydride, trifluoroacetic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, and Malay. An aliphatic carboxylic acid such as an acid anhydride, citraconic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, glutaric anhydride, 1,2-cyclohexene dicarboxylic anhydride, n-octadecyl succinic anhydride, 5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride Anhydride. Examples of the aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride include phthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, and naphthalic anhydride. The In particular, it is particularly preferably a molecular weight of 600 or less, particularly a molecular weight of 50 to 500. Specifically, for example, maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, and itaconic anhydride are preferable.

於本發明的著色組成物中含有有機羧酸、有機羧酸酐的情形時,有機羧酸及/或有機羧酸酐的添加量通常於總固體成分中為0.01重量%~10重量%、較佳為0.03重量%~5重量%、更佳為0.05重量%~3重量%的範圍。 When the colored composition of the present invention contains an organic carboxylic acid or an organic carboxylic anhydride, the amount of the organic carboxylic acid and/or the organic carboxylic anhydride to be added is usually 0.01% by weight to 10% by weight based on the total solid content, preferably It is in the range of 0.03 wt% to 5% by weight, more preferably 0.05 wt% to 3% by weight.

本發明的組成物可分別僅含有一種有機羧酸及/或有機羧酸酐,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of organic carboxylic acid and/or organic carboxylic acid anhydride, and may contain two or more types. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

藉由添加該些分子量為1000以下的有機羧酸及/或有機羧酸酐,可保持高的圖案密接性,並且進一步減少著色組成物的未溶解物的殘存。 By adding these organic carboxylic acids and/or organic carboxylic anhydrides having a molecular weight of 1,000 or less, high pattern adhesion can be maintained, and the remaining of the colored composition can be further reduced.

除了所述添加劑以外,著色組成物中視需要可調配各種添加物、例如填充劑、密接促進劑、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗凝聚劑等。該些添加物可列舉日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落0155~段落0156中記載者,將該些內容併入至本申請案說明書中。 In addition to the additives, various additives such as a filler, a adhesion promoter, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, an anti-agglomerating agent, and the like may be blended as needed in the coloring composition. The additives are described in paragraphs 0155 to 0156 of JP-A-2004-295116, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

於本發明的著色組成物中,可含有日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落0078中記載的增感劑或光穩定劑、該公報的段落0081中記載的防熱聚合劑。 The coloring composition of the present invention may contain the sensitizer or light stabilizer described in paragraph 0078 of JP-A-2004-295116, and the heat-resistant polymerization agent described in paragraph 0081 of the publication.

本發明的組成物可分別僅含有一種所述成分,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one kind of the above components, and may contain two or more kinds. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

<著色組成物的製備方法> <Method for Preparing Colored Composition>

本發明的著色組成物是藉由將上文所述的成分混合而製備。 The colored composition of the present invention is prepared by mixing the above-described ingredients.

再者,於製備著色組成物時,可將構成著色組成物的各成分一次性調配,亦可將各成分溶解、分散於溶劑中後逐次調配。另外,調配時的投入順序或作業條件不受特別限制。例如可將所有成分同時溶解、分散於溶劑中而製備組成物,視需要亦可預先將各成分適當製成兩種以上的溶液、分散液,並於使用時(塗佈時)將該等混合而製備成組成物。 Further, when preparing a colored composition, each component constituting the colored composition may be formulated at once, or each component may be dissolved and dispersed in a solvent, and then successively formulated. In addition, the order of input or the working conditions at the time of preparation are not particularly limited. For example, all the components may be simultaneously dissolved and dispersed in a solvent to prepare a composition, and if necessary, each component may be appropriately prepared into two or more kinds of solutions and dispersions, and mixed at the time of use (at the time of coating). It was prepared into a composition.

本發明的著色組成物為了去除異物或減少缺陷等,較佳為利用過濾器進行過濾。只要為先前以來用於過濾用途等中者,則可無特別限定地使用。例如可列舉:聚四氟乙烯(Polytetrafluoroethylene,PTFE)等氟樹脂,尼龍-6、尼龍-6,6等聚醯胺系樹脂,聚乙烯、聚丙烯(Polypropylene,PP)等聚烯烴樹脂(包含高密度、超高分子量)等的過濾器。該些原材料中,較佳為聚丙烯(包含高密度聚丙烯)。 In order to remove foreign matter, reduce defects, and the like, the colored composition of the present invention is preferably filtered by a filter. It is not particularly limited as long as it has been used for filtration purposes and the like. For example, a fluororesin such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a polyamide resin such as nylon-6 or nylon-6, 6 or a polyolefin resin such as polyethylene or polypropylene (including polypropylene) may be mentioned. Filters such as density, ultra high molecular weight). Among these raw materials, polypropylene (including high density polypropylene) is preferred.

過濾器的孔徑較佳為0.01μm~7.0μm左右,更佳為0.01μm~3.0μm左右,進而佳為0.05μm~0.5μm左右。藉由設定為該範圍,可將後續步驟中妨礙均勻及平滑的著色組成物的製備的微細的異物可靠地去除。 The pore diameter of the filter is preferably from about 0.01 μm to about 7.0 μm, more preferably from about 0.01 μm to about 3.0 μm, and still more preferably from about 0.05 μm to about 0.5 μm. By setting this range, it is possible to reliably remove fine foreign matter which prevents the preparation of the uniform and smooth coloring composition in the subsequent steps.

於使用過濾器時,亦可將不同的過濾器組合。此時,利用第1過濾器的過濾可僅進行1次,亦可進行2次以上。 Different filters can also be combined when using filters. At this time, the filtration by the first filter may be performed only once or twice or more.

另外,亦可於所述範圍內將孔徑不同的第1過濾器組合。此 處的孔徑可參照過濾器廠商(filter maker)的標稱值。市售的過濾器例如可自日本頗爾(Pall)股份有限公司、愛德萬東洋(Advantec Toyo)股份有限公司、日本英特格(Entegris)股份有限公司(原日本麥克麗思(Microris)股份有限公司)或北澤微濾器(KITZ Micro Filter)股份有限公司等所提供的各種過濾器中選擇。 Further, the first filters having different pore diameters may be combined in the above range. this The aperture of the filter can be referred to the nominal value of the filter maker. Commercially available filters are available, for example, from Pall Co., Ltd., Advantec Toyo Co., Ltd., and Japan's Entegris Co., Ltd. (formerly Japan's Microris) Ltd.) or a variety of filters available from KITZ Micro Filter Co., Ltd., etc.

第2過濾器可使用由與所述第1過濾器相同的材料等所形成者。 The second filter can be formed of the same material or the like as the first filter.

例如,利用第1過濾器的過濾亦可僅利用分散液來進行,且混合其他成分後進行第2過濾。 For example, the filtration by the first filter may be performed using only the dispersion, and the second filtration may be performed after mixing the other components.

本發明的著色組成物可較佳地用於彩色濾光片的著色層形成用。更具體而言,本發明的著色組成物由於可形成耐熱性及顏色特性優異的硬化膜,故可較佳地用於形成彩色濾光片的著色圖案(著色層)。另外,本發明的著色組成物可較佳地用於固體攝像元件(例如CCD、互補式金屬氧化物半導體(Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor,CMOS)等)或液晶顯示裝置(Liquid Crystal Display,LCD)等圖像顯示裝置中所用的彩色濾光片等著色圖案形成用。進而,亦可較佳地用於印刷油墨、噴墨油墨及塗料等的製作用途。其中,可較佳地用作製作CCD及CMOS等固體攝像元件用的彩色濾光片的用途。 The colored composition of the present invention can be preferably used for the formation of a coloring layer of a color filter. More specifically, since the colored composition of the present invention can form a cured film excellent in heat resistance and color characteristics, it can be preferably used for forming a colored pattern (colored layer) of a color filter. In addition, the coloring composition of the present invention can be preferably used for a solid-state imaging device (for example, a CCD, a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), or the like) or a liquid crystal display (LCD). A coloring pattern such as a color filter used in a display device is formed. Further, it can also be preferably used for production of printing inks, inkjet inks, paints, and the like. Among them, it can be preferably used as a color filter for producing a solid-state imaging device such as a CCD or a CMOS.

<硬化膜、圖案形成方法、彩色濾光片及彩色濾光片的製造方法> <Method for Producing Cured Film, Pattern Forming Method, Color Filter, and Color Filter>

繼而,對本發明的硬化膜、圖案形成方法及彩色濾光片藉由其製造方法加以詳述。另外,亦對使用本發明的圖案形成方法的彩色濾光片的製造方法加以說明。 Next, the cured film, the pattern forming method, and the color filter of the present invention will be described in detail by a method for producing the same. Further, a method of manufacturing a color filter using the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described.

本發明的硬化膜是使本發明的著色組成物硬化而成。該硬化膜可較佳地用於彩色濾光片。 The cured film of the present invention is obtained by hardening the colored composition of the present invention. The cured film can be preferably used for a color filter.

本發明的圖案形成方法將本發明的著色組成物應用於支撐體上而形成著色組成物層,將不需要的部分去除而形成著色圖案。 The pattern forming method of the present invention applies the coloring composition of the present invention to a support to form a colored composition layer, and removes an unnecessary portion to form a colored pattern.

本發明的圖案形成方法可較佳地用於形成彩色濾光片所具有的著色圖案(畫素)。 The pattern forming method of the present invention can be preferably used to form a color pattern (pixel) which the color filter has.

本發明的組成物可利用所謂光微影法藉由圖案形成來製造彩色濾光片,亦可藉由乾式蝕刻法來形成圖案。 The composition of the present invention can be used to form a color filter by pattern formation by a so-called photolithography method, or can be formed by a dry etching method.

即,本發明的圖案形成方法的第一實施形態可例示包括以下步驟的圖案形成方法:將著色組成物應用於支撐體上而形成著色組成物層的步驟;將著色組成物層以圖案狀進行曝光的步驟;以及將未曝光部顯影去除而形成著色圖案的步驟。 That is, the first embodiment of the pattern forming method of the present invention can be exemplified by a pattern forming method including the steps of applying a colored composition to a support to form a colored composition layer, and patterning the colored composition layer in a pattern. a step of exposing; and a step of developing the unexposed portion to form a colored pattern.

另外,本發明的圖案形成方法的第二實施形態可例示包括以下步驟的圖案形成方法:將著色組成物應用於支撐體上而形成著色組成物層,並使其硬化而形成著色層的步驟;於著色層上形成光阻層的步驟;藉由曝光及顯影將光阻層圖案化而獲得抗蝕劑圖案的步驟;以及將抗蝕劑圖案作為蝕刻遮罩來對著色層進行乾式蝕刻的步驟。 Further, a second embodiment of the pattern forming method of the present invention can be exemplified by a pattern forming method comprising the steps of applying a colored composition to a support to form a colored composition layer, and hardening it to form a colored layer; a step of forming a photoresist layer on the colored layer; a step of patterning the photoresist layer by exposure and development to obtain a resist pattern; and a step of dry etching the colored layer using the resist pattern as an etch mask .

此種圖案形成方法用於製造彩色濾光片的著色層。即,本發明中,亦揭示包括本發明的圖案形成方法的彩色濾光片的製造方法。 This patterning method is used to fabricate a colored layer of a color filter. That is, in the present invention, a method of manufacturing a color filter including the pattern forming method of the present invention is also disclosed.

以下對該些方法加以詳細描述。 The methods are described in detail below.

以下,對本發明的圖案形成方法的各步驟藉由固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片的製造方法來加以詳細說明,但本發明不限定於該方法。以下,有時將固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片簡稱為「彩色濾光片」。 Hereinafter, each step of the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described in detail by a method of producing a color filter for a solid-state image sensor, but the present invention is not limited to this method. Hereinafter, the color filter for a solid-state imaging device may be simply referred to as a "color filter".

<<形成著色組成物層的步驟>> <<Steps of forming a colored composition layer>>

於形成著色組成物層的步驟中,於支撐體上應用本發明的著色組成物而形成著色組成物層。 In the step of forming the colored composition layer, the colored composition of the present invention is applied to the support to form a colored composition layer.

該步驟中可使用的支撐體例如可使用:於基板(例如矽基板)上設有電荷耦合元件(Charge Coupled Device,CCD)或互補式金屬氧化物半導體(Complementary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor,CMOS)等攝像元件(受光元件)的固體攝像元件用基板。 For the support which can be used in this step, for example, a substrate (for example, a germanium substrate) may be provided with a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS). A substrate for a solid-state image sensor of an element (light receiving element).

本發明的著色圖案可形成於固體攝像元件用基板的攝像元件形成面側(表面),亦可形成於未形成攝像元件的面側(背面)。 The colored pattern of the present invention can be formed on the imaging element forming surface side (surface) of the solid-state imaging device substrate, or can be formed on the surface side (back surface) where the imaging element is not formed.

亦可於固體攝像元件的著色圖案之間、或固體攝像元件用基板的背面上設有遮光膜。 A light shielding film may be provided between the colored patterns of the solid-state image sensor or the back surface of the solid-state image sensor substrate.

另外,於支撐體上,視需要亦可設置底塗層以改良與上部的層的密接、防止物質的擴散或實現基板表面的平坦化。底塗層中, 可調配溶劑、鹼可溶性樹脂、聚合性化合物、聚合抑制劑、界面活性劑、光聚合起始劑等,該些各成分較佳為自調配至所述本發明的組成物中的成分中適當選擇。 Further, on the support, an undercoat layer may be provided as needed to improve adhesion to the upper layer, to prevent diffusion of substances, or to planarize the surface of the substrate. In the undercoat layer, The solvent, the alkali-soluble resin, the polymerizable compound, the polymerization inhibitor, the surfactant, the photopolymerization initiator, and the like may be appropriately selected, and the components are preferably appropriately selected from the components formulated into the composition of the present invention. .

於支撐體上賦予本發明的著色組成物的方法可應用狹縫塗佈、噴墨法、旋轉塗佈、流延塗佈、輥塗佈、網版印刷法等各種塗佈方法。 Various methods such as slit coating, inkjet method, spin coating, cast coating, roll coating, and screen printing method can be applied to the method of imparting the colored composition of the present invention to a support.

塗佈於支撐體上的著色組成物層的乾燥(預烘烤)可利用加熱板、烘箱等在50℃~140℃的溫度下進行10秒鐘~300秒鐘。 The drying (prebaking) of the colored composition layer applied to the support can be carried out at a temperature of 50 ° C to 140 ° C for 10 seconds to 300 seconds using a hot plate, an oven or the like.

<利用光微影法來進行圖案形成的情况> <Case where pattern formation is performed by photolithography>

<<進行曝光的步驟>> <<Steps for exposure>>

於曝光步驟中,對著色組成物層形成步驟中形成的著色組成物層使用例如步進機等曝光裝置,介隔具有既定的遮罩圖案的遮罩來進行圖案曝光。藉此可獲得硬化膜。 In the exposure step, an exposure device such as a stepper is used for the colored composition layer formed in the colored composition layer forming step, and a mask having a predetermined mask pattern is interposed to perform pattern exposure. Thereby, a cured film can be obtained.

曝光時可使用的放射線(光)尤其可較佳地使用g射線、i射線等紫外線(特佳為i射線)。照射量(曝光量)較佳為30mJ/cm2~1500mJ/cm2,更佳為50mJ/cm2~1000mJ/cm2,特佳為80mJ/cm2~500mJ/cm2In particular, it is preferable to use ultraviolet rays (particularly i-rays) such as g-rays and i-rays for radiation (light) which can be used for exposure. Irradiation amount (exposure amount) is preferably 30mJ / cm 2 ~ 1500mJ / cm 2, more preferably 50mJ / cm 2 ~ 1000mJ / cm 2, and particularly preferably 80mJ / cm 2 ~ 500mJ / cm 2.

硬化膜(著色膜)的膜厚較佳為1.0μm以下,更佳為0.1μm~0.9μm,進而佳為0.2μm~0.8μm。 The film thickness of the cured film (colored film) is preferably 1.0 μm or less, more preferably 0.1 μm to 0.9 μm, still more preferably 0.2 μm to 0.8 μm.

藉由將膜厚設定為1.0μm以下,可獲得高解析性、高密接性,故較佳。 By setting the film thickness to 1.0 μm or less, high resolution and high adhesion can be obtained, which is preferable.

另外,於該步驟中,亦可較佳地形成具有0.7μm以下的薄的膜厚的硬化膜,藉由利用後述圖案形成步驟對所得的硬化膜進行顯影處理,可獲得即便為薄膜,顯影性、表面粗糙抑制及圖案形狀亦優異的著色圖案。 Further, in this step, a cured film having a thin film thickness of 0.7 μm or less can be preferably formed, and the obtained cured film can be developed by a pattern forming step described later, whereby a film can be obtained, and developability can be obtained. A coloring pattern excellent in surface roughness suppression and pattern shape.

<<顯影步驟>> <<Development step>>

繼而進行鹼顯影處理,藉此曝光步驟中的未經光照射的部分的著色組成物層溶出至鹼性水溶液中,僅經光硬化的部分殘留。 Then, an alkali development treatment is performed, whereby the colored composition layer of the portion which is not irradiated with light in the exposure step is eluted into the alkaline aqueous solution, and only the photohardened portion remains.

顯影液理想的是不對底層的攝像元件或電路等造成損傷(damage)的有機鹼顯影液。顯影溫度通常為20℃~30℃,顯影時間以前為20秒~90秒。為了進一步去除殘渣,近年來亦有實施120秒~180秒的情況。進而,為了進一步提高殘渣去除性,有時亦重複以下步驟幾次:每隔60秒甩去顯影液,進一步重新供給顯影液。 The developer is desirably an organic alkali developer which does not cause damage to the underlying imaging element or circuit. The development temperature is usually 20 ° C to 30 ° C, and the development time is 20 seconds to 90 seconds. In order to further remove the residue, in recent years, it has been carried out for 120 seconds to 180 seconds. Further, in order to further improve the residue removal property, the following steps may be repeated several times: the developer is removed every 60 seconds, and the developer is further supplied again.

顯影液中所用的鹼劑例如可列舉:氨水、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨、氫氧化三甲基苄基銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環-[5.4.0]-7-十一烯等有機鹼性化合物,可較佳地使用利用純水將該些鹼劑以濃度成為0.001質量%~10質量%、較佳為0.01質量%~1質量%的方式稀釋而成的鹼性水溶液作為顯影液。 Examples of the alkaline agent used in the developing solution include ammonia water, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide. Preferably, an organic basic compound such as a solution of a solution such as ammonium amide, trimethylbenzylammonium hydroxide, choline, pyrrole, piperidine or 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene is preferred. An alkaline aqueous solution obtained by diluting the alkali agent so as to have a concentration of 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01% by mass to 1% by mass, is used as a developing solution.

再者,顯影液中亦可使用無機鹼,無機鹼例如較佳為氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉等。 Further, an inorganic base may be used in the developer. The inorganic base is preferably, for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium citrate or sodium metasilicate.

再者,於使用包含此種鹼性水溶液的顯影液的情形時,通常於顯影後利用純水進行清洗(淋洗)。 Further, in the case of using a developing solution containing such an alkaline aqueous solution, it is usually washed (rinsed) with pure water after development.

繼而,較佳為於實施了乾燥後進行加熱處理(後烘烤)。若形成多種顏色的著色圖案,則可每種顏色逐一依序重複所述步驟來製造硬化皮膜。藉此可獲得彩色濾光片。 Then, it is preferred to carry out heat treatment (post-baking) after drying. If a color pattern of a plurality of colors is formed, the steps may be repeated one by one for each color to produce a hardened film. Thereby, a color filter can be obtained.

後烘烤為用以使硬化完全進行的顯影後的加熱處理,通常於100℃~240℃、較佳為200℃~240℃下進行熱硬化處理。 The post-baking is a heat treatment after development for completely curing, and is usually subjected to a heat hardening treatment at 100 ° C to 240 ° C, preferably 200 ° C to 240 ° C.

可使用加熱板或對流式烘箱(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高頻加熱機等加熱機構,以成為所述條件的方式以連續式或批次式對顯影後的塗佈膜進行所述後烘烤處理。 The heating film or a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), a high-frequency heating machine or the like may be used to perform the post-drying of the developed coating film in a continuous or batch manner in such a manner as to be the condition. Baked.

於利用乾式蝕刻來形成圖案時,可參考日本專利特開2013-64993號公報的記載,將該些內容併入至本申請案說明書中。 For the formation of a pattern by dry etching, the contents of the Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-64993 are incorporated herein by reference.

再者,本發明的製造方法視需要亦可包括作為固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片的製造方法而公知的步驟來作為所述以外的步驟。例如於進行所述著色組成物層形成步驟、曝光步驟及圖案形成步驟後,視需要亦可包括藉由加熱及/或曝光使所形成的著色圖案硬化的硬化步驟。 Furthermore, the manufacturing method of the present invention may include a step known as a method of producing a color filter for a solid-state image sensor as a step other than the above. For example, after the coloring composition layer forming step, the exposing step, and the pattern forming step, a hardening step of hardening the formed coloring pattern by heating and/or exposure may be included as needed.

另外,於使用本發明的著色組成物的情形時,例如有時產生塗佈裝置噴出部的噴嘴或配管部的堵塞或者因著色組成物或顏料於塗佈機內的附著、沈降、乾燥所致的污染等。因此,為了高效地清洗由本發明的著色組成物所致的污染,較佳為將與上文所述的本組成物有關的溶劑用作清洗液。另外,日本專利特開平 7-128867號公報、日本專利特開平7-146562號公報、日本專利特開平8-278637號公報、日本專利特開2000-273370號公報、日本專利特開2006-85140號公報、日本專利特開2006-291191號公報、日本專利特開2007-2101號公報、日本專利特開2007-2102號公報、日本專利特開2007-281523號公報等中記載的清洗液亦可較佳地用於本發明的著色組成物的清洗去除。 Further, in the case of using the colored composition of the present invention, for example, clogging of the nozzle or the piping portion of the coating device discharge portion or adhesion, sedimentation, and drying of the colored composition or pigment in the coater may occur. Pollution and so on. Therefore, in order to efficiently clean the contamination caused by the coloring composition of the present invention, it is preferred to use a solvent related to the present composition described above as a cleaning liquid. In addition, the Japanese patent special Kaiping Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. A cleaning liquid described in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei. No. 2007-2102, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei No. 2007-281523, and the like can be preferably used in the present invention. The cleaning of the colored composition is removed.

所述中,較佳為伸烷基二醇單烷基醚羧酸酯及伸烷基二醇單烷基醚。 Among them, an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate and an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether are preferred.

該些溶劑可單獨使用亦可混合使用兩種以上。於混合兩種以上的情形時,較佳為將具有羥基的溶劑與不具有羥基的溶劑混合。具有羥基的溶劑與不具有羥基的溶劑之質量比為1/99~99/1,較佳為10/90~90/10,更佳為20/80~80/20。特佳為丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(Propyleneglycol monomethylether acetate,PGMEA)與丙二醇單甲醚(Propyleneglycol monomethylether,PGME)的混合溶劑且其比率為60/40。再者,為了提高清洗液對污染物的滲透性,亦可於清洗液中添加與上文所述的本組成物有關的界面活性劑。 These solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. In the case of mixing two or more kinds, it is preferred to mix a solvent having a hydroxyl group with a solvent having no hydroxyl group. The mass ratio of the solvent having a hydroxyl group to the solvent having no hydroxyl group is from 1/99 to 99/1, preferably from 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably from 20/80 to 80/20. Particularly preferred is a mixed solvent of Propyleneglycol monomethylether acetate (PGMEA) and Propyleneglycol monomethylether (PGME) in a ratio of 60/40. Further, in order to increase the permeability of the cleaning liquid to the contaminants, a surfactant related to the above-described composition may be added to the cleaning liquid.

本發明的彩色濾光片因使用本發明的著色組成物,故可進行曝光容限(margin)優異的曝光,且所形成的著色圖案(著色畫素)的圖案形狀優異,圖案表面的粗糙或顯影部的殘渣得到抑制,故顏色特性優異。 Since the color filter of the present invention uses the coloring composition of the present invention, it is possible to perform exposure with excellent exposure margin, and the pattern shape of the formed color pattern (colored pixel) is excellent, and the surface of the pattern is rough or The residue of the developing unit is suppressed, so that the color characteristics are excellent.

本發明的彩色濾光片可較佳地用於CCD、CMOS等固體攝像元件,特別適於超過100萬畫素般的高解析度的CCD或CMOS 等。本發明的固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片例如可用作配置於構成CCD或CMOS的各畫素的受光部、與用以進行聚光的微透鏡(microlens)之間的彩色濾光片。 The color filter of the present invention can be preferably used for a solid-state imaging device such as a CCD or a CMOS, and is particularly suitable for a high-resolution CCD or CMOS of more than one million pixels. Wait. The color filter for a solid-state image sensor of the present invention can be used, for example, as a color filter disposed between a light receiving portion of each pixel constituting the CCD or CMOS and a microlens for collecting light.

再者,本發明的彩色濾光片的著色圖案(著色畫素)的膜厚較佳為2.0μm以下,更佳為1.0μm以下,進而佳為0.7μm以下。 In addition, the thickness of the colored pattern (colored pixel) of the color filter of the present invention is preferably 2.0 μm or less, more preferably 1.0 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.7 μm or less.

另外,著色圖案(著色畫素)的尺寸(圖案寬度)較佳為2.5μm以下,更佳為2.0μm以下,特佳為1.7μm以下。 Further, the size (pattern width) of the colored pattern (colored pixel) is preferably 2.5 μm or less, more preferably 2.0 μm or less, and particularly preferably 1.7 μm or less.

<固體攝像元件> <Solid image sensor>

本發明的固體攝像元件具備上文已述的本發明的彩色濾光片。本發明的固體攝像元件的構成為具備本發明的彩色濾光片的構成,只要為作為固體攝像元件而發揮功能的構成,則並無特別限定,例如可列舉如下構成。 The solid-state imaging device of the present invention includes the color filter of the present invention described above. The configuration of the solid-state imaging device of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it has a configuration that functions as a solid-state imaging device, and the configuration is as follows.

所述固體攝像元件為以下構成:於支撐體上具有構成固體攝像元件(CCD影像感測器、CMOS影像感測器等)的受光區域的多個光電二極體(photodiode)及包含多晶矽等的傳輸電極,於光電二極體及傳輸電極上具有僅光電二極體的受光部開口的包含鎢等的遮光膜,於遮光膜上具有以覆蓋遮光膜整個面及光電二極體受光部的方式形成的包含氮化矽等的元件保護膜,於元件保護膜上具有本發明的固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片。 The solid-state imaging device has a configuration in which a plurality of photodiodes (photodiodes) constituting a light receiving region of a solid-state imaging device (a CCD image sensor, a CMOS image sensor, or the like) and a polycrystalline germanium or the like are provided on a support. The transmission electrode has a light-shielding film containing tungsten or the like which is opened only by the light-receiving portion of the photodiode, and has a light-shielding film covering the entire surface of the light-shielding film and the photodiode light-receiving portion. The element protective film containing tantalum nitride or the like is formed, and the color filter for solid-state imaging device of the present invention is provided on the element protective film.

進而,亦可為於元件保護層上且彩色濾光片之下(靠近支撐體之側)具有聚光機構(例如微透鏡等。以下相同)的構成、或 於彩色濾光片上具有聚光機構的構成等。 Further, it may be configured to have a light collecting means (for example, a microlens or the like, the same applies hereinafter) on the element protective layer and under the color filter (on the side close to the support), or The color filter has a configuration of a light collecting mechanism and the like.

<圖像顯示裝置> <Image display device>

本發明的彩色濾光片不僅可用於固體攝像元件,而且可用於液晶顯示裝置或有機EL顯示裝置等圖像顯示裝置,特別適於液晶顯示裝置的用途。具備本發明的彩色濾光片的液晶顯示裝置可顯示以下圖像:顯示圖像的色調良好且顯示特性優異的高畫質圖像。 The color filter of the present invention can be used not only for a solid-state image sensor but also for an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device or an organic EL display device, and is particularly suitable for use in a liquid crystal display device. The liquid crystal display device including the color filter of the present invention can display a high-quality image in which the hue of the display image is good and the display characteristics are excellent.

關於顯示裝置的定義或各顯示裝置的詳細情況,例如是記載於「電子顯示器元件(佐佐木昭夫著,工業調查會(股),1990年發行)」、「顯示器元件(伊吹順章著,產業圖書(股),1989年發行)」等中。另外,關於液晶顯示裝置,例如是記載於「下一代液晶顯示器技術(內田龍男編輯,工業調查會(股),1994年發行)」中。本發明可應用的液晶顯示裝置並無特別限制,例如可應用於所述「下一代液晶顯示器技術」中記載的各種方式的液晶顯示裝置。 The definition of the display device or the details of each display device is described in, for example, "Electronic display device (Sasaki Sasaki, Industrial Research Association, stocks, issued in 1990)", "Display elements (Ibuki Shun, industrial books) (shares), issued in 1989) and so on. In addition, the liquid crystal display device is described, for example, in "Next-Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (Editor Uchida Ronjin, Industrial Research Association, issued in 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention is applied is not particularly limited, and can be applied to, for example, various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the "next-generation liquid crystal display technology".

本發明的彩色濾光片亦可用於彩色薄膜電晶體(Thin Film Transistor,TFT)方式的液晶顯示裝置。關於彩色TFT方式的液晶顯示裝置,例如是記載於「彩色TFT液晶顯示器(共立出版(股),1996年發行)」中。進而,本發明亦可應用於共面切換(In-Plane Switching,IPS)等橫向電場驅動方式、多象限垂直配向(Multi-domain Vertical Alignment,MVA)等畫素分割方式等視角經擴大的液晶顯示裝置或超扭轉向列(Super Twisted Nematic,STN)、扭轉向列(Twisted Nematic,TN)、垂直配向(Vertical Alignment,VA)、光學補償傾斜(Optically Compensated Splay,OCS)、邊緣場切換(Fringe Field Switching,FFS)及反射光學補償彎曲(Reflective-Optically Compensated Bend,R-OCB)等中。 The color filter of the present invention can also be used in a liquid crystal display device of a Thin Film Transistor (TFT) type. A liquid crystal display device of a color TFT type is described, for example, in "Color TFT liquid crystal display (Kyoritsu Publishing Co., Ltd., issued in 1996)". Furthermore, the present invention can also be applied to an enlarged liquid crystal display such as a transverse electric field driving method such as In-Plane Switching (IPS) or a pixel division method such as multi-domain vertical alignment (MVA). Device or Super Twisted Nematic (STN), Twisted Nematic (TN), Vertical Alignment (Vertical Alignment, VA), Optically Compensated Splay (OCS), Fringe Field Switching (FFS), and Reflective-Optically Compensated Bend (R-OCB).

另外,本發明的彩色濾光片亦可用於明亮且高精細的彩色濾光片陣列(Color-filter On Array,COA)方式。於COA方式的液晶顯示裝置中,對彩色濾光片層的要求特性除了上文所述般的通常的要求特性以外,有時亦需要對層間絕緣膜的要求特性、即低介電常數及耐剝離液性。於本發明的彩色濾光片中,因使用色相優異的色素,故顏色純度、光透射性等良好且著色圖案(畫素)的色調優異,故可提供一種解析度高且長期耐久性優異的COA方式的液晶顯示裝置。再者,為了滿足低介電常數的要求特性,亦可於彩色濾光片層上設置樹脂被膜。 In addition, the color filter of the present invention can also be used in a bright and high-definition Color-filter On Array (COA) mode. In the COA liquid crystal display device, in addition to the usual required characteristics as described above, the required characteristics of the color filter layer may require the required characteristics of the interlayer insulating film, that is, low dielectric constant and resistance. Stripping liquidity. In the color filter of the present invention, since the coloring matter is excellent in color purity and light transmittance, and the color tone of the colored pattern (pixel) is excellent, it is possible to provide a high resolution and excellent long-term durability. COA liquid crystal display device. Further, in order to satisfy the required characteristics of a low dielectric constant, a resin film may be provided on the color filter layer.

關於該些圖像顯示方式,例如是記載於「電致發光(Electroluminescence,EL)、電漿顯示面板(Plasma Display Panel,PDP)、液晶顯示器(Liquid Crystal Display,LCD)顯示器-技術與市場的最新動向-(東麗研究中心(Toray Research Center)調查研究部門,2001年發行)」的43頁等中。 These image display methods are described, for example, in "Electroluminescence (EL), Plasma Display Panel (PDP), Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) displays - technology and market. Trends - (Toray Research Center, Research and Research Department, issued in 2001), 43 pages, etc.

具備本發明的彩色濾光片的液晶顯示裝置除了本發明的彩色濾光片以外,是由電極基板、偏光膜、相位差膜、背光、間隔件(spacer)、視角保障膜等各種構件所構成。本發明的彩色濾光片可應用於由該些公知的構件所構成的液晶顯示裝置中。關於該些構件,例如是記載於「'94液晶顯示器周邊材料-化學品的市 場(島健太郎,CMC(股),1994年發行)」、「2003液晶相關市場的現狀與將來展望(下卷)(表良吉,富士凱美萊總研(股),2003年發行)」中。 The liquid crystal display device including the color filter of the present invention comprises, in addition to the color filter of the present invention, an electrode substrate, a polarizing film, a retardation film, a backlight, a spacer, and a viewing angle securing film. . The color filter of the present invention can be applied to a liquid crystal display device composed of such known members. These components are described, for example, in the "94 LCD Peripheral Materials - Chemicals City" Field (Kentaro Kentaro, CMC (shares), issued in 1994)", "The status and future prospects of the liquid crystal-related market in 2003 (volume) (Former Liangji, Fuji Kamelai Institute (share), issued in 2003)" .

關於背光,是記載於「國際信息顯示學會會議記錄(SID meeting Digest)」(1380(2005))(A.今野(A.Konno)等人)或月刊顯示器的2005年12月號的18頁~24頁(島康裕)及該文獻25頁~30頁(八木隆明)等中。 The backlight is recorded on the 18th page of the December 2005 issue of the "SID meeting Digest" (1380 (2005)) (A. Konno et al.) or the monthly display. 24 pages (Island Kang Yu) and the document 25 to 30 pages (Yamu Longming) and so on.

若將本發明的彩色濾光片用於液晶顯示裝置,則於與以前公知的冷陰極管的三波長管組合時可實現高的對比度,進而藉由將紅色、綠色、藍色的LED光源(RGB-LED)設定為背光,可提供亮度高、另外顏色純度高的色彩再現性良好的液晶顯示裝置。 When the color filter of the present invention is used in a liquid crystal display device, high contrast can be achieved when combined with a three-wavelength tube of a conventionally known cold cathode tube, and the red, green, and blue LED light source can be realized by RGB-LED is set as a backlight, and can provide a liquid crystal display device with high brightness and high color reproducibility.

[實施例] [Examples]

以下,藉由實施例對本發明加以更具體說明,但本發明只要不偏離其主旨,則不限定於以下的實施例。再者,只要無特別說明,則「%」及「份」為質量基準。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be more specifically described by the examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples as long as they do not deviate from the gist of the invention. In addition, "%" and "parts" are quality standards unless otherwise specified.

<合成例1:實施例1中使用的色素多聚物的合成> <Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Pigment Multimer Used in Example 1>

於三口燒瓶中添加環己酮31.2g,於氮氣環境下加熱至90℃。於該溶液中花費1小時滴加單體1(35.0g、32.3mmol)、甲基丙烯酸(9.64g、112mmol)、十二烷硫醇(2.75g、13.6mmol)、聚乙二醇單甲基丙烯酸酯[商品名:布蘭莫(Blemmer)PE-90、日油(股)製造)](3.52g)、2,2'-偶氮雙(異丁酸)二甲酯[商品名:V601,和光純藥工業(股)製造](6.25g、27.1mmol)、環己酮(81.2g)的混合溶液。其後於90℃下攪拌3小時後,冷卻至室溫,滴加至乙酸乙酯/乙腈=1530mL/170mL的混合溶劑中進行再沈澱。於40℃下送風乾燥一天后,獲得25.3g的色素多聚物2。色素多聚物2的酸值為2.23mmol/g,利用1H-NMR確認組成比(莫耳比),結果為色素部:甲基丙烯酸部:PE-90部=20:68:12。 31.2 g of cyclohexanone was added to a three-necked flask, and the mixture was heated to 90 ° C under a nitrogen atmosphere. Monomer 1 (35.0 g, 32.3 mmol), methacrylic acid (9.64 g, 112 mmol), dodecanethiol (2.75 g, 13.6 mmol), polyethylene glycol monomethyl group were added dropwise to the solution for 1 hour. Acrylate [trade name: Blemmer PE-90, manufactured by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.)] (3.52g), 2,2'-azobis(isobutyric acid) dimethyl ester [trade name: V601 , a mixed solution of Wako Pure Chemical Industries Co., Ltd. (6.25 g, 27.1 mmol) and cyclohexanone (81.2 g). Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C for 3 hours, cooled to room temperature, and added dropwise to a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate / acetonitrile = 1530 mL / 170 mL to carry out reprecipitation. After drying at 40 ° C for one day, 25.3 g of Pigment Polymer 2 was obtained. The acid value of the dye polymer 2 was 2.23 mmol/g, and the composition ratio (mole ratio) was confirmed by 1 H-NMR. As a result, the dye portion: methacrylic acid portion: PE-90 portion = 20:68:12.

於三口燒瓶中添加所述獲得的色素多聚物2(12.5g)、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯(2.19g)、溴化四乙基銨(0.40g)、對甲氧基苯酚(0.015g)、環己酮(83.3g),在空氣下於105℃下攪拌4小時。其後放置冷卻至室溫,滴加至乙酸乙酯/乙腈=748mL/39mL的混合溶劑中進行再沈澱。於40℃下送風乾燥一天后,獲得6.52g的色素多聚物3。色素多聚物3的酸值為1.01mmol/g,利用1H-NMR確認組成比(莫耳比),結果為色素部:甲基丙烯酸部:含聚合性基部:PE-90部=20:36:32:12。 The obtained Pigment Polymer 2 (12.5 g), glycidyl methacrylate (2.19 g), tetraethylammonium bromide (0.40 g), and p-methoxyphenol (0.015 g) were added to a three-necked flask. Cyclohexanone (83.3 g) was stirred at 105 ° C for 4 hours under air. Thereafter, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, and added dropwise to a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate / acetonitrile = 748 mL / 39 mL to carry out reprecipitation. After drying at 40 ° C for one day, a pigment polymer 3 of 6.52 g was obtained. The acid value of the dye polymer 3 was 1.01 mmol/g, and the composition ratio (mol ratio) was confirmed by 1 H-NMR. As a result, the dye portion: methacrylic acid portion: polymerizable base: PE-90 portion = 20: 36:32:12.

<其他實施例及比較例中使用的色素多聚物的合成> <Synthesis of Pigment Polymers Used in Other Examples and Comparative Examples>

<色素多聚物(實施例2~實施例42、比較例1~比較例11)的合成> <Synthesis of Pigment Polymers (Examples 2 to 42 and Comparative Examples 1 to 11)

將合成例1中的單體1及甲基丙烯酸、聚乙二醇單甲基丙烯酸酯以成為下述表1所記載的重複單元的方式變更單體,除此以外,進行相同的操作而合成。 The monomers 1 and methacrylic acid and polyethylene glycol monomethacrylate in Synthesis Example 1 were changed to form a repeating unit described in the following Table 1, and the same operation was carried out to synthesize the same. .

<合成例2:實施例43中使用的色素多聚物的合成> <Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of Pigment Polymer Used in Example 43>

於三口燒瓶中添加N-乙基吡咯啶酮39.2g,於氮氣環境下加熱至90℃。於該溶液中花費1小時滴加單體4(40.0g、35.4mmol)、甲基丙烯酸(MAA、4.62g、53.7mmol)、十二烷硫醇(2.79g、13.8mmol)、聚乙二醇單甲基丙烯酸酯[商品名:布蘭莫(Blemmer)PE-90、日油(股)製造](3.38g)、乙二醇單2-溴異丁酸酯單甲基丙烯酸酯(BBEM、12.5g、44.8mmol)、2,2'-偶氮雙(異丁酸)二甲酯[商品名:V601、和光純藥工業(股)製造](6.25g、27.1mmol)、N-乙基吡咯啶酮(91.4g)的混合溶液。其後添加N-乙基吡咯啶酮10.54g,於90℃下攪拌3小時後,冷卻至室溫。冷卻至室溫後,於該反應液中添加N-乙基吡咯啶酮253g、4-羥基-2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧基自由基0.279g,緩慢加入二氮雜雙環十一烯(DBU)47.6g,於室溫下攪拌14小時。然後利用冰浴冷卻至5度以下,緩慢加入甲磺酸30.1g、N-乙基吡咯啶酮16.9g。反應後,將反應溶液滴加至1mol/l鹽酸水4800mL中後再沈澱,將進行過濾所獲得的固體加入至乙腈250份中進行懸浮清洗,藉由再次過濾而獲得以下所示的本發明的色素多聚物6 50.0g。色素多聚物6的重量平均分子量(聚苯乙烯換算值)為8000,藉由利用0.1mol/l氫氧化鈉水溶液的滴定,酸值為0.74mmol/g。利用1H-NMR確認組成比(莫耳比),結果為色素部:甲基丙烯酸部:含聚合性基部:PE-90部=28:31:27:14。 39.2 g of N-ethylpyrrolidone was added to a three-necked flask, and the mixture was heated to 90 ° C under a nitrogen atmosphere. In this solution, monomer 4 (40.0 g, 35.4 mmol), methacrylic acid (MAA, 4.62 g, 53.7 mmol), dodecanethiol (2.79 g, 13.8 mmol), polyethylene glycol were added dropwise over 1 hour. Monomethacrylate [trade name: Blemmer PE-90, manufactured by Nippon Oil Co., Ltd.] (3.38 g), ethylene glycol mono-2-bromoisobutyrate monomethacrylate (BBEM, 12.5 g, 44.8 mmol), 2,2'-azobis(isobutyric acid) dimethyl ester [trade name: V601, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.] (6.25 g, 27.1 mmol), N-ethyl A mixed solution of pyrrolidone (91.4 g). Thereafter, 10.54 g of N-ethylpyrrolidone was added, and the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C for 3 hours, and then cooled to room temperature. After cooling to room temperature, 253 g of N-ethylpyrrolidone and 0.279 g of 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine 1-oxyl radical were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was slowly added. 47.6 g of azabicycloundecene (DBU) was stirred at room temperature for 14 hours. Then, it was cooled to 5 degrees or less with an ice bath, and 30.1 g of methanesulfonic acid and 16.9 g of N-ethylpyrrolidone were slowly added. After the reaction, the reaction solution was added dropwise to 4800 mL of 1 mol/l hydrochloric acid water, followed by precipitation, and the solid obtained by filtration was added to 250 parts of acetonitrile for suspension washing, and the filtrate was again filtered to obtain the present invention shown below. Pigment polymer 6 50.0 g. The weight average molecular weight (polystyrene equivalent value) of the dye polymer 6 was 8,000, and the acid value was 0.74 mmol/g by titration with a 0.1 mol/l sodium hydroxide aqueous solution. When the composition ratio (Morby ratio) was confirmed by 1 H-NMR, the dye portion: methacrylic portion: polymerizable base: PE-90 portion = 28:31:27:14.

<色素多聚物(實施例44~實施例75)的合成> <Synthesis of Pigment Polymer (Examples 44 to 75)>

將合成例2中的單體4及甲基丙烯酸、聚乙二醇單甲基丙烯酸酯以成為下述表3所記載的重複單元的方式變更單體,除此以外,進行相同的操作而合成。 The monomer 4, the methacrylic acid, and the polyethylene glycol monomethacrylate in the synthesis example 2 were changed in the same manner as the repeating unit described in the following Table 3, and the same operation was carried out to synthesize the same. .

1.抗蝕劑液的製備 1. Preparation of resist liquid

將下述組成的成分混合並溶解,製備底塗層用抗蝕劑液。 A component liquid of the following composition was mixed and dissolved to prepare a resist liquid for an undercoat layer.

底塗層用抗蝕劑液的組成 Composition of resist liquid for undercoat layer

.溶劑:丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 19.20份 . Solvent: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 19.20 parts

.溶劑:乳酸乙酯 36.67份 . Solvent: ethyl lactate 36.67 parts

.鹼可溶性樹脂:甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯共聚物(莫耳比=60/22/18,重量平均分子量為15,000,數量平均分子量為9,000)的40%PGMEA溶液 30.51份 . Alkali-soluble resin: benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid / 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate copolymer (mol ratio = 60 / 22 / 18, weight average molecular weight of 15,000, number average molecular weight of 9,000) 40 30.51 parts of %PGMEA solution

.含乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物:二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯12.20份 . Compound containing ethylenically unsaturated double bond: dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate 12.20 parts

.聚合抑制劑:對甲氧基苯酚 0.0061份 . Polymerization inhibitor: p-methoxyphenol 0.0061 parts

.氟系界面活性劑:F-475,迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造0.83份 . Fluorine-based surfactant: F-475, Dickson (DIC) (share) manufacturing 0.83

.光聚合起始劑:三鹵代甲基三嗪系的光聚合起始劑0.586份 . Photopolymerization initiator: 0.586 parts of photo-polymerization initiator of trihalomethyltriazine

(TAZ-107,碧化學公司製造) (TAZ-107, manufactured by Bi Chemical Co., Ltd.)

2.帶有底塗層的矽晶圓基板的製作 2. Fabrication of tantalum wafer substrate with undercoat

評價中使用的帶有底塗層的矽晶圓是以如下方式製作。 The undercoated silicon wafer used in the evaluation was fabricated in the following manner.

於200mm(8吋)的矽晶圓上,利用旋塗均勻地塗佈CT-4000L (富士軟片電子材料(Fujifilm Electro-Materials)(股)製造)而形成塗佈膜,將所形成的塗佈膜於220℃的烘箱中進行1小時處理,使塗佈膜硬化而製成底塗層。再者,旋塗的塗佈轉速以加熱處理後的塗佈膜的膜厚變成約0.1μm的方式進行調整。 Apply CT-4000L evenly on a 200mm (8吋) tantalum wafer by spin coating (Fujifilm Electro-Materials) was used to form a coating film, and the formed coating film was treated in an oven at 220 ° C for 1 hour to cure the coating film to form a primer. Floor. Further, the application rotation speed of the spin coating was adjusted so that the film thickness of the coating film after the heat treatment became about 0.1 μm.

3.著色組成物的製備 3. Preparation of coloring composition

3-1.藍色顏料分散液的製備 3-1. Preparation of Blue Pigment Dispersion

(顏料分散液P1(C.I.顏料藍(Pigment Blue)15:6分散液)的製備) (Preparation of Pigment Dispersion P1 (C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 Dispersion))

以如下方式製備顏料分散液P4(C.I.顏料藍15:6分散液)。 Pigment dispersion P4 (C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 dispersion) was prepared in the following manner.

即,藉由珠磨機(beads mill)(氧化鋯珠,直徑為0.3mm)將包含C.I.顏料藍15:6(藍色顏料;以下亦稱為「PB15:6」)19.4質量份(平均一次粒徑為55nm)、及顏料分散劑BY-161(BYK公司製造)2.95質量份、鹼可溶性樹脂1 2.95質量份、PGMEA 172.3質量份的混合液進行3小時混合、分散。然後,進而使用帶有減壓機構的高壓分散機NANO-3000-10(日本BEE(股)製造),於2000kg/cm3的壓力下,以流量為500g/min的方式進行分散處理。重複10次所述分散處理,獲得作為顏料分散液的C.I.顏料藍15:6分散液。藉由動態光散射法(麥奇克奈米跟蹤(Microtrac Nanotrac)UPA-EX150(日機裝公司(Nikkiso Co.,Ltd.)製造))對所得的C.I.顏料藍15:6分散液進行測定,結果為24nm。 That is, 19.4 parts by mass of CI Pigment Blue 15:6 (blue pigment; hereinafter also referred to as "PB15:6") was contained by a beads mill (zirconia beads, diameter: 0.3 mm) (on average A mixed liquid of a particle dispersing agent of 55 nm), a pigment dispersing agent BY-161 (manufactured by BYK Co., Ltd.) of 2.95 parts by mass, 2.95 parts by mass of an alkali-soluble resin 1 and 172.3 parts by mass of PGMEA was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours. Then, using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by BEE Co., Ltd.) equipped with a pressure reducing mechanism, a dispersion treatment was carried out at a flow rate of 500 g/min under a pressure of 2000 kg/cm 3 . The dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to obtain a CI Pigment Blue 15:6 dispersion as a pigment dispersion. The obtained CI Pigment Blue 15:6 dispersion was measured by a dynamic light scattering method (Microtrac Nanotrac UPA-EX150 (manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.)), The result was 24 nm.

(顏料分散液P2(C.I.顏料藍15:6分散液)的製備) (Preparation of Pigment Dispersion P2 (C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 Dispersion))

於所述P1的製備中,使用下述分散劑D1作為顏料分散劑, 除此以外藉由相同的操作而製備顏料分散液P2。 In the preparation of the P1, the following dispersant D1 is used as a pigment dispersant, Otherwise, the pigment dispersion liquid P2 was prepared by the same operation.

(顏料分散液P3(C.I.顏料藍15:6分散液)的製備) (Preparation of Pigment Dispersion P3 (C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 Dispersion))

於所述P1的製備中,使用下述分散劑D2作為顏料分散劑,除此以外藉由相同的操作而製備顏料分散液P3。 In the preparation of the P1, the following dispersant D2 was used as the pigment dispersant, and the pigment dispersion liquid P3 was prepared by the same operation.

3-2.著色組成物的製備 3-2. Preparation of coloring composition

(著色組成物1的製備)(實施例1~實施例40、比較例1~比較例11) (Preparation of Colored Composition 1) (Examples 1 to 40, Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 11)

將下述各成分混合並加以分散、溶解而獲得著色組成物。 The following components were mixed, dispersed, and dissolved to obtain a colored composition.

.有機溶劑(環己酮):17.12份 . Organic solvent (cyclohexanone): 17.12 parts

.鹼可溶性樹脂1(甲基丙烯酸苄酯(BzMA)與甲基丙烯酸 (MAA)的共聚物,30%PGMEA溶液):1.23份 . Alkali-soluble resin 1 (benzyl methacrylate (BzMA) and methacrylic acid) (MAA) copolymer, 30% PGMEA solution): 1.23 parts

.鹼可溶性樹脂2(亞克庫(Acrycure)RD-F8(日本觸媒公司製造)):0.23份 . Alkali-soluble resin 2 (Acrycure RD-F8 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.)): 0.23 parts

.光聚合起始劑I-2(豔佳固(IRGACURE)OXE-02):0.975份 . Photopolymerization initiator I-2 (IRGACURE OXE-02): 0.975 parts

.色素多聚物的環己酮溶液(固體成分濃度為12.3%):24.57份 . A cyclohexanone solution of a pigment polymer (solid content concentration of 12.3%): 24.57 parts

.顏料分散液(C.I.顏料藍15:6分散液,PGMEA溶液,固體成分濃度為12.8%):51.40份 . Pigment Dispersion (C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 Dispersion, PGMEA Solution, Solid Concentration 12.8%): 51.40 parts

.聚合性化合物(伸乙氧基改質二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯,NK酯(NK Ester)A-DPH-12E(新中村化學公司製造)):1.96份 . Polymerizable compound (ethylene ethoxylate modified dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, NK ester (NK Ester) A-DPH-12E (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)): 1.96 parts

.聚合抑制劑(對甲氧基苯酚):0.0007份 . Polymerization inhibitor (p-methoxyphenol): 0.0007 parts

.氟系界面活性劑(迪愛生(DIC)公司製造F475,1%PGMEA溶液):2.50份 . Fluorine-based surfactant (F475, 1% PGMEA solution manufactured by Di's Health (DIC)): 2.50 parts

(著色組成物2的製備)(實施例41、實施例42) (Preparation of Coloring Composition 2) (Example 41, Example 42)

將下述各成分混合並加以分散、溶解而獲得著色組成物。 The following components were mixed, dispersed, and dissolved to obtain a colored composition.

.有機溶劑(環己酮):17.12份 . Organic solvent (cyclohexanone): 17.12 parts

.環氧化合物JER1031S(三菱化學(股)製造,環氧當量:180-220(g/eq.)):4.395份 . Epoxy compound JER1031S (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, epoxy equivalent: 180-220 (g/eq.)): 4.395 parts

.色素多聚物的環己酮溶液(固體成分濃度為12.3%):24.57份 . A cyclohexanone solution of a pigment polymer (solid content concentration of 12.3%): 24.57 parts

.顏料分散液(C.I.顏料藍15:6分散液,PGMEA溶液,固體成 分濃度為12.8%):51.40份 . Pigment dispersion (C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 dispersion, PGMEA solution, solid formation The concentration is 12.8%): 51.40

.聚合抑制劑(對甲氧基苯酚):0.0007份 . Polymerization inhibitor (p-methoxyphenol): 0.0007 parts

.氟系界面活性劑(迪愛生(DIC)公司製造F475,1%PGMEA溶液):2.50份 . Fluorine-based surfactant (F475, 1% PGMEA solution manufactured by Di's Health (DIC)): 2.50 parts

(著色組成物3的製備)(實施例43~實施例46、實施例49~實施例72) (Preparation of Colored Composition 3) (Examples 43 to 46, Examples 49 to 72)

將下述各成分混合而獲得著色組成物3。 The following components were mixed to obtain a colored composition 3.

.有機溶劑(環己酮):14.69份 . Organic solvent (cyclohexanone): 14.69 parts

.鹼可溶性樹脂1(固體成分為0.09份,固體成分濃度為30%):0.29份 . Alkali-soluble resin 1 (solid content: 0.09 parts, solid content concentration: 30%): 0.29 parts

.鹼可溶性樹脂2(亞克庫(Acrycure)RD-F8(日本觸媒公司製造)):0.05份 . Alkali-soluble resin 2 (Acrycure RD-F8 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.)): 0.05 parts

.光聚合起始劑:0.78份 . Photopolymerization initiator: 0.78 parts

.色素多聚物的環己酮溶液(固體成分濃度為12.3%):28.45份 . A cyclohexanone solution of a pigment polymer (solid content concentration of 12.3%): 28.45 parts

.顏料分散液(C.I.顏料藍15:6分散液,PGMEA溶液,固體成分濃度為12.8%):51.23份 . Pigment Dispersion (C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 Dispersion, PGMEA Solution, Solid Concentration 12.8%): 51.23

.聚合性化合物:1.61份 . Polymeric compound: 1.61 parts

.環氧化合物:0.39份 . Epoxy compound: 0.39 parts

.聚合抑制劑(對甲氧基苯酚):0.0007份 . Polymerization inhibitor (p-methoxyphenol): 0.0007 parts

.氟系界面活性劑(迪愛生(DIC)公司製造F475,1%PGMEA溶液):2.50份 . Fluorine-based surfactant (F475, 1% PGMEA solution manufactured by Di's Health (DIC)): 2.50 parts

(著色組成物4的製備)(實施例47、實施例48) (Preparation of Coloring Composition 4) (Example 47, Example 48)

將下述各成分混合並加以分散、溶解而獲得著色組成物4。 The following components were mixed, dispersed, and dissolved to obtain a colored composition 4.

.有機溶劑(環己酮):17.12份 . Organic solvent (cyclohexanone): 17.12 parts

.環氧化合物(E1):4.395份 . Epoxy compound (E1): 4.395 parts

.色素多聚物的環己酮溶液(固體成分濃度為12.3%):24.57份 . A cyclohexanone solution of a pigment polymer (solid content concentration of 12.3%): 24.57 parts

.顏料分散液(C.I.顏料藍15:6分散液,PGMEA溶液,固體成分濃度為12.8%):51.40份 . Pigment Dispersion (C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 Dispersion, PGMEA Solution, Solid Concentration 12.8%): 51.40 parts

.聚合抑制劑(對甲氧基苯酚):0.0007份 . Polymerization inhibitor (p-methoxyphenol): 0.0007 parts

.氟系界面活性劑(迪愛生(DIC)公司製造F475,1%PGMEA溶液):2.50份 . Fluorine-based surfactant (F475, 1% PGMEA solution manufactured by Di's Health (DIC)): 2.50 parts

4.彩色濾光片(著色圖案)的製作 4. Production of color filter (coloring pattern)

4-1:利用光微影法的彩色濾光片的製作 4-1: Production of color filters using photolithography

將上述中所製備的著色組成物1、著色組成物3塗佈於上述中所製作的帶有底塗層的矽晶圓的底塗層上,形成著色層(塗佈膜)。繼而,以該塗佈膜的乾燥膜厚成為1μm的方式,利用100℃的加熱板進行120秒鐘的加熱處理(預烘烤)。 The colored composition 1 and the colored composition 3 prepared above were applied onto the undercoat layer of the undercoated germanium wafer prepared above to form a colored layer (coating film). Then, heat treatment (prebaking) was performed for 120 seconds using a hot plate of 100 ° C so that the dried film thickness of the coating film was 1 μm.

繼而,使用i射線步進式曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(佳能(Canon)(股)製造)利用365nm的波長,通過圖案為1.0μm四方的島狀(Island)圖案遮罩,以50mJ/cm2~1200mJ/cm2的各種曝光量進行曝光。 Then, using an i-ray stepwise exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon), an island pattern mask having a pattern of 1.0 μm square was used with a wavelength of 365 nm, and was 50 mJ/cm 2 ~ The exposure was performed at various exposure amounts of 1200 mJ/cm 2 .

其後,將形成有經照射的塗佈膜的矽晶圓基板載置於旋轉噴 淋顯影機(DW-30型,科維高電子(Chemitronics)(股)製造)的水平旋轉台上,使用CD-2000(富士軟片電子材料(Fujifilm Electronics Materials)(股)製造)於23℃下進行60秒鐘浸置顯影,於帶有底塗層的矽晶圓的底塗層上形成著色圖案。 Thereafter, the germanium wafer substrate on which the irradiated coating film is formed is placed on the rotary jet On a horizontal rotating table of a shower developing machine (DW-30 type, manufactured by Chemitronics Co., Ltd.), CD-2000 (manufactured by Fujifilm Electronics Materials Co., Ltd.) was used at 23 ° C. After 60 seconds of immersion development, a colored pattern was formed on the undercoat layer of the undercoated germanium wafer.

將形成有著色圖案的矽晶圓以真空夾盤方式固定於水平旋轉台上,一面藉由旋轉裝置使矽晶圓以50rpm的轉速旋轉,一面自其旋轉中心上方自噴出噴嘴以噴淋(shower)狀供給純水進行淋洗處理,其後進行噴霧乾燥,於200℃下利用加熱板進行300秒鐘的後烘烤,獲得矽晶圓上的膜厚為1μm的透明圖案(硬化膜)。 The germanium wafer on which the colored pattern is formed is fixed on the horizontal rotating table by vacuum chucking, and the crucible wafer is rotated at 50 rpm by the rotating device, and the nozzle is sprayed from above the center of rotation to spray (shower) The pure water was supplied to the rinsing treatment, and then spray-dried, and post-baking was performed at 200 ° C for 300 seconds using a hot plate to obtain a transparent pattern (cured film) having a film thickness of 1 μm on the ruthenium wafer.

如以上般獲得於帶有底塗層的矽晶圓的底塗層上設有著色圖案(彩色濾光片)的構成的帶有著色圖案的矽晶圓。 As described above, a tantalum wafer with a colored pattern formed of a colored pattern (color filter) is provided on the undercoat layer of the underlying germanium wafer.

其後,使用測長掃描式電子顯微鏡(SEM)「S-9260A」(日立高新技術(Hitachi High-technologies)(股)製造)來測定著色圖案的尺寸。 Thereafter, the size of the colored pattern was measured using a length-measuring scanning electron microscope (SEM) "S-9260A" (manufactured by Hitachi High-technologies Co., Ltd.).

使用圖案尺寸成為1.0μm的曝光量下的著色圖案,進行圖案形成性、顯影殘渣、色斑(顏色不均)的評價。 Patterning property, development residue, and color unevenness (color unevenness) were evaluated using a coloring pattern having a pattern size of 1.0 μm.

4-2:利用乾式蝕刻法的彩色濾光片的製作 4-2: Production of color filters using dry etching

使用旋塗機將上述中所獲得的著色組成物2、著色組成物4以膜厚變成0.5μm的方式塗佈於7.5cm×7.5cm的玻璃基板上,並使用加熱板於200℃下進行5分鐘加熱而進行塗佈膜的硬化,從而製作著色層。所述著色層的膜厚為0.5μm。 The coloring composition 2 and the coloring composition 4 obtained in the above were applied onto a 7.5 cm × 7.5 cm glass substrate with a film thickness of 0.5 μm using a spin coater, and were carried out at 200 ° C using a hot plate. The coating film was cured by heating in a minute to prepare a colored layer. The film thickness of the colored layer was 0.5 μm.

其次,塗佈正型光阻「FHi622BC」(富士軟片電子材料(Fujifilm Electronics Materials)公司製造),於90℃下實施1分鐘預烘烤處理,形成膜厚為0.8μm的光阻層。 Next, apply positive-type photoresist "FHi622BC" (Fuji film electronic material (Fujifilm) A fabric baking process was performed at 90 ° C for 1 minute to form a photoresist layer having a film thickness of 0.8 μm.

繼而,對光阻層使用i射線步進機(佳能(Canon)(股)製造)以350mJ/cm2的曝光量進行圖案曝光,於光阻層的溫度或環境溫度成為90℃的溫度下進行1分鐘加熱處理。其後,使用顯影液「FHD-5」(富士軟片電子材料(Fujifilm Electronics Materials)公司製造)進行1分鐘的顯影處理,進而於110℃下實施1分鐘的後烘烤處理而形成抗蝕劑圖案。該抗蝕劑圖案的尺寸是考慮蝕刻轉變差(蝕刻引起的圖案寬度的縮小)以一邊為1.0μm而形成。 Then, the photoresist layer was subjected to pattern exposure using an i-ray stepper (manufactured by Canon) at an exposure amount of 350 mJ/cm 2 , and the temperature of the photoresist layer or the ambient temperature was 90 ° C. Heat treatment for 1 minute. Thereafter, development treatment was carried out for 1 minute using a developing solution "FHD-5" (manufactured by Fujifilm Electronics Materials Co., Ltd.), and further subjected to post-baking treatment at 110 ° C for 1 minute to form a resist pattern. . The size of the resist pattern was formed in consideration of an etching transition difference (reduction in pattern width due to etching) of 1.0 μm on one side.

其次,將所獲得的玻璃基板貼附於200mm(8吋)的矽晶圓上,使用乾式蝕刻裝置(U-621,日立高新技術(Hitachi High-technologies)公司製造),以RF功率:800W,天線偏壓:400W,晶圓偏壓:200W,腔室的內部壓力:4.0Pa,基板溫度:50℃,混合氣體的氣體種類及流量為CF4:80mL/min、O2:40mL/min、Ar:800mL/min.的方式實施80秒鐘的第一階段的蝕刻處理。 Next, the obtained glass substrate was attached to a 200 mm (8 Å) ruthenium wafer, and a dry etching apparatus (U-621, manufactured by Hitachi High-technologies Co., Ltd.) was used, with an RF power of 800 W. Antenna bias: 400W, wafer bias: 200W, internal pressure of the chamber: 4.0Pa, substrate temperature: 50 °C, gas type and flow rate of mixed gas are CF 4 : 80mL / min, O 2 : 40mL / min, An etching process of the first stage of 80 seconds was performed in the manner of Ar: 800 mL/min.

其次,利用相同的蝕刻腔室設為如下條件:RF功率:600W,天線偏壓:100W,晶圓偏壓:250W,腔室的內部壓力:2.0Pa,基板溫度:50℃,混合氣體的氣體種類及流量為N2:500mL/min、O2:50mL/min、Ar:500mL/min(N2/O2/Ar=10/1/10)而實施28秒鐘的第二階段的蝕刻處理、過蝕刻處理。 Secondly, the same etching chamber is used as follows: RF power: 600 W, antenna bias: 100 W, wafer bias: 250 W, internal pressure of the chamber: 2.0 Pa, substrate temperature: 50 ° C, mixed gas The second stage etching treatment was carried out for 28 seconds in the type and flow rate of N 2 : 500 mL/min, O 2 : 50 mL/min, Ar: 500 mL/min (N 2 /O 2 /Ar = 10/1/10) , over-etching treatment.

於所述條件下進行乾式蝕刻後,使用光阻剝離液「MS230C」 (富士軟片電子材料(Fujifilm Electronics Materials)公司製造)於50℃下實施120秒鐘剝離處理而去除抗蝕劑,形成綠色著色圖案。進而實施利用純水的清洗、旋轉乾燥,其後,於100℃下進行2分鐘的脫水烘烤處理。以所述方式獲得彩色濾光片。 After dry etching under the conditions described above, the photoresist stripping solution "MS230C" was used. (Fujifilm Electronics Materials Co., Ltd.) The peeling treatment was performed at 50 ° C for 120 seconds to remove the resist to form a green colored pattern. Further, washing with pure water and spin drying were carried out, followed by dehydration baking treatment at 100 ° C for 2 minutes. A color filter is obtained in the manner described.

5.評價 5. Evaluation

5-1.圖案形成性 5-1. Pattern formation

利用玻璃割刀將所獲得的彩色濾光片切開,並使用掃描式電子顯微鏡(S-4800,日立股份有限公司製造),以倍率為15,000倍來觀察其剖面,依據下述評價基準進行評價。 The obtained color filter was cut with a glass cutter, and the cross section was observed at a magnification of 15,000 times using a scanning electron microscope (S-4800, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.), and evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.

A:直線性良好地形成線寬為1.0μm的圖案。 A: A pattern having a line width of 1.0 μm was formed with good linearity.

B:於線寬為1.0μm的圖案上確認到稍許的凹凸,但為實用上無問題的程度。 B: A slight unevenness was observed on the pattern having a line width of 1.0 μm, but it was practically problem-free.

C:線寬為1.0μm的圖案的直線性明顯惡化。 C: The linearity of the pattern having a line width of 1.0 μm was remarkably deteriorated.

5-2.顯影殘渣 5-2. Development residue

利用掃描式電子顯微鏡,以倍率為30000倍來觀察矽晶圓中著色圖案形成區域以外的區域(未曝光部),並依據下述評價基準進行評價。 Using a scanning electron microscope, a region other than the colored pattern formation region in the ruthenium wafer (unexposed portion) was observed at a magnification of 30,000 times, and evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.

A:於著色圖案形成區域以外的區域(未曝光部)完全未確認到殘渣。 A: No residue was observed in the region other than the colored pattern formation region (unexposed portion).

B:於著色圖案形成區域以外的區域(未曝光部)確認到稍許殘渣,但為實用上無問題的程度。 B: A slight residue was observed in a region other than the colored pattern formation region (unexposed portion), but it was practically free from problems.

C:於著色圖案形成區域以外的區域(未曝光部)明顯確認到 殘渣。 C: A region other than the colored pattern forming region (unexposed portion) is clearly confirmed Residue.

5-3.色斑 5-3. Spot

將所得的單色的彩色濾光片(著色圖案)設置於光學顯微鏡的觀測鏡頭與光源之間,朝向觀測鏡頭照射光,藉由設置有倍率為1000倍的數位照相機的光學顯微鏡來觀察其透射光狀態。於設置於光學顯微鏡中的數位照相機中搭載128萬畫素的CCD,來拍攝處於透射光狀態的被膜表面。拍攝圖像是作為以8位元(bit)的位元映像(bitmap)形式進行數位轉換而成的資料(數位圖像)而保存。 The obtained monochromatic color filter (colored pattern) is placed between the observation lens of the optical microscope and the light source, and the light is irradiated toward the observation lens, and the transmission is observed by an optical microscope provided with a digital camera having a magnification of 1000 times. Light state. A 1200-pixel CCD was mounted on a digital camera provided in an optical microscope to capture the surface of the film in a transmitted light state. The captured image is stored as a digital image (digital image) which is digitally converted in the form of a bit map of 8 bits.

再者,著色圖案的被膜表面的拍攝是對任意選擇的20個區域進行。另外,關於經數位轉換的資料,對拍攝圖像以0~255的256級的濃度分佈將B顏色的亮度數值化而進行保存。 Further, the filming of the surface of the film of the colored pattern was performed on 20 regions selected arbitrarily. Further, regarding the digitally converted data, the luminance of the B color is quantized and stored for the captured image with a density distribution of 256 levels of 0 to 255.

繼而,對於所保存的數位圖像,以1個格子尺寸相當於實際基板上的2μm四方的方式劃分成格子狀,將一個區塊內的亮度平均化。於本實施例中,利用128萬畫素的數位照相機來拍攝光學1000倍的圖像,故實際基板上的2μm成為拍攝圖像上的2mm,顯示器上的圖像尺寸為452mm×352mm,故一個區域中的總區塊數為39776個。 Then, the stored digital image is divided into a lattice shape so that one grid size corresponds to 2 μm square on the actual substrate, and the luminance in one block is averaged. In the present embodiment, a digital camera of 1.28 million pixels is used to capture an image 1000 times optically, so 2 μm on the actual substrate becomes 2 mm on the captured image, and the image size on the display is 452 mm × 352 mm, so one The total number of blocks in the area is 39,776.

對於各區域的所有區塊,測量任意1個區塊及與之鄰接的所有鄰接區塊的平均亮度。將與鄰接區塊的平均亮度之差為5以上的區塊認定為顯著差異區塊,算出整個區域的顯著差異區塊的平均總數與整個區域的顯著差異區塊的平均總數佔各區域的總區塊 數(39776個)的比例(以下亦簡稱為「比例」)。該數值越小,判斷顏色不均(色斑)越少。將顯著差異區塊數為800以下且比例為3%以下判斷為實用上無問題的水準。 For all blocks of each region, the average brightness of any one block and all adjacent blocks adjacent thereto is measured. A block having a difference of 5 or more from the average brightness of adjacent blocks is identified as a significant difference block, and the average total number of significant difference blocks in the entire area is calculated as the total difference between the blocks in the entire area and the average total number of blocks in the entire area. Block The ratio of the number (39,776) (hereinafter also referred to as "proportion"). The smaller the value, the less the color unevenness (stain) is judged. It is judged that the number of significant difference blocks is 800 or less and the ratio is 3% or less, which is a practically problem-free level.

顏色不均(色斑)的評價基準 Evaluation basis for uneven color (stain)

A:顯著差異區塊數未滿500且比例未滿2%,為優異的水準 A: The number of significant differences is less than 500 and the ratio is less than 2%, which is an excellent level.

B:顯著差異區塊數為800以下且比例為3%以下(其中相當於所述A的情况除外),為實用上無問題的水準 B: The number of significant difference blocks is 800 or less and the ratio is 3% or less (excluding the case of the A), which is a practically problem-free level.

C:相當於顯著差異區塊數超過800及比例超過3%的至少一者,為實用上成為問題的水準 C: At least one of the number of significant difference blocks exceeding 800 and the ratio exceeding 3% is a practical problem.

5-4.耐褪色性 5-4. Fading resistance

使用旋塗機於玻璃基板上以膜厚成為0.6μm的方式塗佈著色組成物,使用100℃的加熱板進行120秒鐘加熱處理(預烘烤)。繼而,使用220℃的加熱板進行300秒鐘加熱處理(後烘烤),製作硬化膜。 The coloring composition was applied to the glass substrate so that the film thickness became 0.6 μm by a spin coater, and heat treatment (prebaking) was performed for 120 seconds using a hot plate at 100 °C. Then, heat treatment (post-baking) was performed for 300 seconds using a hot plate of 220 ° C to prepare a cured film.

對如此所得的彩色濾光片利用紫外可見近紅外分光光度計UV3600(島津製作所製造)的分光光度計(參照:玻璃基板)於300nm~800nm的波長範圍內測定透射率。另外,使用奧林巴斯(OLYMPUS)製造的光學顯微鏡BX60,藉由反射觀測(倍率50倍)來觀察微分干涉影像(differential interference image)。 The color filter thus obtained was measured for transmittance in a wavelength range of 300 nm to 800 nm by a spectrophotometer (see: glass substrate) of an ultraviolet-visible near-infrared spectrophotometer UV3600 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation). Further, a differential interference image was observed by a reflection observation (magnification of 50 times) using an optical microscope BX60 manufactured by OLYMPUS.

繼而,於鹼顯影液FHD-5(富士軟片電子材料(Fujifilm Electronics Materials)(股)製造)中浸漬5分鐘,加以乾燥後再次實施分光測定,評價溶劑浸漬前後的透射率變動(於將溶劑浸 漬前的所述透射率設定為T0、溶劑浸漬後的所述透射率設定為T1的情形時,為式| T0-T1 |所表示的值)與膜表面異常,並藉由以下的基準評價。 Then, it was immersed in an alkali developing solution FHD-5 (manufactured by Fujifilm Electronics Materials Co., Ltd.) for 5 minutes, dried, and subjected to spectroscopic measurement again to evaluate the change in transmittance before and after solvent impregnation (during solvent immersion) The transmittance before the staining is set to T0, the transmittance after the solvent immersion is set to T1, and the value represented by the formula |T0-T1|) is abnormal with the film surface, and is evaluated by the following criteria. .

AA:良好 於300nm~800nm的整個範圍內,溶劑浸漬前後的透射率變動未滿2% AA: Good Transmittance before and after solvent impregnation is less than 2% over the entire range of 300 nm to 800 nm

A:稍良好 於300nm~800nm的整個範圍內,溶劑浸漬前後的透射率變動為2%以上、未滿5% A: slightly better. The transmittance change before and after solvent immersion is 2% or more and less than 5% in the entire range of 300 nm to 800 nm.

B:充分 於300nm~800nm的整個範圍內,溶劑浸漬前後的透射率變動為5%以上、未滿10% B: sufficient to change the transmittance before and after solvent immersion to more than 5% and less than 10% in the entire range of 300 nm to 800 nm.

C:不充分 於300nm~800nm的整個範圍內,溶劑浸漬前後的透射率變動為10%以上 C: Insufficient The transmittance change before and after solvent immersion is 10% or more over the entire range of 300 nm to 800 nm.

以下表示本申請案實施例中使用的色素多聚物的重複單元。 The repeating unit of the dye polymer used in the examples of the present application is shown below.

<重複單元1> <Repeating unit 1>

[化65] [化65]

所述中X-為表1、表2中所示的陰離子。 The intermediate X - is the anion shown in Table 1, Table 2.

[化66] [化66]

所述中X以表1、表2中所示的陰離子解離前的狀態示出。 The middle X is shown in the state before the anion shown in Table 1 and Table 2 is dissociated.

[化67] [67]

所述中X-為表1、表2中所示的陰離子。 The intermediate X - is the anion shown in Table 1, Table 2.

[化68] [化68]

所述中X-為表1、表2中所示的陰離子。 The intermediate X - is the anion shown in Table 1, Table 2.

[化69] [化69]

所述中X-為表1、表2中所示的陰離子。 The intermediate X - is the anion shown in Table 1, Table 2.

<重複單元2~重複單元4> <Repeating unit 2 to repeating unit 4>

[化70] [化70]

陰離子X Anion X

光聚合起始劑:下述結構 Photopolymerization initiator: the following structure

[化72] [化72]

鹼可溶性樹脂1:下述結構 Alkali-soluble resin 1: the following structure

[化73] [化73]

聚合性化合物 Polymeric compound

Z1:伸乙氧基改質二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯,NK酯(NK Ester)A-DPH-12E(新中村化學公司製造) Z1: ethoxylate-modified dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, NK ester (NK Ester) A-DPH-12E (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)

Z2:二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯,卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPHA(日本化藥公司製造) Z2: dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)

Z3:乙氧基化(4)季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯,SR494(沙多瑪(Sartomer)公司製造) Z3: ethoxylated (4) pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, SR494 (manufactured by Sartomer)

Z4:乙氧基化(3)三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯,SR454(沙多瑪(Sartomer)公司製造) Z4: ethoxylated (3) trimethylolpropane triacrylate, SR454 (manufactured by Sartomer)

Z5:乙氧基化(6)三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯,SR499(沙多瑪(Sartomer)公司製造) Z5: ethoxylated (6) trimethylolpropane triacrylate, SR499 (manufactured by Sartomer)

Z6:卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPCA-60(日本化藥公司製造) Z6: KAYARAD DPCA-60 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)

Z7:異三聚氰酸三(2-羥基乙基)三丙烯酸酯,SR368(沙多瑪(Sartomer)公司製造) Z7: Tris(2-hydroxyethyl)triacrylate, SR368 (manufactured by Sartomer)

環氧化合物 Epoxy compound

E1:EHPE 3150,大賽璐(Daicel)(股)製造 E1: EHPE 3150, manufactured by Daicel (share)

E2:艾比克隆(EPICLON)840(迪愛生(DIC)製造) E2: Epiclon 840 (made by Di Love (DIC))

E3:艾比克隆(EPICLON)N660(迪愛生(DIC)製造) E3: Epiclon (EPICLON) N660 (made by Di Love (DIC))

如所述結果可知:本發明的著色組成物的耐褪色性優 異。進而可知:圖案形成性、顯影殘渣、色斑亦優異。尤其可知:於包含顏料及分散劑的配方中,耐褪色性明顯提高。 As can be seen from the results, the coloring composition of the present invention is excellent in fading resistance different. Further, it was found that the pattern formation property, the development residue, and the color spot were also excellent. In particular, it is known that in the formulation containing the pigment and the dispersant, the fading resistance is remarkably improved.

Claims (16)

一種著色組成物,含有色素多聚物,所述色素多聚物包含:(a)具有色素結構的重複單元、(b)於側鏈具有重複2個~20個未經取代的伸烷氧基鏈而成的基團的重複單元。 A colored composition comprising a pigment multimer comprising: (a) a repeating unit having a pigment structure, and (b) having 2 to 20 unsubstituted alkoxy groups in the side chain A repeating unit of a chained group. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的著色組成物,其中所述色素結構源自選自二吡咯亞甲基色素、三芳基甲烷色素、氧雜蒽色素、花青色素及方酸內鎓色素中的色素。 The colored composition according to claim 1, wherein the pigment structure is derived from a selected from the group consisting of a dipyrromethene dye, a triarylmethane dye, a xanthene pigment, a cyanine pigment, and a squaraine pigment. Pigment. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述色素多聚物更具有酸基。 The colored composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the dye polymer further has an acid group. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述著色組成物更包含顏料及顏料分散劑。 The colored composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the colored composition further comprises a pigment and a pigment dispersant. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述著色組成物更包含聚合性化合物及光聚合起始劑。 The coloring composition according to Item 1 or 2, wherein the coloring composition further comprises a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述色素多聚物為(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂。 The colored composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the dye polymer is a (meth)acrylic resin. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中(a)具有色素結構的重複單元的比例為構成所述色素多聚物的所有重複單元的10莫耳%~35莫耳%。 The colored composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein (a) the ratio of the repeating unit having a dye structure is 10 mol% to 35 mol of all repeating units constituting the dye polymer. ear%. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中(b)於側鏈具有重複2個~20個未經取代的伸烷氧基鏈而成的基團的重複單元的比例為構成所述色素多聚物的所有重複單元的2莫耳%~20莫耳%。 The colored composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein (b) a repeating unit having a group in which a side chain has 2 to 20 unsubstituted alkylene oxide chains is repeated. The ratio is from 2 mol% to 20 mol% of all repeating units constituting the dye polymer. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其中所述色素多聚物包括聚合性基。 The colored composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the dye multimer comprises a polymerizable group. 如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述的著色組成物,其用於形成彩色濾光片的著色層。 The colored composition according to claim 1 or 2, which is used for forming a coloring layer of a color filter. 一種硬化膜,其是使如申請專利範圍第1項至第10項中任一項所述的著色組成物硬化而成。 A cured film obtained by hardening the coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10. 一種彩色濾光片,其具有如申請專利範圍第11項所述的硬化膜。 A color filter having a cured film as described in claim 11 of the patent application. 一種圖案形成方法,其包括:將如申請專利範圍第1項至第10項中任一項所述的著色組成物應用於支撐體上而形成著色組成物層的步驟;將著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟;將未曝光部顯影去除而形成著色圖案的步驟。 A pattern forming method comprising the steps of applying a colored composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10 to a support to form a colored composition layer; and exposing the colored composition layer a step of patterning; developing a non-exposed portion to form a colored pattern. 一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,其包括如申請專利範圍第13項所述的圖案形成方法。 A method of producing a color filter comprising the pattern forming method according to claim 13 of the patent application. 一種固體攝像元件,其包括如申請專利範圍第12項所述的彩色濾光片或藉由如申請專利範圍第14項所述的彩色濾光片的製造方法所得的彩色濾光片。 A solid-state image pickup device comprising the color filter according to claim 12 or the color filter obtained by the method for producing a color filter according to claim 14. 一種圖像顯示裝置,其包括如申請專利範圍第12項所述的彩色濾光片或藉由如申請專利範圍第14項所述的彩色濾光片的製造方法所得的彩色濾光片。 An image display device comprising the color filter according to claim 12 or the color filter obtained by the method for producing a color filter according to claim 14.
TW103143188A 2013-12-25 2014-12-11 Colored composition, cured film using colored composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device TWI667296B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013-266894 2013-12-25
JP2013266894 2013-12-25
JP2014229655A JP6166711B2 (en) 2013-12-25 2014-11-12 Coloring composition, cured film using the same, color filter, pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP2014-229655 2014-11-12

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201529754A true TW201529754A (en) 2015-08-01
TWI667296B TWI667296B (en) 2019-08-01

Family

ID=53478658

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW103143188A TWI667296B (en) 2013-12-25 2014-12-11 Colored composition, cured film using colored composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6166711B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101892548B1 (en)
TW (1) TWI667296B (en)
WO (1) WO2015098804A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107663262A (en) * 2016-07-28 2018-02-06 住友化学株式会社 Resin, hardening resin composition and cured film

Families Citing this family (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6159309B2 (en) 2014-01-31 2017-07-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
EP3133664A1 (en) * 2015-08-18 2017-02-22 Novaled GmbH Triaryl amine thick layer doped with metal amides for use as hole injection layer for an organic light-emitting diode (oled)
EP3133663B1 (en) * 2015-08-18 2022-06-15 Novaled GmbH Metal amides for use as hole injection layer for an organic light-emitting diode (oled)
WO2017104355A1 (en) * 2015-12-18 2017-06-22 富士フイルム株式会社 Resist composition, resist film, mask blank, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
KR101895910B1 (en) * 2016-01-19 2018-09-07 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin layer and color filter including the same
US10101655B2 (en) 2016-02-26 2018-10-16 Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. Compound, polymer, photosensitive resin composition, and color filter
KR102259626B1 (en) * 2016-08-30 2021-06-02 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing an electronic device
KR102241229B1 (en) * 2017-03-24 2021-04-16 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, color filter, solid-state image sensor, and image display device
JP6997202B2 (en) 2017-09-28 2022-01-17 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
JP7126169B2 (en) * 2019-11-12 2022-08-26 大日精化工業株式会社 pigment dispersion
US20210292648A1 (en) * 2020-03-19 2021-09-23 Dap Products Inc. Compositions resistant to discoloration
WO2021241465A1 (en) * 2020-05-28 2021-12-02 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition, film, color filter, solid imaging element and image display device
JPWO2022092155A1 (en) * 2020-10-28 2022-05-05

Family Cites Families (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002012401A2 (en) * 2000-08-07 2002-02-14 Eastman Chemical Company Thermally stable, anthraquinone colorants containing copolymerizable vinyl groups
US6620858B2 (en) * 2000-08-07 2003-09-16 Eastman Chemical Company Colorants containing copolymerizable vinyl groups and sulfonamide linkages
US6713641B2 (en) * 2001-10-19 2004-03-30 Eastman Chemical Company Reactive anthraquinone colorant compounds and polymeric materials reacted therewith
US10377692B2 (en) * 2009-09-09 2019-08-13 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Photoresist composition
JP5591509B2 (en) * 2009-09-29 2014-09-17 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored curable composition, color filter and method for producing the same, and solid-state imaging device, image display device, liquid crystal display, and organic EL display using the same
JP5636675B2 (en) * 2010-01-08 2014-12-10 Jsr株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter, color filter, and color liquid crystal display element
JP5791874B2 (en) * 2010-03-31 2015-10-07 富士フイルム株式会社 COLORING COMPOSITION, INKJET INK, COLOR FILTER AND ITS MANUFACTURING METHOD, SOLID-STATE IMAGING DEVICE, AND DISPLAY DEVICE
JP5715380B2 (en) 2010-06-30 2015-05-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored curable composition, color filter, production method thereof, solid-state imaging device, liquid crystal display device, and dye multimer
KR20120071742A (en) * 2010-12-23 2012-07-03 주식회사 이엔에프테크놀로지 Colored photosensitive resin composition
JP5283747B2 (en) * 2011-02-09 2013-09-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored radiation-sensitive composition, color filter, manufacturing method thereof, solid-state imaging device, and liquid crystal display device
JP5377595B2 (en) 2011-03-25 2013-12-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored radiation-sensitive composition, color filter, method for producing colored pattern, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and liquid crystal display device
JP5551124B2 (en) * 2011-07-29 2014-07-16 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored curable composition, colored cured film, color filter, pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, body imaging device, and image display device
WO2013018986A1 (en) * 2011-08-04 2013-02-07 주식회사 엘지화학 Polymer compound comprising dye and curable resin composition comprising same
US8999626B2 (en) * 2011-08-04 2015-04-07 Lg Chem, Ltd. Polymer compound comprising dye and curable resin composition comprising same
JP5743801B2 (en) * 2011-08-15 2015-07-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored composition, colored radiation-sensitive composition, polymer production method, pattern formation method, color filter, production method thereof, and solid-state imaging device
JP6201325B2 (en) * 2012-02-29 2017-09-27 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Kinophthalone dye monomer, colorable polymer using the same, colored photosensitive composition using the same, and use thereof
JP5934664B2 (en) * 2012-03-19 2016-06-15 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored radiation-sensitive composition, colored cured film, color filter, colored pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP6008891B2 (en) * 2013-03-15 2016-10-19 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored radiation-sensitive composition, colored cured film, color filter, colored pattern forming method, color filter manufacturing method, solid-state imaging device, and liquid crystal display device

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107663262A (en) * 2016-07-28 2018-02-06 住友化学株式会社 Resin, hardening resin composition and cured film

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR101892548B1 (en) 2018-08-28
JP2015143330A (en) 2015-08-06
KR20160085329A (en) 2016-07-15
WO2015098804A1 (en) 2015-07-02
TWI667296B (en) 2019-08-01
JP6166711B2 (en) 2017-07-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI572979B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
TWI615679B (en) Dye multimer, colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device and image display device
TWI627208B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, manufacturing method of color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display apparatus, polymer, and xanthene dye
TWI667296B (en) Colored composition, cured film using colored composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device
TWI623593B (en) Colored composition, colored cured film, color filter, solid-state image sensing device and image display device
TWI631190B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
TWI541603B (en) Colored radiation-sensitive resin composition, colored cured film, color filter, forming method of pattern, manufacturing method of color filter, solid state imaging element and image display device
TWI581059B (en) Colored composition, colored pattern, color filter and method for fabricating the same, method of fabricating pattern, solid-state image device and image display apparatus
TWI583745B (en) Colored composition, cured film using colored composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, solid imaging element, and image display device
TWI577750B (en) Colored composition, method for manufacturing color filter, method for manufacturing solid-state image sensing device, and method for manufacturing image display device
JP6251067B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, method for producing color filter, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TW201529745A (en) Colored composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device
TW201506535A (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device
TWI631191B (en) Colored composition, method for forming pattern, method for manufacturing color filter, colored filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and method for manufacturing colored composition